KENDRIYA VIDYALAYA SA

NEW DELHI

3 DAY WORKSHOP ON
IMPROVEMENT OF RESULTS OF AISSCE IN CHEMISTRY
15TH TO 17TH JULY 2014

REFERENCE MANUAL CUM

REPORT

VENUE
ZONAL INSTITUTE OF EDUCATION AND TRAINING,
BHUBANESWAR, ODISHA, 751017

OUR PATRONS
Shri AvinashDikshit
Commissioner, KVS New Delhi
Shri G.K. Srivastava
Additional Commissioner (Admn) KVS New Delhi
Dr. Dinesh Kumar
Additional Commissioner (Acad) KVS New Delhi
Dr. Shachikant
Joint Commissioner (Training) KVS New Delhi
Dr. Vijayalakshmi
Joint Commissioner (Acad) KVS New Delhi
Dr. E. Prabhakar
Joint Commissioner (Pers) KVS New Delhi
Shri M. Arumugam
Joint Commissioner (Fin.) KVS New Delhi
Shri S. Vijay Kumar
Joint Commissioner (Admn) KVS New Delhi

Acknowledgement

Course Director
USHA ASWATH IYER
Deputy Commissioner & Director, ZIET Bhubaneswar
Resource Persons
MrsHajra Shaikh
Zonal Institute of Education and Training, Bhubaneswar

1. Mr. Suresh Kumar Sahu

PGT Chemistry, KendriyaVidyalaya, No3 Bhubaneswar
2.
3. Mr. Aditya Kumar Panda
PGT Chemistry, KendriyaVidyalaya, No3 Bhubaneswar

Supported by
ZIET Bhubaneswar Staff
Mr. K. P. Dash (PGT-Eng),
Dr. AbhijitSaha(PGT-Biology),
Mr. Parasuram Shukla (PGT -Econ), Ms T Samrajya Lakshmi(PGT-Phy)
Dr. Santosh Gupta (Librarian),Ms. SantilataPadhy(UDC)

Message
It is with great difficulty that we came upon a strategy for the workshop. When there is
emphasis on the doctrines of NCF 2005emphasizing the development of ability to construct
knowledge, there is also emphasis on hundred percent result by quantity. Hence we decided
to judiciously cater to both the needs. As topics of Class XI are directly related to topics of
class XII, foundation for class XII is to be built in class XI. Hence a thorough analysis of topics
of class XI was done. Topics were identified and worksheets were prepared on them. An
elaborate method of preparing worksheets was also dealt with along with demonstrations of
four chapters from class XI. It was also identified that preparing models on Solid State,
Surface Chemistry, orbitals and bonding, teachers could be empowered to handle these
abstract topics with ease. Innumerable small and big demonstrations in the class XI/ XII were
discussed and carried out in the chemistry lab of KV no 3 Bhubaneswar. Also topics in class XII
required to score marks in Board exam were discussed in depth with special emphasis on
how to present it to late bloomers and on drilling it.
I had a great experience being associated and working with two genius teachers who are also
wizards in the field of chemistry as resource persons.
I hope the experiences in this course is utilized by the teachers to make the classes more
effective.
Also the experiences of this course has made me think in a wider prospect for empowering
teachers in the future.
I thank KVS for giving me this opportunity.

MrsHajra Shaikh
Resource person
Zonal Institute of Education and Training, Bhubaneswar

Message
I am fortunate enough to be part of this workshop as a resource person.
I am thankful to the Deputy Commissioner ZIET , BBSR and Course Director of this workshop
for giving me this golden opportunity to share my ideas and teaching techniques with my
fellow teachers . In a way, I think I can reach out to greater horizon of the student mass
through my colleagues .
Students often complain that they forget what they learn and they do not recollect whatever
they studied by spending good amount of time . And especially during exam days they remain
in anxiety.
Their hard work of past days do not often translated into results probably due to faulty study
techniques. I observe students often go through passive notes like guides, help book
instead of unsolved question bank and self-belief.
During the 3 days we exchanged and deliberated about the difficulties faced by the teachers
during class room situation and especially academic development of bloomers to meet the
KVS expectations.
As they had firsthand experience of preparation of 3-D Model on close packing and defects
on solid state chemistry and various shapes and structure of molecules and ions by using
coloured plastic balls and glue . It is enchanting to observe the metamorphosis of teacher
regarding 3-D visualization within 3 days of work shop.
It is clear that teachers involvement is must when we have to change from passive learning
mode to active learning mode. Passive notes and concerted route may kill inner potential and
paralyze them for future development.
Students must be provided ample opportunities to explore themselves through various new
age study technique to excel in the desired field. Unlike earlier days , these days students
encounter innumerable number of distractions and reduced attention span which
deteriorate their study habits of traditional nature .
As the participants opined during valedictory function that, this work shop gave a new
direction to carry on their endeavor towards the betterment of child.
What best can we expect if they are induced to this extent and I hope they will deliver
the expertise they have learned here and motivate students with new tools and
techniques to excel in the board exam and in future .
I Thank KVS ZIET for Giving me this opportunity.
Mr. Aditya Kumar Panda
Resource person ,PGT Chemistry, KendriyaVidyalaya, No 3 Bhubaneswar

INDEX
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Three Days of Rejoice

Details of Participants
Time table
Reports of day 1, 2, 3
Problem solving Techniques
Effective Revision Strategy & learning methodology
Preparation of worksheet
Question bank Class XII
a) Solid State
b) Solutions
c) Electrochemistry
d) Chemical Kinetics
e) Surface Chemistry
f) General principles and processes of isolation of elements
123
g) The p- block elements
h) D & F Block Elements
i) Coordination Compounds
j) Halo alkanes and Haloarene
k) Alcohols And Phenols
l) Aldehydes,Ketones And Carboxylic Acids
m) Amines

1
2
4
5
8
21
44
78
82
97
108
114

140
168
188
220
244
246
256

n) Biomolecules

261

o) Polymers

267
273

p) Chemistry In Everyday Life

9. Worksheets class XI
10.Memories

275
311

The genesis of this season

Started with a specific reason
Each one of us called out
Despite our silent shout

Three Days of Rejoice

So well equipped with packs

We all took the leap on tracks
All chemists with eager souls
On this land our journey hauls
As we entered the premises of ZIET
Our enthalpy reached a New Height
Change in enthalpy were definitely positive
And the given system equally lucrative
Once the course took to a start
We all easily became its part
A noble course director with melodious sound
A team of resource persons whose knowledge knows no bound
Tossing our minds between cards and worksheets
We are introduced to new teaching treats
Chemistry equations could not get better than this
Here is a part no chemist should ever miss
To help our students relearn effectively
We learnt, yes we learnt to teach actively.
Now as we pack our scattered bags
We return a super saturated sap
Offering crystals at the slightest tap
Between students and the world of knowledge there will be no gap
Thanks to ZIET, Thanks to this wonderful team
Many lives radiated by Chemistrys beautiful beam
Now chemistry no longer remains a mystery
Students will soon learn this art by mastery
Its the science of experimental creativity
Three cheers to this world of chemistry
Presented by a Participant during valedictory function
Mercy Lalrohluo Mmar
K V Missamari
Tinsukia Region

KENDRIYA VIDYALAYA SANGATHAN , NEW DELHI

NAME OF THE COURSE : 3 DAY WORKSHOP ON IMPROVEMENT OF RESULT IN CHEMISTRY FOR PGT
(CHEMISTRY)

S.
No.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14

DETAILS OF PARTICIPANTS
VENUE: Bhubaneswar
NAME OF THE KENDRIYA
REGION GEN/SC
E-MAIL ID
TEACHER
VIDYALAYA
/ST/
OBC
IN ENGLISH IN ENGLISH
IN ENG
(IN CAPITAL)
Mr. R.
Sevoke road GUWAHATI GEN
robinbanerjee23
Banerjee
@gmail.com
Mr Anarul
Joka IIM
Kolkata
OBC
anwarulhaque60
Haque
4@yahoo.com
Md
Malda
Kolkata
OBC
mohamuddin173
Mohamuddin
@ymail.com
Mr A K Rakshit Kalaikunda No Kolkata
GEN
akrakshit1994@g
1
mail.com
Mrs Pratibha Ishapore No. Kolkata
GEN
psahoo.p60@gm
Sahoo
1
ail.com
Mr Mukesh
Durgapur
Kolkata
OBC
muk.pdcha@yah
Prasad
CRPF
oo.com
Mr. R. P. Das No. 2 Salt
Kolkata
SC
rpdas89@gmail.c
Lake
om
Mr B Ram
Kharagpur IIT Kolkata
SC
bramchem@gma
il.com
Mr S K Suman Silchar
Silchar
OBC
suman2q@gmail.
com
Mr S S Ojha
Kumbhirgram Silchar
GEN
s.shekhar52@ya
hoo.com
Mr. B. Tiwari Duliajan
Tinsukia
GEN
digvijaitiwari@g
mail.com
Mr. Vinu TV Dinjan
Tinsukia
GEN
vinutv84@gmail.
Rao
com
Mr. Mercy
Missamari
Tinsukia
ST
untoeternity@g
Lalrohluo
mail.com
Mr. D. Sen
No.1 Cuttack BBSR
GEN
debashish.sen45
@gmail.com

MOBILE
NUMBER

9832475264
9163990265
9734323787
8145415922
8981590040
9933876727
9831706389
9635433735
9835063856
8133885391
9435353290
8761974938
9613777948
9437345658
2

15
16
17
18
19
20
21

22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29

Ms. Anita
Sambalpur
BBSR
Kumari
Mrs. Meera Khurda Road BBSR
Patnaik
Mr. S. K. Nath Baripada
BBSR

OBC

Mr. K.
Srinivasa Rao
Mrs. Lakshmi
Papayi
Mr. Sunil
Kumar
Mr. C B Singh

No 2 SVN
Vizag
Malkapuram
Vizag
Ramgarh
Cantt
Chandrapura

BBSR

GEN

BBSR

GEN

Ranchi

OBC

Ranchi

GEN

Mrs. Sunita
Sinha
Mrs. Rashmi
Bala
Mr. M. K.
Singh
Mr. P. B. Singh

Dipatoli
Ranchi
No 1 Bokaro

Ranchi

GEN

Ranchi

GEN

Hinoo Ranchi Ranchi

(I S)
Hinoo Ranchi Ranchi
(2 S)
Mr. A. K. Singh Patratu
Ranchi

GEN

Mrs. Hajra
Shaikh (RP)
Mr. Aditya
Panda (RP)
Mr. Suresh
Kumar Sahu
(RP)

GEN
OBC

OBC
GEN

ZIET BBSR

ziet BBSR

Gen

No. 3 BBSR

BBSR

GEN

No. 3 BBSR

BBSR

GEN

vanitak39@yaho
o.com
pattnaikmeena@
yahoo.com
sknath.khr@gmai
l.com
kathurisrinivasar
ao61@gmail.com
aryasomayajula1
970@yahoo.co.in
sk27071963@ya
hoo.in
singhchandrabhu
shan797@gmail.
com
sinha.sunita@gm
ail.com
rashmibala652@
gmail.com
mksingh147@gm
ail.com
itsme.pbs@gmail
.com
ashish16ap@redi
ffmail.com
happyhajra@red
iffmail.com
pandaaditya290
8@gmail.com
sk15sahu@gmail
.com

9437420973
9437083704
9938726813
9985987963
9573747467
9431585313
8986722713
9801302123
9631106562
8271544102
9905737287
9431161121
8280474572
9438308959
8895318245

KENDRIYA VIDYALAYA SANGATHAN

ZONAL INSTITUTE OF EDUCATION AND TRAINING, BHUBANESWAR
3 Day workshop on improvement of Board Results for PGT Chemistry

TIME TABLE

Day

Date

9.00- 9.159.15 10.30

10.4 11.00- 1.00

511.0
0

1.00 2.00-4.00
2.00

4.00- 4.15- 5.30

4.15

Preparing
Worksheets
For class XI

Preparing
Worksheets
For class XI

Wednes 16/07/2 Praye Effective

day
014
r & Classroom
Repor teaching
t
technique
s, A K
Panda

Board Questions Class XII

Preparing
Worksheets
For class XI

Preparing
Worksheets
For class XI

TEA BREAK

Thursda 17/07/2 Praye Classroom

y
014
r & Demos of
Repor simple
t
experimen
ts and
models,
AKP+ HS

Classroom Demos of
simple experiments and
models HS

TEA BREAK

Problem Solving
Techniques, S K Sahu

LUNCH BREAK

Tuesday 15/07/2 Registration and

014
Inauguration

Consolidatio
n of
Worksheets
Class XI

VALEDICTOR
Y

KENDRIYA VIDYALAYA SANGATHAN

ZONAL INSTITUTE OF EDUCATION AND TRAINING, BHUBANESWAR

3 Day workshop on improvement of Board Results for PGT Chemistry

Sl no
1
2
3
4
5
6

Group
1
2
3
4
5
6
Mr Panda

ALLOTMENT OF TOPICS
class XI
Chapter 1,
Chapter 7
Chapter 5, 6,
Chapter 8, 9
Chapter 10, 12
Chapter 13,14
2,3,4,11

ClassXII
Chapter 1,2,3,4
Chapter5, 6
Chapter 7, 8,9
Chapter 10,11
Chapter 12, 13, 14
Chapter 15, 16

Models
AB AB Type
ABC ABC Type
Extended ABC type
Square packing
Unit cell of BCC, FCC
Defects
4

REPORT OF THE 1st DAY (15.07.2014)

PRESENTED BY MEMBERS OF Gr. 1&2
In the serene atmosphere created by enchanting GAYATRI MANTRA, the formal inauguration
of three days WORK-SHOP For improvement of result in Class-XII Chemistry began with the
lighting of the lamp by Madam Usha A. Iyer,Director and Deputy commissioner KVS ZIET
Bhubaneswar.
In her inaugural speech Madam Usha A Iyer clearly pointed out that Workshop/ Training
course provides opportunities to the teachers to up skill, upscale and update themselves so
as to function as true professionals in the field of education and to face the challenges of the
present world.
Ms. Hajra Shaikh, faculty member, ZIET Bhubaneswar, Department of Chemistry highlighted
the aims and objectives of this work-shop. After the short tea - break , the session resumed
with power-point presentation on Problem Solving Techniques in different aspects for late
bloomers by Mr. Suresh Kumar Sahu ,PGT Chemistry KV No. 3 Bhubaneswar. Soon after this,
the groups were formed, duties and tasks were assigned to each group with the emphasis
on preparation of teaching aids on the topic Solid State and Mr. Aditya Kr. Panda , PGT
Chemistry KV No. 3 Bhubaneswar enthusiastically demonstrated the different models
related to the topic concerned .
In post lunch session, Mr. Aditya Kr. Panda, PGT Chemistry KV No. 3 Bhubaneswar
highlighted the concept of work-sheet and its preparation and implementation in the
present context .it was extremely thought provoking session .After the tea break, there was
group activity on preparation of work-sheet on allotted topics .With that a fruitful day ended
on a happy note

REPORT OF SECOND DAY WORKSHOP ON IMPROVEMENT OF

CHEMISTRY RESULT OF CLASSXII
Presented by group 3 & 4
The second day of the three day workshop began with the morning assembly conducted by
the participants group one and two. Hereafter the course Director and Dy. Commissioner
(KVS) ZIET Bhubaneswar Ms. Usha A. Iyer addressed the participants.
The session then began with highly enthusiastic and inspiring power point presentation by Mr.
A.K. Panda the resource person and PGT CHEM. K.V. no.3 Bhubaneswar. Shri Panda
highlighted the areas of weaknesses of the students due to which they could not achieve
satisfactorily. He also told the participants the probable methods of solutions like Qualitative
revisions, reinforcing the learning by proper planning, revision in a group of friends who are
5

supporting, co-operating and helping in nature. Sir also emphasized on preparation of outline
active notes, breaking the huge lessons in small chunks and squeezing the syllabus. Mr. Panda
also stressed on learning through question framing, prioritizing and leveling the questions. Sir,
gave several tips of making the revision interesting and result oriented. He told us how to
make master cards and make the class more interesting by involving the students.
Shri Panda Sirs multidimensional, analytical and practical approach of revision for different
lessons are highly motivating and of great use. By applying these techniques even the weaker
students can give good results.
The post tea session on inorganic reactions of p-block was an eye opener for many of us,
especially for the beginners.
After Shri S.K. Panda Sirs class we started making models and work-sheets which was guided
by our resource persons and was also viewed enthusiastically and encouraged by the course
director.

3rd DAY (17-07-2014) REPORT

Day started with morning assembly by 3rd and 4th group members.
D C mam in her addressing with participants she appreciated the group who given morning
assembly, given inspiring suggestions to the participants. She narrated a story about the
importance of positive attitude. Then after all the groups explained their models which they
have prepared.
Group I explained ABAB packing (hcp)
Group II Packing in the solids which results in formation of fcc and ccp, then group III
explained extended layer of ccp, group IV explained the extended layer of square close
packing, group V explained the different types of cubic unit cells like simple cubic, face
centered cubic and body centered cubic and group VI explained different types of defects in
crystals.
After tea break we proceeded to K.V. No: 3 chemistry lab. There participants and
resource persons; Ms Hajra Shaikh, Mr S K Sahu and Mr A K Panda exchanged their ideas in
form of small Demonstrations in a healthy manner, the different groups were assigned the
experiments based on different chapters in theory of class XI and XII
Group 1: Surface chemistry
Group2: Equilibrium
Group 3: Redox reactions
Group 4: Solutions
Group5: Electro chemistry
Group6: Organic chemistry
6

We spent about 2 hrs to explain the expt. in the above mentioned areas and came
back to ZIET with enlightened and enriched moods.
After lunch break participants interacted with resource persons about the difficulty
areas in chemistry teaching.
At 4-30 pm Valedictory function started, Madam Usha Iyar Director ZIET congratulated
all the members and suggested to follow these methods after going to school to give
qualitative and quantitative results.

Presented By : Mr S K Sahu,
PGT Chemistry
Kendriya Vidyalaya No 3 , Bhubaneswar

PROBLEM SOLVING
TECHNIQUES

ELECTROCHEMICAL SERIES

R
REDUCTION POTENTIAL

RIGHT

REDUCED

HIGHER THE REDUCTION POTENTIAL MORE EASILY REDUCED PLACED AT RIGHT

1. Formation of electrochemical cell
2. Calculation of E0

&e.m.f cell

3. Study of displacement reaction

4. Prediction of feasibility of redox reaction
5. Protection of metal from corrosion.
6. Prediction of the product of electrolysis

PRODUCT OF ELECTROLYSIS

MOLTEN ELECTROLYTE

Aq.ELECTROLYTE

OPPOSITE IONS ARE NEUTRALISED

AT OPPOSITE ELECTRODE

Inert electrode

in case of (- ve ions)
Simple ion is oxidised at anode
in case of (+ ve ions)

Same metal electrode

Cathode reaction is
same but None of the
negative ions are
Oxidised at cathode
in stead of all
negative ions
Electrodes itself
oxidised

Higher reduction potential is reduced at cathode

10

An aqueous solution of AgNO3 with silver electrodes.

An aqueous solution of AgNO3 with platinum electrodes

HIGHER THE REDUCTION POTENTIAL MORE EASILY REDUCED PLACED AT RIGHT

AT CATHODE OUT OF Ag+ AND H+ ,Ag+ IS REDUCED
DUE TO HIGHER REDUCTION POTENTIAL
AT ANODE OUT OF OH- & NO3 , OH- IS SIMPLE IONS SO OXIDISED
with platinum electrodes
IF Ag ELECTRODES IS USE- CATHODE REACTION IS SAME
AT ANODE INSTEAD OF ALL IVE IONS Ag ELECTRODE IT SELF OXIDISED
H & Cu,Ag Hg
H WITH OTHER

Prediction of feasibility of redox reaction

HIGHER THE REDUCTION POTENTIAL MORE EASILY REDUCED PLACED AT RIGHT

What would happen if Nickel spatula is used
to stir a solution of CuSO4?
E0Cu2+ / Cu = 0.34 V, E0Ni 2+ / Ni = -0.25V?
. SOLUTION CONTAINER = POSITIVE VALUE THAT CANNOT BE STORED
Cu2+ IS SOLUTION
Ni IS CONTAINER
0.34 (-0.25) = 0.59 IS POSITIVE VALUE
CANNOT BE STORED/USED

10

11

USES OF VANT HOFF FACTOR

DIFFERENT NO OF MOLE

SAME NO OF MOLE

COLLIGATIVE PROPERTY i I/molar mass

3% urea&3% GLUOSE

CALCULATE i

FREZING POINT ,VAPOUR PRESURE I/ i

OTHER COLIGATIVE PROPERTIES i

0.1 M UREA &0.1M NaCl

P BLOCK ELEMENT

11

12

BOND ORDER

BOND ORDER OF DIATOMIC

MOLECULES / IONS

BOND ORDER OF
POLATOMIC
MOLECULES / IONS

If p-electrons are up to 6
No of pelectrons = BO
2

Total no of bond
O Total no of resonating structure

If p-electrons > 6
6 more p electrons than 6 = BO
2

BOND ANGLE

HYBRIDISATION IS SAME
LONE PAIRS ARE DIFFERENT

Bond angle 1/no of lone pairs

PH4 +

&

PH3

HYBRIDISATION
IS SAME LONE
PAIRS ARE SAME

Bond angle electronegativity 1/size

NH3

&

PH3

12

13

BOND POLARITY
DIATOMIC MOLECULE

Homoatomic
Non polar

I2

POLYATOMIC MOLECULE

Heteroatomic
Polar

Regular molecule
Only bond pair

Irregular molecule
Lone pair

ICl

Polar

Same surrounding element

Non polar

Different surrounding element

polar

NH3

BOND LENGTH

BOND LENGTHS ARE SAME

BOND LENGTHS ARE DIFFERENT

DUE TO RESONANCE

DUE TO ELECTRONIC REPULSION

13

14

ACIDIC PROPERTIES

OXOACID

NON OXOACID

ACIDIC NATURE STABILISATION OF

CONJUGATE BASE

ACIDIC NATURE SIZE 1/B.E

HClO4 > HClO3 > HClO2 > HClO

HI > HBr > HCl

BASIC NATURE

HYDROXY BASE (-OH PRESENT )

NON HYDROXY BASE ( -OH NOT PRESENT)

OH- REMOVAL CAPACITY

H+ ATTRACTION CAPACITY

BASIC NATURE SIZE 1/BE

BASIC NATURE ELECTRONEGATIVITY

KOH > NaOH > LiOH

NH3 PH3 AsH3

14

15

REDUCTION PROPERTIES

OXOACID

HYDRIDE

REDUCTION PROPERTIES SIZE 1/B.E

REDUCTION PROPERTIES NO OF (E-H)

SINGLE BOND
H3PO2

H2S < H2Te

> H3PO3

BOILING POINT

MOLECULAR FORCE

HYDROGEN BONDING

VANDERWAAL FORCE

B. P MOLECULAR MASS 1/ branching

15

16

OXOACID OF PHOSPHORUS
STRUCTURE

TETRAHEDRAL AT LEAST
ONE P=O AND ONE POH GROUP,

FUNCTION

NUMBER OF P-OH
BOND =
BASICITY
NUMBER OF P-H BOND
=REDUCTIONCAPACITY

TYPE OF OXOACID

ORTHO- PARENT ACID

PYRO- 2 X ORTHOACID-H2O
HYPO ORTHOACID-O
META-ORTHO ACID-H2O
PEROXOMONO-ONE-OH IS REPLACED
BY OOH
PEROXODI- FROM PYRO O-IS
REPLACED
BY OO-

COMPARASION OF OXIDATION STATE BOTTOM ELEMENT AND OTHER INERT PARE EFFECT
COMPARASION OF PHYSICAL STATE OF THE SECOND PERIOD &AND THIRD
PERIOD ELEMENTS---- P-P BONDING
INCREASE OF COVALENCY VACAND d ORBITAL

LOWEST OXIDATION STATE -OUTERMOST ELECTRONS-8, STABILITY DECREASES

DOWN THE GROUP DUE TO ELECTRONEGATIVY DECREASES
HIGHEST OXIDATION STATE =OUTERMOST ELECTRONS STABILITY
DECREASES DOWN THE GROUP-DUE TO INERT PAIR EFFECT
CATENATION PROPERTY B.D.E 1/SIZE 1/ELECTRONIC REPLUCTION
THERMAL STABILITY 1/SIZE
OXIDISING POWER OF OXO ACID DECREASES WITH INCREASE OF OXIDATION STATE

16

17

Metallic and non metallic

character
IE 1/Metallic property

IONISATION
ENTHALAPY

Stability of oxidation state

METALLIC AND NON

METALLIC NATURE

BOND ENTHALPY

BOND

EN 1/BOND
LENGTH

ENERGY
ELECTRONEG
ATIVITY
DIFFRENCE
ACIDIC STRENGTH OF HYDRIDE
BOND ENERGY STABILITY
OF MOLECULE
REACTIVITY
DIFFRENCE IN
ELECTRONEGATI
VITY STABILITY
1/REACTIVITY

APPLICATION OF
ELECTRONEGATIVITY

NATURE OF BOND AND

PRCENTAGE OF IONIC CHARECTER
NOMENCLATURE OF
INORGANIC
COMPOUNDS
OF2 OXYGEN DIFLORIDE

ACIDIC NATURE OF
THE OXIDE
ELECTRONEGATIVITY

NATURE OF HYDROXIDE

17
17

18

HYBRIDISATION STATE

TOTAL bond pair+ lone pair=Hybridisation state

Organic chemistry

18
18

19

NUCLEOPHILIC SUBSTITUTION

SN2

SN1

STERIC HINDRANCE,
NATURE OF LEAVING GROUP

STABILITY OF CARBOCATION
NATURE OF LEAVING GROUP

Stability of Carboanion

Stability of (C ) I /+I

INDUCTIVE
EFFECT

POLAR
ITY OF
ORGA
NIC
COMP
OUND

ACID
IC STRENGTH
Acidic Strength -I/+I

19
19

20

Stability of Carboanion

Stability No of resonat ing St

RESONANCE
EFFECT

Reactivity of
Benzene
Towards
electrophilic
substitution

ACIDC NATURE
BASIC NATURE
Basic nature +R, +I/-R, -I

Electron density increases by resonance H + attraction capacity

More basic & vice-versa

Directive nature of group attached to benzene

Ortho/para directing
Contain lonepair electron

+R effect

-OH,-OR,-NH2

Meta directing
Double bond/triple bond present
That must attach to one more
Electnegative element

-Reffect

-CHO,-COOH,-SO3H

20
20

21

EFFECTIVE REVISION STRATEGY AND LEARNING METHODOLOGY

By A.K PANDA , PGT ( CHEM) ,
K V NO-3 ,BBSR
Genesis : Despite good teaching in the class, every year a teacher is under the scanner for his
teaching ability.
This is mainly because our result in AISSCE is 100 % pass or not --which is quite
obvious.
Passing mark is not at all a difficult task to achieve in any subject and the same is
true in chemistry also
1.
WHAT IS THE NEED?
Under performance of students despite having talents is a real disturbing
phenomenon in the present day student mass. Poor attention span, fickleness, lack
of determination, lack of self -belief
Students complain they often forget whatever they learnt yesterday
2.

PROBABLE CAUSE?
Learning through passive notes is the major stumbling block for better
performance

However informed and intelligent the teacher may be some times we do not reach
out to the child through excellent teaching in the class. Work syndicate solve the
problems through group interaction.

I find, for a teacher, it is not the teaching in the class but the managing the
students --make the students self-propellant and confident. Students must be.
Their involvement in the teaching learning process results into Active Learning
Mode which is deep routed
Students disorganized study leads to poor result. Some students cannot manage
themselves in the studies, they are to be constantly monitored by the teacher
concerned with the specially designed study materials for each categories of
students (Through special study technique)
Students disorganized study leads to poor result. Some students cannot manage

21
21

22

themselves in the studies, they are to be constantly monitored by the teacher

concerned with the specially designed study materials for each categories of
students
(Through special study technique)
Solution:
Revision is an art, and the people who master this art minimize time spent in revising
and also maximize result.
Effectiveness of revision implies the Maximization of Productivity of technique
adopted while learning.
Qualitative revision guarantees better result

The purpose of revision:

Revision means going over work in order to:

(a) Check your understanding through organized notes (b) Make links between different topics to see how the whole subject/topics fits
together.
(c) Remind yourself of material you have forgotten. Record information you need to
remember and then you can play it back to yourself.
(d) Reinforce your learning. Through preparation of Active Learning material.
(e) Identify and fill gaps in your knowledge.
(f) To prepare a concept map or Mater Card which will give a panoramic view of
whole chapter /topic / subjects for quick view just before examination.
(G) Reduction of anxiety just before the exam day

Revision techniques:
There are countless ways of revising.
The least effective ways: - Just reading through notes over and over.
The most effective ways: - Where you interact with the material, making it
meaningful to yourself,
Example: WORKSHEETS, CONCEPT MAP, FLASH CARDS, MASTER CARDS,
Index cards,
REVISION IN GROUPS
THROUGH REVISION GROUPS groups of friends who help one another to revise by
supporting, explaining, discussion and testing.
Get someone else (your class mate) to test you, preferably a friend doing the same
22
22

23

exam or by the teacher very often to lessen the anxiety and improvise the
perfection.
Discussing the key word revision cards with other students ensure better
performance.
Through Master card preparation
Preparation of Cards for effective drilling and time bound revision) Learning
through organized materials helps long-term retention.
Using your text book and class notes to organize the concepts in the fashion of
outline notes and practice it (the key word revision cards) to bring out the
maximum information without assistance from your study material.
To answer a question or address a problem you have not previously tackled.

Through Master card preparation

Hints and clue may be utilized to reconstruct a memory that has been organized.
Identify the key points- words, phrases and diagrams, examples and evidence for
each topic keeping in mind that questions from past papers and text book questions
are covered up.
Preparation of outline active notes
Preparation of outline active notes An organized and intelligent question bank
compel the students to search the answer from books and other allied materials
In a nut shell they are trained to read books and improvise self- study. This could be a
true reflection of a chapter in a couple of work sheets.
Revise in short bursts- Small chunks are easier to remember.
Frequent short-spells of learning are more effective than long ones.
Several shorter practices spread out over a period of time will do much more good
than a marathon session where your progress is impaired by fatigue. When studying,
dont be afraid to take a short break and then return to your work.
* Fragmentation of big targets into various small achievable realistic target
(Confidence Building Measures)
For slow learners (or Bloomers):
Repetition is extremely helpful in turning short-term memories into long term
memories. Without repetition, short-term memory vanish.
SQUEEZING THE SYLLABUS
Lengthy materials are divided into convenient units. Recalling through structured
active sheets enhances output
Go over the same material quite quickly several times rather than spending a long
23
23

24

time on one occasion.

(Cards are prepared for target setting in small chunks)
KEY POINTS OF EFFECTIVE REVISION
We can move the recall from the SHORT-TERM to the LONGTERM memory
through the series of revise and recapitulation cycle.
Learning through Question Framing Preparation of question framing indicators.
Associating concepts through this ability.
Summarizing material under headings onto index cards.
Prioritizing and leveling the questions: Make a priority list of questions and
concepts in consultations with teachers and Stick to your list for the target specific
exam. vis--vis syllabus and previous year question bank
KEY POINTS OF EFFECTIVE REVISION
Set realistic goals with respect to time available.
Reworking the material into a chart or diagram.
(MIND MAPS- cycle, linear, interconnecting, classification, spider map etc.)
Make links, comparisons and contrasts between different areas of your program.
Association and linking the concepts and terms helps to remember.
Mnemonics can be a helpful way to memorise facts.
Prepare for questions that combine two different

KEY WORD REVISION CARDS

KEY WORD REVISION CARDS are popular and effective way of developing your
revision notes
Revision Cards (Key facts cards) smaller than post card is better
OBJECTIVES:-

The intention is to record the minimum number of words to retain a full

understanding of the information the next time you look at and use the cards.
(Active processing and condensing them)
Keeping whole chapters note in small area has a great psychological effect.
Enabling one to feel in control. Revising from a series of small non-bulky cards
24
24

25

seems so much more manageable than overwhelming piles of A4 notes. (It

manages voluminous revision)
Key words are designed to stimulate your recall of the topic without the necessary
to write complex sentences
Brief out line notes on a card can quickly capture the moment. (Try to condense a
considerable amount of information on to it ]

Caution
Borrowed Revision Cards are not that much of effective than your own
cards.

Always consult main notes if a point on your card is not clear.

Cards are dynamic in nature and easy to use at any point:-There must be scope
for amendment in your notes.

What is the ideal time to make?

After completion of topic, immediately the outlines notes should be made as the
topic is fresh in your mind. You must keep your material organized for the purpose
of doing well in exam.

Cards must contain

------

Recording / Recalling / diagrammatic data / Cross-sectional drawing / graphs/

Tables / formula
ITS PRACTICABILITY

Anytime
Anywhere
Reliability of cards
Cross verifications helps in any areas which are not fully understood enables
problem areas to be addressed at the early stage rather than just before exams .
25
25

26

Advantage
Original Learning - No. of spaced revision final reproduction.
Forgetting is made less and less rapid by repeated learning of the same material.
Memory Tree will be sharper with each repetitions.
Flash Cards - How to Use Flash Cards to Study Chemistry
Flash cards are a quick, easy, visual way of setting prioritiesfor the said content area.
By using flash cards to plan your study sessions, you can quickly identify essential
versus negligible information.
Great study habits are not simply confined to the human brain. There are other outside
tools that can help maximize learning potential and get those synapses firing. One such
tool is the flash cardsomething so simple, yet so effective
Making education fun
One of the biggest reasons group studiers prefer flash cards is because they really can
break the monotony and make education fun.
Flashcards remain one of the best tools for memorizing information. The most common
way to create flashcards is to use index cards.
Students can simply write the question on one side and the answer on the opposite side
and test themselves repeatedly. However, there are several ways to modify this process to
enhance the learning experience.
Memorize Facts & Reinforce Concepts with Flash Cards
Flash cards can be a great study aid. You can use them to help memorize facts, lists, and
structures as well as to reinforce important concepts. Here's how to prepare and use flash
cards to study.
Flashcards for Individuals and Flashcards for Study Groups
Tackling advanced subjects
Flash cards can make difficult subjects easier. Working with subjects that are so far off
what one is used to naturally creates confusion when information starts piling up.
The razor-precision focus that flash cards force your brain into keep you from getting
overwhelmed when you encounter new and unfamiliar areas.
Customizing the learning experience

26
26

27

Flash cards are editableeither by hand or computerand they provide unending

support for the learner as he seeks to take charge of his studies and customize the
experience in such a way that is interesting, effective and fun.
Its not enough to know the information; one must also be able to recall as much of it as
he can within a set time framework with as much accuracy as possible
This technique will enable the brain to recognize the most essential details of a concept
or fact when it turns up on an exam or other crucial situations.
Learning Facts with Flash Cards
Start with a stack of blank index cards.
On one side of a card, write a question or name of a structure you need to memorize. On
the back of the card, write the answer. Limit yourself to one fact per card.
Prepare as many cards as you need.
To use the cards effectively, view the question and quiz yourself. Do you know the
answer? Check the back of the card. If you answered correctly, set the card aside. If you
were wrong, place the card on the back of your stack so that you will see it again.
Proceed through your stack of cards. Set aside cards you get right and continue through
cards you get wrong until you have gotten all questions/answers correct.
Now shuffle the cards and repeat the process.
Practice makes perfect, so if you get frustrated, set the cards aside and come back to
them. Go through your cards every day (or more often, if you are cramming).
Name

reactions in pairs

1# Carbylamine Reaction (PN-393) and Hoffmann bromamide degradation reaction

(PN- 386)
2# Sandmeyer Reaction (PN- 397) and Gatterman Reaction (PN-397)
3# Cannizzaro Reaction (PN- 364 ) and Aldol and cross aldol condensation
Reaction(PN- 363)
4# Reimer-Tiemann Reaction (PN-335 ) and Kolbes Reaction (PN- 334)
5# Etard Reaction (PN- 355 ) and Gatterman-Koch Reaction (PN-355)
6# Rosenmund Reduction Reaction (PN-354 ) and Stefen Reaction
7# Clemmesen Reduction and Wolff Kishner Reduction Reaction (PN-361)
27
27

28

8# Friedel Craft Reaction (Alkylation and acylation) (PN- 306 , 342, 356)
9# Wurtz Reaction ,Wurtz-Fittig Reaction and Fittig Reaction (PN-307)
10# Finkelstein and Swarts Reaction (PN-289)
11 # Tollens Test and Fehlings Test (PN-361)
12 # Ammonolysis (PN-384) and Gabriel Phthalimide Synthesis (PN-386)
13# Williamsons Synthesis (PN-337) and Saytzeff Rule (PN- 301)
14# Markovnikovs Rule (PN-288) and Markovnikovs Rule
15# Diazotization (PN-396) and Coupling Reaction (PN-398)
16# Iodoform Reaction and Ozonolysis
17# Esterification (PN-329 , 373) and Trans- Esterification
18#Hinsberg Reagent( PN-393) and Lucas Reagent
19# Hell-Volhard Zelinsky Reaction (PN-375) and Dumas decarboxylation Reaction
(PN-375)
20# Hydroboration and Ozonolysis

TONE-UP YOUR MEMORY ORGANIC REASONING

by a k panda
CL-XII CHEM : BRUSH UP WITH SOME ORGANIC CONCEPTS . [ORGANIC
_MLL]
(MM - 10 , Time allowed 15 minutes - for each card )
Name -------------------------- Roll no -------Marks scored -------------CARD-1
1 # Which is more Reactive towards nucleophile by SN2 and why?
(1-bromopentane,
2-bromopentane)
2# Which is more acidic and why? (O-methoxy phenol, o-nitro phenol)
3# Which is more basic and why? (N-ethyl ehanamine, ethyl amine )
4# Which has more Boiling point and why? (n-propyl chloride , isopropyl chloride)
5# Which is more Reactive towards nucleophilic addition reaction and why?
(Acetaldehyde, propanone)
6# Which is more Reactive towards nucleophile by SN1. And why? (cyclohexyl chloride ,
allyl chloride)
28
28

29

7# Which is more Reactive towards electrophile and why? (nitrobenzene , anisole)

8# Which has more bond angle and why? (Methanol, Methoxy methane )
9# Which has more Boiling point and why? (Methanol, methanamine)
10# Which compound undergoes faster SN1 reaction and why? (Tert-butyl chloride and
3-chloropentane )
CARD-2
11# Which is more easily hydrolysed by aqueous KOH and why? (C6H5CH2Cl and
C6H5CHClC6H5)
12# Gabriel phthalimide synthesis is preferred for synthesizing pure ------- and why?
(Aliphatic primary amines .aromatic primary amines)
13# Which one is more soluble in water and why? (Ethylamine, aniline)
14# Whose pKb is more and why? (Aniline, methylamine)
15# Which one does not undergo Friedel-Crafts reaction and why? (Phenol, aniline)
16# Which has higher boiling point in isomeric cases and why? (Primary amines,
tertiary amines)
17# Which is more easily nitrated and why? (Benzene and Phenol)
18# Which is steam volatile and why? (Ortho-nitrophenol , Para-nitrophenol)
19# Which is more acidic and why? (Phenol , ethanol )
20# Which is more acidic and why? (ortho-nitrophenol , para -nitrophenol)
CARD-3
21# Which is preferred for the preparation of alkyl chloride from alcohol and why?
(thionyl chloride , PCl5, Lucas Reagent)
22# Which is less reactive towards nucleophilic substitution reaction and why? ( C6H5Cl
and C6H11Cl)
23# Which is more stable and why? ( Diazonium salts of aromatic amines , Diazonium
salts of aliphatic amines) .
24# Which is more easily dehydrated and why? (Sec-alcohol, tert-alcohol )
25# # In the following pairs of halogen compounds, which compound undergoes faster
SN1 reaction and why? ?

26# In the following pairs of halogen compounds, which would undergo SN2 reaction
faster and why? ?

29
29

30

27# Pure primary amines are prepared through (ammonolysis method, Gabriel
phthalimide Synthesis)
28# Which acid of each pair shown here would you expect to be stronger and why? ?
(i) CH3CO2H or CH2FCO2H
(ii) CH2FCO2H or
CH2ClCO2H
(iii) CH2FCH2CH2CO2H or CH3CHFCH2CO2H
(iii)F3CC6H4COOH or
H3CC6H5COOH
29# Whose dipole moment is more and why? (Chlorobenzene, Cyclohexyl chloride)
30#Which shows more reactivity in nucleophilic addition reactions and why? . (Di-tertbutyl ketone, Methyl tert-butyl ketone)
CARD-4
31# Which has lowest Kb and why? (Aniline, p-nitroaniline and p-toluidine)
32# Which has highest boiling point and why? ? (Pentan-1-ol, n-butane, pentanal ,
ethoxyethane.)
33# Which shows optical activity and why? (2-bromobutane, 1-bromobutane)
34# Which has higher Melting point and why? (p-dichlorobenzene, O-dichlorobenzene)
35# Which should be kept in closed dark coloured bottle and why? (Chloroform,
iodoform)
36# Which one shows highest reactivity towards HCN and why? (Benzaldehyde, pTolualdehyde, p-Nitrobenzaldehyde, Acetophenone.)
37# Which one has highest dipole moment and why? (CH2Cl2, CHCl3 , CCl4)
38# Which one easily get nitrated? (Benzene, Phenol , Chlorobenzene , Nitrobenzene)
39# Which one will react faster in SN2 reaction with OH and why?
(i) CH3Br or CH3I (ii) (CH3)3CCl or CH3Cl
40# Greater the stability of carbocation, greater will be its ease of formation from alkyl
halide and faster will be the rate of reaction
This statement better suits for (10, 20 , 30 halide) which leads to (SN2 , SN1)
Reactions exclusively .
CARD-5
41# Which is more acidic .( 2-methyl propan-2-ol , Butan-2-ol )
42# Which has highest basic character in aq. phase? [C2H5NH2, (C2H5)2NH, (C2H5)3N and
NH3]
43# Which one forms cyanohydrin in good yield and why? (2,2,6trimethylcyclohexanone , Cyclohexanone)
44# Which is less acidic and why? (Ethyl amine, ethyl alcohol)
45# Which is a stronger base and why? (Aliphatic amine , aromatic amine)
46# Which is better leaving group (chloride or iodide )
47# Which has the highest boiling point and why? (Bromomethane, Bromoform,
Chloromethane, Dibromomethane)
30
30

31

48# Which would undergo SN2 reaction faster and why? (1-chloro -1-cyclohexyl methane
and cyclohexyl methane)
49# Which has more reactive towards nucleophilic substitution reaction (Chlorobenzene,
cyclohexyl chloride)
50# Which one will undergo racemisation when treated with aq. KOH in polar solvent
and why?( Vinyl chloride ,methyl chloride , 2-chlorobutane )
CARD-6
51# Which has the most acidic character and why?(Benzoic acid, 4-Nitrobenzoic acid,
3,4-Dinitrobenzoic acid, 4-Methoxybenzoic acid )
52# Which is more acidic and why? (a) (F3CC6H4COOH or H3CC6H5COOH)
(b) (CH3CO2H or CH2FCO2H)
53# Which is more reactive towards Lucas Reagent ( Propanol , isopropyl alcohol)
54# Which will undergo Friedel Craft reaction. (Anisole , Aniline)
55# Which is less acidic and why? (Methanamine, Methanol)
56# Which is more reactive towards HCN and why? (Acetone, Acetaldehyde,
Formaldehyde , Di-tert-butyl ketone)
57# Which is more acidic and why? (Benzoic acid, 4-nitro benzoic acid, 4-methoxy
benzoic acid)
58# Which has higher boiling point and why? (Ethanol, propane, propanoic acid,
methoxymethane)
59# Which has highest solubility in water and why? (C6H5NH2, (C2H5)2NH, C2H5NH2)
60#Which has highest acidic character (Propan-1-ol, 2,4,6-trinitrophenol, 3-nitrophenol,
3,5-dinitrophenol, phenol, 4-methylphenol.)
CARD-7
61# Which has higher boiling point in isomeric cases and why? (p-amines, t-amines)
62# Which one is preferred for preparing chloroalkanes from alcohol. (PCl5, SOCl2)
63# Which has higher boiling point and why? (Propanol, butane, propanone, Methoxy
ethane )
64# Which one is more stable and why? (phenyl carbocation , benzyl carbocation ,
methyl carbocation, dimethyl carbocation )
65# Among the following most stable conjugate base is ----- ( phenoxide, acetate ,
fluoroacetate , 2-Fluoropropanoic acid, benzoate, trifluoroacetate)
66# Which one is easily reacts with aq. KOH at room temperature? (2,4 dinitro
chlorobenzene, 3,5 dinitro chlorobenzene)
67# Which one will not give foul smelling substance when treated with chloroform and
alcoholic KOH? (Aniline ,N-Methyl methanamine, Ethanamine )
68# Which one shows turbidity immediately when treated with conc. HCl and anhyd.
ZnCl2 and why? (Butanol , butan-2-ol, tert-butyl alcohol )
69# Which is more reactive towards aq.NaOH (Chlorobenzene, 1-chloro-2nitrochlorobenzene)
70# Which one will respond positive to iodoform test and why? (Etanol ,Methanol)
31
31

32

CARD-8
71# Which one undergo Canizzaros reaction. (Acetaldehyde, Benzaldehyde)
72# Which one undergo Aldol condensation themselves (acetaldehyde, formaldehyde)
73# What is the Major product of Etards Reaction ( Salicylic acid , benzaldehyde)
74# What could be the product of Gabriel Pthalimide reaction (Aniline, methyl amine)
75# Ethanol is converted to ethane in presence of conc.H2SO4 at what temp. (413K,
443K)
76# Which reagent is used when phenol is converted into 2,4,6-tribromophenol ( Br2 in
CS2 , Br2 in Water )
77# What is the Major product of Reimer Tiemann Reaction. (Salicylic acid,
Salicyldehyde)
78# Which one will give the iodoform test ( acetophenone , benzophenone)
79# Which is a mild oxidizing agent (KMnO4 /H+, PCC)
80# The major products formed 2-methyl -2-methoxy propane reacts with HI are -------------------------- and --------------------CARD-9
81# Identify the major alkenes when the following alkyl halides with sodium ethoxide in
ethanol (or sodium in alcohol)
(a) 1-Bromo-1-methylcyclohexane ----------------------------------------------------------------------------(b) 2-Chloro-2-methylbutane -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------(c) 2,2,3-Trimethyl-3-bromopentane.-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------82# Which one gives alcohol when treated with Nitrous acid? (Aniline and Ethanamine)
83# Which one give white precipitate when treated with aq. KOH and AgNO3 solution?
(Vinyl chloride, allyl chloride)
84# Name the products which is obtained when ethyl magnesium bromide reacts with
propanol . ------------------------85# Give one use of (a) Freon ----------------------- (b) Iodoform ----------------------- (c)
Chloroform ----------- (d) DDT -------------86# Which alcohol one is most easily dehydrated in acidic condition and why ?
(Primary, secondary , tertiary )
87# Write the IUPAC name and one use of the product obtained when Salicylic acid is
treated with acetic anhydride? --------------88# Write the major product of (a) Reimer-Tiemann reaction: --------------------------------(b) Gatterman Koch Reaction: --------------------------------- Kolbes
Reaction: ---------------------------------------------------89# When phenol is treated with ----------------------- gives white precipitate and why?
(Br2 in CS2, Bromine water)
32
32

33

90# Which one cannot undergo aldol condensation and why? (Acetophenone,
acetaldehyde, benzaldehyde, acetone)
CARD-10
91# Write the product when acetaldehyde is treated with semicarbazide ------------------------------------------------92# During the preparation of esters from a carboxylic acid and an alcohol in the presence
of an acid catalyst, the water or the ester should be removed as soon as it is formed. It is
because ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------93# Phenol is converted to 2,4,6-tribromophenol when treated with ( Br2 in CS2 , Br2
water) .
94# Predict the major product of acid catalyzed dehydration of (a) 1-methyl cyclohexanol:
------------------- (b) Pentan-2-ol : ---------------------------95# Grignard reagents should be prepared under anhydrous conditions because -------------------------------------------------------------------96# Haloalkanes react with KCN to form alkyl cyanides as the main product because -----------------------------------------------------------97# H2SO4 cannot be used along with KI in the conversin of an alcohol to an alkyl
iodide because --------------------98# Write the major products when 2-bromopentane is treated with alcoholic KOH: ----------------------------------- + -----99# When anisole is treated with HI, the major products are ------------------------------------------------------------100# When 2-methyl -2-methoxy propane is treated with HI, the major products are ---------------------------------101# write the major products when 2-methyl -2-bromo propane is treated with sodium
phenoxide ----------------------------------------------

33
33

fo
rp
ro
to
n?
af
fin
ty

edu
cin
g

gr
ea
te
r
ha
s

i
stab
mal

r
cte

lity?

ra

a
ch

wh
ic
h

her

g
xin

has
mo
re r

er T

ple
om
rc

tte

hi gh

be
?

Wh
ich

as

has

hh
hi c

Which ( N-H / P-H ) BDE is more ?

ch
whi

cha
rac
ter?

34

?
als

ign
's s

Wh

ich

e
olm
H
n
di

ha

sR
ott

en

fis
hs
me
ll

h is
hic

NH3 / PH3

Which is more Acidic?

Which is more Basic?

Wh

ich

ile?

AgC
l?

r' s
be
Ha
b

xw
ith

in
ed
ar

ne

ble
form
ss
olu

ho
hi c
dw
bb

bu

one

&w
hy

an
t?

ou

2+

le

u
th C

ich

gle

n wi

ratio

Wh

an

te
wa

olou
lue c

com
ple

ep

nt?

in

ep b

pr

poi

s
lve
so
dis

m de

is

ling

ne

e for

ch

boi

bo

nd

ho
hic

n
ch o

hi

mo
re

mo
re

W hi
Which one is associated with H- bonding ?

has

hic
hh

as

oc
es
s?

h
hic

pr

or
is m

ola
ev

use

COMPARATIVE CONCEPT MAP OF AMMONIA AND PHOSPHINE

34
34

35

Pairs in inorganic chemistry

1. White P / Red
P
2. NCl5 / PCl5
3. N2 / P4
4. R3P=O / R3N=O
5. PCl3 /PCl5
6. NH3/PH3
7. BiCl3/SbCl3
8. H2O/H2S
9. NH3/BiH3
10.BiCl3 /BiCl5
11.PH3/[PH4]+
12.O2/S8
13.NO2/N2O4
14.N2O5 / P2O5
15.CN-/CP16.HOF/HOCl
17.HF/HCl
18.ClF3/FCl3
19.FF (g) /ClCl(g)
20.HF/H2O
21.NH3/NF3
22.NO/NO2
23.CO/CO2
24. F/Cl

25.BF3/NF3
26.HCl(g) / HCl(aq)
27.Anh.AlCl3 /
Aq.AlCl3
28.F2+H2O /
Cl2+H2O
29.SCl6 / SF6
30.SF6 / SH6
31.N2O5 /N2O3
32.SO2/SO3
33.B2O3/Al2O3
34.SO2/TeO2
35.O3/O2
36.SF6 /SF4
37.S2/N2
38.CO2/SiO2
39.SiCl4/CCl4
40.N(CH3)3 / N(SiH3)3
41.BF3 /[BF4]42.[CF6]2- / [SiF6]243.I3 / F3
44.OO / SS
45.N2/O2
46.[BH4]- / [NH4]+
47.Na2O2 / KO2

48.LiNO3 / NaNO3
49.LiH / NaH
50.B2H6 / NH3
51.PH5 / PF5
52.HF / HCl
53.Ice / Dry ice
54.[SiF6]2- / [SiCl6]255.SbCl5 / SbCl3
56.KHCO3 / NaHCO3
57.Li3N / Na3N
58.MgCl2 / NaCl
59.N/O
60.N2/O2
61.O2+ [PtF6]- / Xe+
[PtF6]62.Al/Ga
63.In/Tl
64.B/Be
65.SnCl4/SnF4
66.AlF3 / AlCl3
67.Graphite /
Diamond
68.Nitrate /
Phosphate
69.SnCl2 / PbO2

35
35

36

Concepts for anomalous properties / exceptions in chemistry

1) Ionisation Energy
2. Electronegativity
3. Electron gain enthalpy
4. Atomic / ionic radii
5. Oxidation Number
6. Bond dissociation enthalpy
7. Charge by Radius ratio
8. Lattice enthalpy
9. Hydration Enythalpy
10. Presence and absence of vacant d-orbital
11. Size p- - p- and p- - d- overlapping
12. Fajans Rule (Covalent character)
13. Presence and absence Odd Electron
14. H-bond formation ability
15. Lewis Base Character
16. Dipole moment / Polarity
17. Reducing and oxidizing ability - Electrode potential
18. Intermolecular force of attraction
19. Catenation property / ability to form allotrope
20. State of substance solid / liquid / gas
21. Inert pair effect
22. Repulsive interaction
23. Exothermic and endothermic compound
24. 600 angular strain
26. Types of oxides acidic, basic, amphoteric
27. Isostructural compounds
28. Monomeric / polymeric
29. State of hybridization.
30. Imperfect screening
31. Paramagnetic / diamagnetic
32. Multiple bond formation ability
33. Effective nuclear charge
36
36

37

CRACK THE CODE

IN THE FOLLOWING PAIRS
CLASS-XIP-BLOCK ELEMENTS

1) CO /CO2

25) Water Gas /Producer Gas

2) BCl3 /AlCl3

26) BCl3/PCl3

3) H3BO3/H3PO3

27) N(CH3)3 / N(SiH3)3

4) CO2 /SiO2

28) Nitrate /Phosphate

5) H3BO3 /H2SO4

29) HNO3 /H3PO4

6) BCl3/TlCl3

30) BF3/NF3

7) BCl3 /CCl4

31) [SiF6]2-/[SiF6]2-

8) [BF6] 3-/[AlF6]3-

32) SiCl4/CCl4

9) PbCl4 /SnCl4

33) BF3 /[BF4]

10) Al2O3 /B2O3

11) BCl3 /BH3
12) BCl3 /SiCl4
13) GaCl /TlCl
14) PbO2 /SnCl2
15) BF3 /BCl3
16) PbCl2 /PbCl4
17) TlCl/TlCl3
18) AlF3 /AlCl3
19) Carbon /Silicon
20) B2H6 /H3BO3
21) PBI4/PbCl4
22) Diamond /Graphite
23) BH3 /[BH4]
24) Ga /Al
37
37

38

R E A C T I O N S O F p-B L O C K E L E M E N T S
by A. K .Panda, PGT (Chem) ,KV NO-3 BBSR

1(a)# Cu + 8 HNO3(Dil. ) Cu(NO3)2 + 2NO +4 H2O

1(b)# Cu + 4 HNO3( conc.) Cu(NO3)2 + 2NO2 +2H2O

2(a)# 2NaOH (cold and dilute) + Cl2 NaCl +NaOCl +H2O

2(b)# 6NaOH (hot and conc.) + 3Cl2 5NaCl +NaClO3 +H2O

3(a)# 8NH3 (excess) + 3 Cl2 6NH4Cl + N2

3(b)# NH3 + Cl2 ( excess) NCl3 (explosive ) + 3 HCl
4(a)# PCl3 + H2O H3PO3 + 3 HCl
4(b)# PCl5 + H2O POCl3 + 2 HCl
> + H2O H3PO4 + 3 HCl
5(a)# F2 + H2O HF + O2
5(b)# X2(g) + H2O(l) HX(aq) + HOX (aq) ] 1/3
ClF + H2O HF + HOCl X2(Hydrated) ] 2/3
6(a) # 2XeF2 (s) + 2H2O(l) 2Xe (g) + 4 HF(aq) + O2(g)
6(b) # 6XeF4 + 12 H2O 4Xe + 2Xe03 + 24 HF + 3 O2
[Hydrolysis of XeF4 and XeF6 with water gives Xe03.]
7(a)# # C + 2H2SO4 (Conc.) CO2 + 2 SO2 +2H2O
7(b)# # Cu + 2H2SO4 (Conc.) CuSO4 + SO2 +2H2O
8(a)# # 4 H3PO3 3 H3PO4 + PH3
8(b)# (NH4)2Cr2O7 (Heat ) - N2 + Cr2O3 +H2O
8(c)# HNO2 --(Heat) HNO3 + H2O + 2NO
8(d)# PCl5 + Heat PCl3 + Cl2

9(a)# Cu + 2H2SO4 (Conc.) CuSO4 + SO2 +2H2O

9(b)# Cu + 4 HNO3( conc.) Cu(NO3)2 + 2NO2 +2H2O
38
38

39

10(a)# XeF6 + 3 H2O XeO3 + 6 HF

10(b)# XeF6 + H2O XeOF4 + 2 HF [Partial hydrolysis of XeF6 gives oxyfluorides,
XeOF4 and XeO2F2]
10(c)# XeF6 + 2 H2O XeO2F2 + 4HF
11(a)# XeF2 + PF5 [XeF]+ [PF6] ;
11(b)# XeF4 + SbF5 [XeF3]+ [SbF6]
11(c)# XeF6 + MF M+ [XeF7] (M = Na, K, Rb or Cs)
12(a)# Ca3P2 + 6H2O 3 Ca(OH)2 + 2 PH3
12(b)# P4 + 3NaOH + 3 H2O PH3 + 3 NaH2PO2
13(a)# 2 Fe3+ + SO2 + 2H2O 2 Fe2+ + SO4 2 + 4 H+
13(b)# 5 SO2 + 2 MnO4 + 2 H2O 5 SO4 2 + 4 H+ + 2 Mn2+

14(a)# P4 + 8 SOCl2 4 PCl3 +4 SO2 + 2 S2Cl2

14(c)# P4 + SO2Cl2 4 PCl5 + 10 SO2

15(a)# 3CuSO4 +2PH3 Cu3P2 + 3 H2SO4

15(b)# 3HgCl2 +2 PH3 Hg3P2 + 6 HCl
16(a)# Cu2+ (aq) + 4 NH3(aq) [Cu(NH3)4]2+(aq)
(blue)
(deep blue)
16(b)# AgCl (s) + 2 NH3(aq) [Ag(NH3)2] Cl (aq) {colourless soluble complex}

17(a)# NH4Cl(aq) + NaNO2 (aq) N2(g) +2H2O (l) + NaCl (aq)

17(b)# (NH4)2Cr2O7+Heat N2 + 4H2O + Cr2O3
17(c)# Ba(N3)2 Ba + N2
18(a)# PCl3 + H2O H3PO3 + 3 HCl
18(b)# PCl5 + H2O POCl3 + 2 HCl
> + H2O H3PO4 + 3 HCl
19(a)# C2 H5 OH+ PCl5 C2 H 5Cl+ POCl3 + HCl
19(a)# CH 3COOH+ PCl5 CH3 COCl+ POCl3 +HCl
39
39

40

20(a)# 2Ag (Finely divided )+ PCl5 2AgCl + PCl3

20(b)# Sn(Finely divided ) + 2PCl5 SnCl4 + 2PCl3
21(a)# NCl3 + H2O NH3 + 3 HOCl
21(b)# PCl3 + H2O H3PO3 + 3 HCl
22(a)# 2FeSO4 + H2SO4 + Cl2 Fe2(SO4)3 + 2HCl
22(b)# Na2SO3 + Cl2 + H2O Na2SO4 + 2HCl
22(c)# SO2 + 2H2O + Cl2 H2SO4 + 2HCl
23(a)# Cl2+F2 [437K]2ClF;
(equal volume)
23(b)# Cl2 + 3F2 (excess) [573K ]2ClF3 ;
24(a)# I2 +3Cl2 [437K]2ICl3;
24(b)# I2 +Cl2 (equimolar)2ICl
25(a)# Br2 + 3F2 2BrF3
(Diluted with water)
25(b)# Br2 + 5F2 2BrF5
(excess)
26(a)# 2 Na2S2O3 + I2 Na2S4O6 + 2 NaI
26(a)# Na2S2O3 + 4 Cl2 +5 H2O 2 NaHSO4 + 8 HCl
R E A C T I O N S O F p-B L O C K E L E M E N T S

by A. K .Panda, PGT (Chem) ,KV NO-3 BBSR

Balance and Complete the following :1)

Cl2 + NaOH (hot and conc.)

2)

3)

XeF2 + PF5

4) XeF6 + NaF

F2 + H2O

5) Au + Aqua Regia

10) CH3COOH + PCl5

6) Cu + Conc.HNO3

11) Ca3P2 +H2O

7) C12H22O11 + Conc.H2SO4

12) I2 + conc. HNO3

8) SO2 + MnO4 + H +

13) Cu + Dil. HNO3

9) PbS + O3

14) Cu + Conc.H2SO4
40
40

41

15) Ca(OH)2 +Cl2

41) XeF4 + O2F2

16) NaCl + MnO2 + H2SO4

42) Cl2 + NaOH (cold and dil.)

17) HgCl2 + PH3

43) NH3 (excess) + Cl2

18) U + ClF3

44) SO2 + V2O5

19) XeF4 + H2O

45) H3PO3 + Heat

20) XeF6 + H2O

46) SF4 + H2O

21) KMnO4 + HCl

47) Al2O3 + HCl + H2O

22) KI (aq) + H2O(l) + O3 (g)

48) HNO3 + P4O10

23) CuSO4 + NH3

49) NH4NO3 + Heat

24) PCl5 + H2O(excess)

50) AgCl + NH3

25) (NH4)2Cr2O7 --(heat)

51) NaN3 + Heat

26) P4 + NaOH +H2O

52) Ag + PCl5

27) Al2O3 + NaOH + H2O

53)

28) HCl + O2 + CuCl2(Catalyst)

54)

29)

PCl3 + H2O
Zn + dil. HNO3

XeF2 (s) + H2O (l)

30) NH3 + Cl2 (excess)

31) Fe3+ + SO2+ 2H2O
32) Br2 + KI
33) Cl2 + H2O
34) NaOH + SO2
35) SO2 + MnO4 + H+
36) Fe + HCl
37) Cl2(g) + NaI(aq)
38) Na2S2O3 + I2
39) Na2S2O3 + Cl2 + H2O
40) ClF + H2O
41
41

42

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

WORD ROOTS -prefix

Homo-- / Hetero :
Endo- / ExoUltra-- / Infra
Dextro- / Laevo
Phobia- / Philic --- Lyophobic / lyophilic
Pre- - Post

: Hydrohobic / hydrophilic

7. Ante- / post : Penultimate / ante-penultimate

8. Mon- -/ bi- or di- / tri- / tetra- / penta -- Oligo - Poly- [ Monomer /
polymer : monochromatic / polychromatic
9. Bis- tris- tetrakis
10.Inter- / Intra11.Hypo- / Hyper- : Hypotonic and hyper tonic solution
12.Primary- / secondary/ tertiary / Quaternary
13.Super- / Sub : Supersonic , Subsonic
14.In- / Ex15. Singlet / duplet / triplet / quartet
16.Protic / aprotic solvent
17.Triads / Octaves
18.Entegegen - / Zusaman
19. Trans- / Cis
20.Isomorphous / Polymorphous
21.Zeotrope / Azeotrope
22.Semi - / hemi- / demi
23. Iso-- : Isotope / Isobar / Isoelectronic / Isotone / Isomer
24.Isotherm / Isobar / Isochore / Isotonic Solution / Isomorphous / isolobal
25.Isotropic / Anisotropic
26.Isomorphous / Polymorphous
27.Anomalous / Analogous

43

28.Intensive / Extensive : Intrinsic / Extrinsic

29.Dynamic / Static
30. Dehydration / Decarboxylation/Dehydrogenation

WORD ROOTS
Auto- self; tele- distance; Chroma colour; Phone sound; Algia = pain
Pyre- fire , heat
Photo- light Phobia fearness, Phile love towards, affinity towards
Metron-- measurement Stoichion - element Atomio not divisible Oligo-few
Poly many
Amphi , Ambi - both , on both side , around Halo- salt , Chalco-ore gene - born ,
form
1. Dent tooth ,Chaeleo- crab Aroma - smell scribe to write
2. Therm- Heat
3. Therapy to cure
Antiseptic / Antibacterial / Anti allergic

44

Preparation of worksheets

BY ADITYA KUMAR PANDA

PGT(CHEM)

KV NO-3 , BHUBANEWAR

PURPOSE : Sharpening the weapons and tools and ensure its efficacy before going to the
battlefield ( Exam) .
Preparation of Reliable learning material to the taste for everyone . It is just
catering to the need of the students .
There is no hard and fast rule to prepare this kind or that kind .

What is the NATURE OF WORK SHEET

It looks very simple, fun doing , effective and productive .
The question present in the work sheet is of course a little bit different from the
format asked in regular Board Exam / or school exam in Higher secondary stage
in chemistry subject

Composition of worksheets

1.
Worksheet may contain
Fill in the blanks
True / false Type Questions
Match the following
Odd one out
Analogy Type Qs.
Coin the word
Cross word puzzle
Cracking the code
Diagram based Questions
Visuals Plots and graphs Etc

45

WHY WORKSHEET?

What is the difference between Active Notes (Worksheets) and Passive notes ?
How it helps to reduce anxiety?

What is the advantage in training students in something different format?

It must be fun doing.
It is one type of Reinforce Technique
It Enhances Observation skill as answers are right in front of questions or at
very close distance in the sheet itself .
What is the advantage in training students in something different format ?
It helps to familiarize the concepts, examples, definitions etc .
Answers in one word or two help a great deal to those students who cannot write
sentences or long answers.
It is one type of Confidence Building Measure. (CBM)
What is the Reliability and validity of the work she?
Cross checking with Textbook questions and
2. Previous Qs (PYQ ) and Frequently asked Qs(FAQs)
It should not be a type of randomly collected and compiled questions.
Intelligent Questioning and putting the answer at very close distance helps to do
away with bulky notes.
Exploring the fringe Questions from the given bunch of questions.
It helps to develop association techniques. (Anchoring effect or hooking effect.
Retention in mind increases and de-learning is minimized.

What about the answers of Worksheet .

Allow the students to solve it themselves first, then in the groups using NCERT
TEXT BOOKS in a separate page.
Page number of text book may be written on the worksheet as future reference

46

and further study.

So questions should be leveled in gradation (MLL-1, MLL-2 and so on)
What is the role of teacher?
Involvement of teacher during drilling exercises helped a lot for verification of
answer and activating students.
Cross-checking answers in consultation with the books and bright learners.
Analysing the fringe questions to enhance the efficacy of worksheets.
To whom it is useful?
When it is useful?
For every students Bright Learners, Moderate Learners, Slow Learners (bloomers)
Who loves to work out? -- Bloomers -- They get confidence by doing this. They
must be trained in this format and must also be trained to change to the actual
question format.
This should be a stepping stone for their learning.
Who will prepare and when?
It is ideal if these are prepared by the students with the direction and involvement
of teacher
(Bright learners along with group members)
During As a Class test
School time, as an exercise,
(After preparation, group members will explain the utility of qs .)
As a Home Assignment.

As a Class test
Topic will be announced earlier.
Subtopic will be given on the day of test and asked them to prepare within a
stipulated time (as a group activity)
What should be the quality of question made?
A group two students is ideal to prepare with time limit.
Questions must be designed to revise subtopic/ concepts in shortest possible
time.
Number of Questions should be restricted to minimum of 5 to 10 in each package

47

(or seeing the attention span).

GOOD NEWS FOR STUDENTS

Examiners are not looking for weakness or inadequacies, they are looking to give
marks .They want candidate to pass .the RED PEN is poised to tick, not to cross or
slash through what students have written.

XII Sc _UNIT-16: CHEMISTRY IN EVERYDAY LIFE (3

MARKS) by aditya kumar panda Page-1
I # Describe the following with one /two example* in each case :*Artificial sweetening *Antioxidant *Antihistamines
*Antacids
*Analgesics
agents
*broad spectrum
*Tranquilizers Antipyretics
*Antidepressant
Food
antibiotics
drugs
preservatives
*narrow spectrum
*Scum
*Antifertility drugs *Antiseptics
*Disinfectant
antibiotics
*limited spectrum
Enzymes
Receptors
Chemotherapy
Medicines
antibiotics
*biodegradable and
Drugs
Competitive
Enzyme
Chemical
non-biodegradable
inhibitors
inhibitors
messengers
detergents
Antagonist and
saponification *Cationic and
*Non-narcotic
*Narcotic
agonist
anionic detergent
analgesic
Analgesics
II # Give one important use of each of the following:Chloramphenicol Morphene
Norethindrone
0.2 to 0.4 ppm Cl2 in water
Bithional
Equanil
Sodium benzoate Sucrolose
Sodium
Cetyltrimethyl ammonium
laurylsulphate
bromide
penicillin Iproniazid and
Al(OH)3 +
Cemitidine and
chloroxylenol and terpineol
G
phenelzine
Mg(OH)2
ranitidine
ofloxacin Noradrenaline
0.2% Phenol
Furacine &
ethynylestradiol
soframicine
salvarsan Saccharin
NaHCO3
tetracycline
Salts of sorbic acid and
propanoic acid

48

1%
Phenol

brompheniramine

Terfenadine

Luminal and
Na and K
seconal
stearate/oleate/palmitate
III# FIND ODD-ONE OUT (with proper reasoning )
1. Bitional, 0.2% phenol, Tincture Iodine, Chloramphenicol, Iodoform
2. Aspirin, Paracetamol, Morphene, Phenacetin
3. Tetracycline, Chloramphenicol, Ofloxacin, Penicillin.
4. Sodium Benzoate, Saccharin, Sucralose, Aspartame, Alitame
5. Ethynylestradiol, BHT, Progestrone derivative, norethindrone
6. brompheniramine , terfenadine, soframicine , pseudopheniramine.
7. Luminal, Seconal, Alkyl benzene sulphonate, Equanil,Calmpose.
8. Omeprazole , Ethynylestradiol , Ranitidine , Mg(OH)2 , NaHCO3 , Al(OH)3 , MgCO3 ,
MgSiO3 .
9. Boric acid, tincture iodine , 1% Phenol , Iodoform, Bithional .
10. Cetyl trimethyl ammonium chloride, Sodium palmitate, Alkylbenzene Sulphonate,
Sodium dodecylbenzene Sulphonate
11. Alitame , Salt of propionic acid and sorbic acid , Sodium benzoate .
12. Iproniazid , phenelzine ,sulphanilamide , equanil , luminal
IV# ANALOGICAL TEST :1. Chloramphenicol : Broad-spectrum antibiotics :: Aspirin : -------------------------------------2. Bithional: Anticeptics :: Seconal : ---------------------------------------3. Saccharin: artificial sweeteners : : Cetyl trimethyl ammonium bromide : ------4. Morphene : -------------------------------:: Equanil : Psychotherapeutic Drugs .
5. Barbituirates :Hypnotic :: brompheniramine : ----------------------------------6. Progestrone Derivative : Oral Contraceptive
:: Ranitidine: -----------------------------------7. Tetrazine
: Edible colours
:: Aspartame : ------------------------------------8. Ofloxacin : Bactericidal :: ------------------------------: Bacteriostatic
9. Proteins which perform the role of biological catalyst : Enzyme::
Proteins which are crucial to communication system in the body; ---------------------------10. Antipyretic: Brings down body temp. :: ---------------------: Alleviate pain .
11. Laundry soap: Sodium rosinate, Sodium silicate, borax and Sodium carbonate
Scouring soaps: ----------------------------------------------------------------------V# MATCH THE FOLLOWING:V# Explain / Give reason?????
1# Why do soaps not work in hard water?
2# Why are cimetidine and ranitidine better antacids than sodium hydrogen carbonate or
magnesium or aluminum hydroxide?
3# While antacids and antiallergic drugs interfere with the function of histamines, why do
these not interfere with the function of each other?

49

Column-A
1.Tranquilizers
2.Antipyretics
3. Analgesic

4.Disinfectant
5.Alternative
antibiotics
6. Antiseptic

7. Antioxidant

8.NarrowSpectrum
Antibiotics
9. BroadSpectrum
Antibiotics

Column-B
Sodium benzoate

Column-C
(A) Reduce body temperature .

BHT ,BHA
Ibuprofen
,Morphine,
Sodium diclofenac.
Equanil, luminal.
Seconal,barbiturates.
Bithional, boric acid
0.2% phenol.
Aspirin
Paracetamol.

(B) Relieve pain

(C) Medicine effective against several diff. types of
harmful micro-organisms . work against both gram
positive and gram negative bacteria
(D) Chemicals which kill or prevent the growth of
micro-organisms
(E) Substance used for the treatment of mental
diseases.
(F) The precipitate adheres onto the fibre of the
clothe as gummy mass and cause hinderance to
good washing
(G) Medicine effective against some specific microorganisms work against both gram positive or gram
negative bacteria.
(H) Act against micro-organisms like Antibiotics .

Chloramphenicol

Ca or Mg stearate

1% phenol, chlorine

(I)Chemicals which Prevent undesirable changes in

flavour,
colour, texture& appetitic appeal during storage
due to microbial growth.
10. Preservatives Penicilline,
(J) Retard the action of oxygen on the food &
Streptomycine,
helps in preservation by acting as a sacrificial
materials .These are more reactive towards oxygen
than are the materials theyre protecting.
11. Scum
Sulphadiazine
(K) Kill micro-organisms but are not safe for
contact with living tissue.
4# Sleeping pills are recommended by doctors to the patients suffering from sleeplessness
but it is not advisable to take its doses without consultation with the doctor. Why?
5# Why do we require artificial sweetening agents?
6# Why do we need to classify drugs in different ways?
7# Explain the term, target molecules or drug targets as used in medicinal chemistry.
8# Why should not medicines be taken without consulting doctors?
9# Why is use of aspartame limited to cold foods and drinks?
10# Explain the cleansing action of soaps.
11# Why are detergents usually preferred to soaps for washing clothes.
12# Why is ethanol is added to soap.
13# Explain the term, target molecules or drug targets as used in medicinal chemistry.
14# Why saving soaps contain glycerol in it?

50

VI # DO AS DIRECTED :1# If water contains dissolved calcium hydrogen carbonate, out of soaps and synthetic
detergents which one will you use for cleaning clothes? Give one advantage of soaps over
synthetic detergents.
2# Which forces are involved in holding the drugs to the active site of enzymes?
3 # Can you use soaps or synthetic detergents to check the hardness of water?
4# Explain the following terms with suitable examples (i) cationic detergents
(ii)
anionic detergents and
(iii) non-ionic detergents.
5# How are synthetic detergents better than soaps?
6# What problem arises in using (i) alitame as artificial sweetener? (ii) Aspartame as
artificial sweetener?
7# What is tincture of iodine? What is its use?
8# What are the main constituents of dettol?
9# Name a substance which can be used as an antiseptic as well as disinfectant.
10# Name the macromolecules that are chosen as drug targets.
11# Name the sweetening agent used in the preparation of sweets for a diabetic patient.
12# Name a drug used (a) in case of mental depression (b) for effective treatment
for syphilis
13# Name the medicine which can act as analgesic as well as antipyretic. Give its
chemical name.
14# Name the place in India where penicillin is manufactured.
15# How do antiseptics differ from disinfectants? Give one example of each.
16# Low level of noradrenaline is the cause of depression. What type of drugs are needed
to cure this problem? Name two drugs.
17# Define the term chemotherapy. What are the criteria of classification of drugs?
18# With reference to which classification has the statement, ranitidine is an antacid
been given?
19 # What is the constitutes of (i) Laundry soap (ii) Scouring soap
20 # Write the chemical equation for preparing sodium soap from glyceryl oleate and
glyceryl palmitate. Structural formulae of these compounds are given below.
(i) (C15H31COO)3C3H5 Glyceryl palmitate
(ii) (C17H32COO)3C3H5 Glyceryl oleate
21# Following type of non-ionic detergents are present in liquid detergents, emulsifying
agents and wetting agents. Label the hydrophilic and hydrophobic parts in the molecule.
Identify the functional group(s) present in the molecule.
C9H19---O(CH2CH2O)xCH2CH2OH
22# Label the hydrophilic and hydrophobic parts in the following compounds.
(i)
CH3(CH2)10CH2OSO3 Na+
(ii) CH3(CH2)15N+(CH3)3Br (iii)
CH3(CH2)10COO(CH2CH2O)nCH2CH2OH
23# Differentiate between
(i) Antiseptic and disinfectant (ii) Soaps and Detergents
(iv) Enzymes and Receptors

(iii) Antagonist and agonists

51

( 3 mark question)
24# What are detergents? How are they classified, give one example in each case? Why
are detergents usually preferred to soaps for washing clothes? [ AI-2006, Foreign-2005]
25# What are biodegradable and non-biodegradable detergents? How do they differ
structurally? Give one example of each. What are the consequence of using latter class of
detergent?
26# What are antihistamines? Give two examples. Explain how they act on the human
body . (3M)
27 # Account for the following:(i) Aspirin drug helps in the prevention of heart attack (ii) Detergents are nonbiodegradable while soaps are biodegradable (iii) Diabetic patients are advised to take
artificial sweeteners instead of natural sweeteners

XII Sc _ UNIT-16: CHEMISTRY IN EVERYDAY LIFE (3 MARKS)

BY A.K.PANDA,PGT(CHEM)
FILL IN THE BLANKS :- (coin the right word)
1. These are class of chemical compounds used for the treatment of stress, and mild
or even severe mental diseases. These relive anxiety, stress, irritability or
excitement by inducing a sense of well-being.
These are the drugs which act on the higher centers of the CNS and help in reducing
anxiety. These are the constituent of sleeping pills .They are also called
psychotherapeutic drugs.
This class of drugs are called --------------------- : Examples: -----------------------------------------.
2. Those chemicals which prevent undesirable changes in flavour, colour, texture and
appetite appeal during storage of food .These prevent spoilage of food due to
microbial growth ---------------------------------------.
3. A non-carbohydrate food additives used for sweetening taste helpful for diabetic
people who need to control intake of calories. -------------------------------------------------------------------.
4. Substances which remove the excess acid and raise the pH to appropriate level in
stomach ---------------------.
5. A class of chemical which kill micro-organisms but not safe for living tissues,
applied in floors, drainage system, instruments etc. . ----------------------------------------.
6. Chemicals used to prevent oxidation of fats in processed foods such as potato
chips, biscuits etc. These compounds retard the action of oxygen on the food &
there by help in its preservation. These act as a sacrificial materials .These are more

52

reactive towards oxygen than are the materials they are protecting. They are called
--------------------------------------7. When glyceryl ester of fatty acid are hydrolysed with NaOH or KOH, then the soap
obtained remains in colloidal form was precipitated from the solution by adding
NaCl -----------------------------------------------------8. Proteins which perform the role of biological catalysts in the body are called --------------------------------------9. Proteins which are crucial to communication system in the body are called ------------------------------------------10.Use of chemicals for therapeutic effect is called ----------------------------------------------------11.In the body, message between two neurons and that between neurons to muscles is
communicated through certain chemicals. These chemicals, known as
-------------------------------------------------are received at the binding sites of receptor
proteins.
12.Drugs that bind to the receptor site and inhibit its natural function are called ---------------------13.There are other types of drugs that mimic the natural messenger by switching on
the receptor, these are called ---------------------. These are useful when there is lack
of natural chemical messenger.
14.Drugs which can block the binding site of the enzyme and prevent the binding of
substrate, or can inhibit the catalytic activity of the enzyme. Such drugs are called ------------------------------------------------------15.Drugs compete with the natural substrate for their attachment on the active sites of
enzymes. Such drugs are called-----------------16.These are chemicals of low molecular masses (~100 500u) which interact with
macromolecular targets and produce a biological response. These are called --------------------------------17. When the biological response of drug is therapeutic and useful, these chemicals are
called --------------- and are used in diagnosis, prevention and treatment of
diseases.
18.Some drugs do not bind to the enzymes active site .These bind to a different site of
enzyme which is called ---------------------------------19.These are chemical substances (i.e antibacterial) which prevent the growth of
microorganisms and may even kill them. They are safe to be applied on living
tissues. Applied on wounds, cuts, ulcers etc. They are called ------------------------------------------------------ Examples: -------------------------------20.These are the drugs used for reducing pain (pain reliever). They abolish pain
without causing reduction of consciousness, mental confusion, incoordination or
paralysis or some other disturbances of nervous system. They are called ------------------------ e.g. ---------

53

21.These are class of drugs which interfere with the natural action of histamine by
competing with histamine for binding sites of receptor where histamine exert its
effect. They are called ------------------------------ e.g ---------22.These are class of chemical messengers produced in ductless glands, are
transported by blood circulation to target tissues for producing inhibitory or
stimulatory effect. Name the chemical messengers ---------------------------------

Answers:1. Tranquilizers
2. Food preservatives
3. Artificial sweeteners: (saccharin , sucralose , aspartame(unstable at high temp)
, alitame (diificult to control sweetness)
4. Antacids: water soluble : NaHCO3
Weakly soluble: Mg(OH)2 , Al(OH)3 gel , Aluminum phosphate, Magnesium
trisilicate
Antihistaminic antacid:- Ranitidine , Cimetidine
5. Disinfectant :- 1% phenol , bleaching powder
6. Antioxidant: BHT (Butylated hydroxy toluene) , BHA (Butylated hydroxyl
anisole)
7. Saponification

13.Agonists

8. Enzymes

14.Enzyme Inhibitors

9. Receptors

15.Competitive Inhibitors

10.Chemotherapy

16.Drugs

11.Chemical messengers

17.Medicines

12.Antagonists

18.Allosteric site.

19.Antiseptics: Dettol- (chloroxylenol + terpineol) , Bithional(added in soap),

Boric acid , iodoform ,
Tincture iodine (23% solution of iodine in alcohol and water)
20.Analgesics : Non-narcotic --Aspirin ,Paracetamol, Diclofenac sodium ,
Ibuprofen
Narcotic Morphine, codeine , Heroine (Habit forming)
Aspirin A wonder drug :
1) Antipyretic(brings down body temp)

54

2) Effective in reliving skeletal pain (due to arthritis) [****Aspirin inhibits the

synthesis of chemical called prostaglandin which stimulate inflammation in the
tissue and caused pain]
3) Prevent platelet coagulation( because of its anti-blood clotting action , it finds use
in prevention of heart attack)
ANTIOXIDANTS
Antioxidants are one of the important and necessary food additives. These compounds
retard the action of oxygen on food thus reducing its speed of decomposition by
oxidation. Hence they help in the preservation of food. These act as sacrificial materials,
i.e. these are more reactive towards oxygen than are the materials they are protecting.
They also reduce the rate of involvement of free radicals in the aging process.
Examples: The two most familiar antioxidants used are butylated hydroxy toluene (BHT)
and butylated hydroxy anisole (BHA) (Figure 1). These phenolic compounds are added to
preserve fats in packaged food. Oxygen reacts preferentially with BHA or BHT rather
than oxidizing fats or oils, thereby protecting them from spoilage. The addition of BHA to
butter increases its storage life from months to years. Sometimes, BHT and BHA are
added in combination with citric or ascorbic acids to produce a more active synergetic
effect.
Figure 1: Butylated hydroxy toluene (BHT) and butylated hydroxy anisole (BHA) Sulphur
dioxide and sulphites ( such as sodium sulphite, sodium bisulphite and sodium
metabisulphite) are useful antioxidants for wine and beers, sugars syrups and cut, peeled
or dried fruits and vegetables. They prevent or reduce their discoloration.
EXERCISE
1. Name one antioxidant commonly used to increase the storage life of butter.
2. Name one antioxidant used in wine and beers.
Tone-up your memory (Biomolecules , Polymers , chemistry in everyday life)-10M
Pick out the correct answer/ Fill in the blanks
1) Antacid (ranitidine , equanil , aspirin, morphene)
2) Effective treatment for syphilis ( chloramphenicol , salvarsan , Penicilin)
3) Antiseptic (Erythromicine , soframicine , saccharin)
4) Food preservative ( Sodium lauryl sulphate , Novestrol , Sodium benzoate)
5) Antifertility drugs ( Aspartame , chloroxylenol , Ethynylestrdiol , prontosil)
6) Broadspectrum bactreriostatic antibiotics ( Penicilin , Chloramphenicol , bithional
)
7) Antihistamin ( phenelzine , Morphene , noradrenaline, Terfenadine )

55

8) Cationic detergent ( sodium dodecylbenzene sulphonate , Cetyltrimethyl

ammonium bromide )
9) Soap ( Glyceryl palmitate , Norethindrone , iproniazid , brompheniramine )
10) Anti blood clotting action used in prevention of heart attack ( morphine ,
aspirin , 1% Phenol)
11) Which suppresses ovulation (Ethynylestrdiol , terpineol , iodoform)
12) Paracetamol is used as ( antibiotics , antiseptic , analgesic )
13) Not stable at cooking temperature ( Aspartame , alitame )
14) Which stimulate inflammation in the tissue and cause pain ( Aspirin ,
prostaglandin , paracetamol )
15) Proteins which are crucial to the communication system of the body are (
enzymes , receptors )
16) Used in hair conditioner (Cetyltrimethyl ammonium bromide , esters of stearic
acid and polyethylene glycol)
17) Thermosetting polymer ( Buna-S , Nylon-6 , Bakelite , Dacron)
18) Co-polymer ( Teflon , polyisoprene , nylon-6,6 , polyacrylonitrile )
19) Non- Cross-linking polymers ( Bakelite , melamine , polystyrene )
20) Caprolactum is the monomer of ( Nylon-66 , nylon-6 , nylon-2-nylon-6 )
21) Used in making oil seals and gaskets and also used for non-stick surface coated
utensils .( Nylon , Teflon , natural rubber )
22) Rubber has low water absorption, insoluble in non-polar solvents non-resistant to
attack by oxidizing agent .( Natural rubber , vulcanized rubber )
23) Addition polymer ( PHBV , PTFE , Nylon-2nylon-6 , terylene )
24) Not a co-polymer ( Buna-S , Buna-N , Neoprene , Novolac)
25) Biodegradable polymer ( PHBV , polyacrylonitrile , nylon-2-nylon-6, cellulose )
26) Polymers where polymer chains are held together by the van der waals force .(
PVC , Neoprene , ,Bakelite , terylene )
27) Ziegler Natta catalyst is used for the preparation of ( LDP , HDP)
28) Not a polyamides (nylon-2-nylon-6, Nylon-66 , nylon-6 , Dacron)

56

29) Adipic acid and hexamethyl diammine are the monomers of ( nylon-2-nylon-6,
Nylon-66 , nylon-6)
30) --------------------- is used in making sheets , bristles for brushes , and in textiles
(Nylon-66 , terylene ,Nylon-6)
31) Phenol and formaldehyde are monomers of ( polyisoprene , Bakelite , Dacron ,
polyacrylonitrile)
32) Polythene which is used in manufacture of buckets , dustbins , bottles and pipes (
HDP , LDP)
33) A co-polymer elastomer which is used for the manufacture of auto tyres , floor
tiles, footwear components ( Buna-N , Buna S)
34) The IUPAC Name of monomer of neoprene is ( 2-methyl but1,3-diene , 2-chloro
but1,3-diene )
35) Which has the highest intermolecular force of attraction ( Neoprene , Nylon-6 ,
Bakelite , Teflon)
36) --------------------- is a process consists of heating a mixtures of raw rubber with
sulphur and appropriate additive at a temp. range between 373K to 415K .
37) Which molecule are held together by weak van der waals force has coiled
structure and can be stretched like a spring and exhibits elastic properties. ( cispolyisoprene , trans- polyisoprene)
38) Valine and leucine are examples of (non-essential amino acids, essential amino
acids)
39) Glucose and galactose are hydrolysis product of ( Sucrose , lactose , maltose )
40) Beta glycosidic linkage exists in ( Amylopectin , amylose , cellulose , glycogen)
41) Nucleotides are joined together by --------------------- linkage between 5 and 3
carbon atoms of the pentose sugar. ( Glycosidic, peptide , phosphodiester ,
hydrogen bond)
42) Which nitrogenous base is present in RNA but not present in DNA ( Adenine ,
Guanine , uracil , cytosine , thymine )
43) The non-reducing sugar is ----( glucose , lactose , sucrose , maltose )
44) The class of protein which are generally water insoluble is ---- ( Globular , fibrous
)
45) Alpha helix and beta sheet are common types of which structures of protein (
primary , secondary , tertiary)

57

46) The water insoluble vitamins are ( A,B,C,D,E,K)

47) When D-Glucose is treated with bromine water , the product formed is --------(
glutamic acid , gluconic acid, saccharic acid)
48) The two important functions of nucleic acids are -1) ----------------------------------------2) ----------------------------------------49) The three types of RNA are 1) --------------------------- 2) ------------------------------ 3) ------------------------------------50) The sugar present in nucleotide of DNA is ---------------------------------------- and
in RNA is -------------------------------------51) The deficiency of Vit-B-12 causes ----------------------------------and Vit-K causes
-------------------------------------------------52) The type of bonding helps in stabilizing the alpha helix structures of proteins is ---------------------------------------------------53) The vitamins responsible for coagulation of blood is ------------------ ( Vit-D, VitK, Vit- E , Vit-A , Vit-C)
54) Insulin and albumins are common types of (Globular protein, fibrous protein)
55) The main forces which stabilize the 20 and 30 structures of protein are 1) ---------------------------- 2) ----------------- 3---------------------------- 4) ---------------------------------------------------------56) Two cyclic hemiacetal forms of glucose differ only in the configuration of the
hydroxyl group at C-1. The two isomers , -and - forms are called ----------------------------------------CHEMISTRY IN EVERYDAY LIFE
Drugs
Analgesics
Analgesics
(Narcotic )
Antibiotics

THERAPEUTIC ACTION OF DIFFERENT DRUGS

Action
Example
Relieving pain
Aspirin Analgin, Seridon, Anacine,
Reduce tension and pain.
Opium, Heroin , Pethidine , Codeine,
produce unconsciouness.
Morphine
Produced by micro
Penicillin G(Narrow Spectrum)
organism, that can inhibit the
Streptomycin, Ampicillin , Amoxycillin
growth or destroy other micro- Chloramphenicol Vancomycin, ofloxacin
organism.
,

58

Antiseptics

Disinfectants

Antacids
Antihistamines

Prevent the growth of microorganism or kill them but not

harmful to the living tissues.
Kills micro-organisms, not
safe for living tissues. It is
used for toilets, floors ,
instruments.
Reduce or neutralise the
acidity.
Reduce release of acid.

Dettol(Chloroxylenol +Terpineol),
Bithional(in soap)
Tincture iodine, 0.2% phenol,
1% phenol,
chlorine (Cl2) ,
Sulphurdioxide ( SO2)

It is also used to treat allergy

Brompheniramine ( Dimetapp)
Terfenadine ( Seldane)
Valium, Serotonin, Veronal,
Equanil,Amytal,Nembutal,Luminal,
Seconal
Aspirin, Paracetamol, Analgin,
Phenacetin.
Norethindrone, Ethynylestradiol
(novestrol )

Tranquilizers

Reduce the mental anxiety,

stress, (sleeping pill)

Antipyretics

Reduce body temperature

Antifertility
drugs

These are the steroids used to

control the pregnancy

NaHCO3

Al(OH) 3 gel

Mg(OH)2

MgCO3

AlPO 4

Cimetidine(Tegamet), Ranitidine (Zantac),

CHEMICALS IN FOOD
Sweetening
Agent
Food
Preservative
Soap

Saccharine,
Aspartme(for cold foods)
Alitame
Sucrolose(stable at cooking temp)
Salt,
sugar,
veg. oils,
sodium benzoate
CLEANSING AGENTS
Na / K salt of long chain fatty Not work in hard water becoz with Ca and
acids
Mg salt soap produce insoluble scum
Sodium laurylsulphate
Used in household work / in tooth paste

Anaionic
detergen
Cationic
Cetyltrimethyl ammonium
Hair conditioner / germicidal properties
detergent
bromide
Non ionic
Ester of stearic acid and
Liquid dishwashing
detergent
polyethylene glycol
Detergents with highly branched hydrocarbon parts are non biodegradable and hence water
pollutants so branching is minimized which are degradable and pollution is prevented.

59

QUESTION FRAMING SESSION

Students must be intimated in advance about the lesson and the concept to be
revised on a selected day for the upcoming examinations.
Questions to be framed by the student
o on a selected concept
o Related to the concept outside the chapter after the questions based on
chapter and concepts are over
Teacher must give chance to the passive students to ask questions. (CBM for
students)
(as each group has few members of active students and passive students- Duty of leader
of group is to activate and train these passive students)
Who are passive students: who usually do not participate in group participation. (May
be bright learners or just bloomers)
Gradation of questions (easy, HOT, etc.) Verification of correctness of QS.
Through students and subsequent compilation. ( as the teacher has no time to all
this - taking the help of students )
Use of flash cards, stimulate the mind of some students, try to frame the questions
based on the answer they know. Teachers must classify these QS as MLL question
and related to TBQ and PYQ of CBSE .

Advantages :
If someone can frame questions , he or she knows about the answer and understand
the topic well , or questions
Familiarity with questions will reduce fear from facing questions
Confidence will increase Concepts will be revised and its fundamentals will
become clear
Questions of graded difficulty will be available as question bank related to the topic
Alertness in the class will be visible as everybody would like to participate in the
question Answer Session.
Incentive must be given to the group member for best question framing.
Competitiveness will be developed.

60

By showing the flash cards.

NaCl
Common salt ki Dandi march ---- From the angle of chemistry

THE SOLID STATE :

1. NaCl is a -------------------(amorphous , crystalline) substance .
2. NaCl belongs to ----------- crystal system? ( cubic , hexagonal , triclinic ,
orthorhombic )
3. NaCl shows a property of ---------------- ( isotropic , anisotropic)
4. Which one conducts both in molten and aqueous state but not conduct in solid
state ( Na , NaCl)
5. NaCl is is which type of crystal? ( covalent , metallic , ionic , molecular)
6. NaCl belongs to --------------- type crystal? ( primitive , bcc , fcc)
7. What is the Co-ordination number of NaCl?
8. NaCl belongs to --------------------- type of packing? (ABABAB ,
ABCABCABC..)
9. In NaCl crystal, which one present in octahedral voids? (Na+ , Cl-)
10.NaCl crystal act as ------ (insulator, semiconductor, conductor) at room temperature.
11.How many number of chloride ions present in a cubic unit cell of Na Cl?
12.When NaCl is heated conductivity ---------------------- ( increases , decreases)
13.F-Centre is ---------------------- type of defect ( stoichiometric , nonstoichiometric)

61

14.NaCl shows ---------------------- defect ( Frenkel , Shottky )

15.NaCl is ----------------- (diamagnetic, paramagnetic) substance.
16.What happens when NaCl crystals are heated in an atmosphere of sodium
vapours?
17.When NaCl added in SrCl2 , what type of defect is observed ?( Shottky defect ,
frenkel defect , impurity)
18.F-centre shown by NaCl crystal is ----------------- in colour? ( pink , yellow ,
violet)
19.If NaCl is doped with 10-3 mol% of SrCl2 ,The concentrations of cation vacancies
are ---20.Refractive index of which solid is /are observed to have the same value along all
directions?
( NaCl ,Quartz , Glass , PVC)
21. What percent of octahedral voids are occupied in NaCl crystal? (25%, 50%, 100%)
22. When NaCl crystal is heated what happens to its Co-ordination number?
(Increases, decreases)

CHAP-2 : SOLUTIONS
23.
24.

What inter-particle interaction is present when NaCl is dissolved in water?

Vapour pressure is ---------------(increased , decreased) when NaCl is added in
water .
25. Which has more Freezing point and why? ( Distilled water or Sea water )
26. What is the vant Hoff factor of NaCl in very dilute solution in Water?
27. Whose boiling point is more and why? ( 1mol of NaCl in 100 mL water , 1 mol of
Glucose in 100mL water)
28. Which has more osmotic pressure and why? (1M NaCl solution , 1M Glucose
solution)
29. Name the process used to get fresh water from salt water.
30. Why NaCl act as de-icing agent?
31. How NaCl helps to preserve meat?
32. 1% NaCl solution is called ------- (hypertonic, hypotonic, isotonic) solution to the
plasma concentration of human blood cell?
33. When you measure molar mass through colligative properties,why NaCl shows
abnormal molecular mass but nor glucose ?
34. When a person takes lot of salt or salty food, he/she experience water retention in
tissue cells and intercellular spaces because of ----------------- . The resulting puffiness
or swelling is called -------------------------.
35. When 5.85g of NaCl is added in 100 mL water , then the Formality(or Molarity)of
the aq. Solution is -------- M
36. When heated solubility of NaCl in water -------------------------- ( decreases ,
increases)
37. Aqueous NaCl solution is ------------------- solution ( ideal , non-ideal)
38. Aqueous NaCl solution is shows ---------------- (positive, negative, no ) deviations from Raoults Law

62
39.
40.
41.
42.

Kya apke tooth paste me NAMAK HAI? Why NaCl is added in tooth paste?
Whose i (vant Hoff factor) is more and why? (0.1m , 0.01m)
Why doctors asked the patient to take low sodium salt for high B.P patient?
Why do you gargle luke warm salt water?

CHAP-3 : ELECTROCHEMISTRY
43. NaCl is -------------------- (strong , weak) electrolyte
44. Which one is used in salt bridge more frequently? (NaCl, KCl)
45. Corrosion becomes --------------- (faster. slower) in saline condition.
46. When dilution occurs in Aq. NaCl solution , conductivity ------(decreases , increases)
47. Write the Kohlrausch limiting molar conductivity equation for NaCl?
48. Molar conductivity of aq. NaCl -----(increases , decreases) with dilution linearly with C
49. What happens when aqueous NaCl is electrolysed at platinum electrode?
50. What happens when molten NaCl is electrolysed at platinum electrode?
51. Say True or False. Limiting molar conductivity cannot be obtained for aq. NaCl

graphically.
52. Which one show more limiting conductivity in water at 298 K? ( Na+ , K+ )
53. How much Chlorine gas in terms of gram would be produced when 96500 C is passed
in aq NaCl solution?

CHAP-5 : SURFACE CHEMISTRY

54.
55.
56.
57.

NaCl in water is a ------------------------- ( crystalloid , colloid)

Say TRUE or FALSE. Aq solution of NaCl will show Tyndal Effect.
What happens when NaCl is added in positively charged sol ferric hydroxide?
Which has better coagulation capacity for potitively charged ferric hydrohyde sol?
(NaCl, Potassium Ferrocyanide)

58. Name the enzyme that shows high catalytic activity in presence of NaCl which provides Na +.
59. What is the charge of sol developed when NaCl is added in excess of AgNO3 solution?
60.
61.
62.
63.

Chap-7 : p-BLOCK ELEMENTS

Name the gas obtained when NaCl is treated with Conc . H2SO4.
Name the gas produced when NaCl is reacted with MnO2 and Conc. H2SO4?
What do you observe when Aq.NaCl is treated with acidified KMnO4 solution?
Which is more covalent in nature? (LiCl, NaCl )
Miscellaneous

64.
65.

Why NaCl is added in soap preparation?

Why a small amount of NaCl is added during the preparation of egg albumin sol
.
So on ------- and so on --------------------Its not an End -----------------please continue

63

UNIT-1: TOPIC: SOLID STATE: worksheet for class-xii

MATCH THE FOLLOWINGMATCH THE FOLLOWING-1
MATCH THE FOLLOWING -2
COLUMN -I
COLUMN -II
COLUMN -I
COLUMN-II
1.H- bonded molecular
A.NaCl
1.Schottky Defect A.Fe3+
solid
2.Ionic crystal
B.Diamond
2.F-Centre
B.Fe ,Co , Ni ,
CrO2
3.Covalent crystal
C.Steel
3. Frenkel Defect
C.NaCl/Na
4.Metallic crystal
D.Dry ice
4. Paramagnetic
D.AgCl
Substance
5.Molecular crystal
E. Ice
5.Ferromagnetic
E.NaCl
Substance
MATCH THE FOLLOWING
MATCH THE FOLLOWING-3
MATCH THE FOLLOWING-4
COLUMN -I
COLUMN -II
COLUMN -I
COLUMNII
1.p-type
A.GaAs
1.Face diagonal
A.74%
semiconductor
2.1315 compounds B.Ge doped with As
2.Packing efficiency in
B. 2
fcc
3. 1216 compunds C.Si doped with Ga
3.No. of atoms per unit
C.4r = 2a
cell in bcc
4.n-type
D.ZnO
4.Body Diagonal
D.4
semiconductor
5. metal excess
E.CdS
5. No of octahedral voids E. 4r =3a
defects
present in fcc unit cell
MATCH THE FOLLOWING
MATCH THE FOLLOWING-5
MATCH THE FOLLOWING-6
COLUMN -I
COLUMN -II
COLUMN -I
COLUMN-II
1.The process of adding an
A.Ferrimagnetism
1.Paramagnetism A.Intrinsic
appropriate amount of
semiconductor
suitable impurity to
increase the conductivity of
semiconductor .

64

2.Antiferromagnetism

B.Spin and orbital

motion of unpaired
electron

3. F-centre

C.Photovoltaic cell

4.Pure Si-crystal

D.Magnetic domains
are oppositely
oriented in equal
quantity

5.Amorphous
Silicon

E.Electron trapped
in anion vacant
centre

2. Since the arrangement of

particles is different along
different directions, the value
of same physical property is
found to be different along
each direction.
3. Some of the glass from
ancient civilizations which are
with us are milky in
appearance
4.When in a substance the
magnetic moments of the
domains are
allingned in parallel and
antiparallel directions in
unequal numbers ,
5. When equal number of
cations and anions are missing
from their lattice sites.

B.Doping

C.Schotky Defect

D.Crystalisation

E.Anisotropy

Prepared by A K PANDA , PGT(CHEMISTRY) ,KV NO-3 , BBSR

UNIT-1: TOPIC: SOLID STATE : worksheet for class-xii

FILL IN THE BLANKS/ CHOOSE THE CORRECT ANSWER
CONCEPT-CLOSE PACKING :
CH-SOLID STATE
CARD -1
[15=5M]

CONCEPT-CLOSE PACKING :
CH-SOLID STATE
CARD -2
[15=5M]

1# Packing efficiency in fcc is ---( 52.4% , 68% , 74% )

2# The number of atom per unit cell
(Z) in bcc is -------------- ( 1,2,4,6)
3# In case of fcc , face diagonal =4r =
---------------------- ( 2a , 2 a , 3 a ,
/6)
4# The number of octahedral voids
present per unit cell in fcc type crystal
are ------- ( 13,4,8,6)
5# What type of co-ordination is
possible in a crystal if the involved
radius ratio is in the range of (i)
0.2250.414 : CN = --------------(ii) 0.4140.732 : CN = -------------(iii) 0.7321.0 : CN = --------------

6# The co-ordination number of an

atom in
hcp (3D) is ---------- ( 4,6,8,12)
7# Packing fraction in bcc is -- ( / 32,
/6, 3 /8)
8# The number of nearest neighbours of
a particle is called its -------------------------- .
9# In a binary compound, having cubic
unit cells, the anion B are located at the
corners of the cube and the face centres
whereas cations A occupy all the
tetrahedral voids . The formula of the
compound is -----10 # ABABAB.. pattern is found in --( ccp ,hcp , bcc , primitive)

CONCEPT-CLOSE PACKING :

CONCEPT-CLOSE PACKING :

65

CH-SOLID STATE
CARD -3
[15=5M]
11# -------------------number of unit
cells are there in a 1.0 g cube shaped
ideal crystal of NaCl ?
12# Cu forms ccp lattice . 12 .7 g of
Cu produces ------------ mole of voids
( 0.1 , 0.2 ,0.3 .0.6)
13# 23 g Na-atom can cause ------------------ number of unit cell , if it is
packed in bcc type .
14# Al forms ccp lattice .If the
metallic radius of Al is 125 pm , then
the length of the side of the unit cell
is -------cm
15# Silver forms ccp lattice and the edge length
of its unit cell is 408.6 pm .The density of Ag is
----------g/cm3 . ( Atomic mass of Ag is 107.9 u )

CONCEPT- Defects chapsolid state

CH-SOLID STATE
CARD -5
[15=5M]
18# Si doped with B is a --------------- type semiconductor ( p-type , ntype)
19# 13-15 compound is ------------------(CdS ,GaAs , Si doped with Sb,Si
doped with Ga)
20# ---------------- shows schottky
defects
( ZnS , NaCl , Steel, ZnO ,AgCl )
21# Paramagnetism is shown in -----------------( Cu++ , H2O , NaCl ,C6H6 , Cu+)
22# -------------- is a ferromagnetic
material .
( MnO , Fe3O4 , CrO2 , Cr3+ , C6H6 )

CH-SOLID STATE
CARD -4
[12=2M]
16# In a crystalline solid ,having
formula AB2O4 , oxide ions are arranged
in ccp lattice while cations are present
in td-voids and cations B are present in
oh-voids . The percentage of the tdvoids is occupied by Ais -----And
the percentage of the oh-voids is
occupied by B is -----17# A compound formed by elements X
and Y crystallizes in the cubic structure
where X atoms are at the corners of the
cube and Y atoms are at the centres of
alternate faces of the unit cell. The
formula of the compound is ------------------CONCEPT- Defects chap-solid
state
CH-SOLID STATE
CARD -6
[15=5M]
23# If temperature increases
conductivity in which case decreases (
Al , NaCl , Ge )
24# Which one will not show F-centre
when the following is heated with
excess of its metal
( FeO , ZnO ,NaCl ,LiCl ,KCl)
25# In which point defects density
decreases ? ( Shottky , Frenkel ,
interstitial)
26#------------- substances arte weakly
repelled by a magnetic field . (
Paramagnetic , diamagnetic)
27# ------is yellow when hot and white
when cold .
( CaCl2 , ZnO , NaCl , Fe0..93O )

Prepared by A K PANDA , PGT(CHEMISTRY) ,KV NO-3 , BBSR

UNIT-1: TOPIC: SOLID STATE : worksheet for class-xii

66

FILL IN THE BLANKS/ CHOOSE THE CORRECT ANSWER

CONCEPT- Defects chap-solid
state
CH-SOLID STATE
CARD -7
[15=5M]
28# The excess of lithium in LiCl makes it
pink is due to ----------------------------29 # The compound that shows both
Schottky and Frenkel defect is ---------------------30# Doping ---------(minimizes ,
maximizes) the forbidden energy gap .
31# The forbidden energy is maximum in
-------( Ge , Mg , NaCl ,Ge doped with In )
32# Which one show metal excess defects
( FeO , ZnO)

CONCEPT- Defects chap-solid

state
CH-SOLID STATE
CARD -8
[15=5M]
33# When an electron is trapped in an
anion vacant centre , it is called -----------------------.
34# Si , Ge can be doped with a group ------------- elements to produce p-type
semiconductor.
( Gp- 12,13,14,15)
35# Solar cell is an efficient ------------------------( photo-diode , photo-triode)
36# Diode acts as a ------- ( rectifier ,
amplifier)
37# ---------------- oxide is like metallic cu in
its conductivity and appearance .

CONCEPT- Defects chap-solid state

CH-SOLID STATE
CARD -9 [13=3M]
38# The process of adding an appropriate
amount of suitable impurity to increase
the conductivity of a intrinsic semiconductor like S , Ge is called
39# When in a substance the magnetic
moments of the domains are allingned in
parallel and antiparallel directions in
unequal numbers , the phenomenon
observed is called ----------- .
(ferromagnetism, antiferromagnetism,

CONCEPT- Defects chap-solid state

CH-SOLID STATE
CARD -10 [13=3M]
41# If an atom is missing from its lattice
site and it occupies the interstitial site , the
electrical neutrality as well as the
stoichiometry of the compound are
maintained . This type of defect is called ------------------- defect .
42# The set of molecular orbitals generated
due to overalp of atomic orbitals having
very close in energy is called --------43# Frenkel defect is shown by the crystals
having --------------- (high , low) coordination number
and ---- ( large , small) difference in the
size of the cations and the anions .

ferrimagnetism)
40# In which type of semi-conductor ,
electron holes are moving towards
negatively charged plate under the
influence of electric field ? ( p-type , ntype)
CONCEPT- Amorphous and crystalline
solids
CH-SOLID STATE
CARD -11 [16=6M]
44# ---------------- is a covalent crystal
( Iodine , NaCl , ice , Carborundum)

CH-SOLID STATE---MISCELLANEOUS
CARD -12 [15=5M]
WRITE TRUE OR FALSE .
51# In end centred unit cell of an atomic
substance there are four atoms per

67

45# Which one will show anisotropy ? (

quartz , paraffin wax , rubber , quartz
glass )
46# ---- solids conducts electricity in
molten state but not in solid state.
( molecular , ionic , metallic , covalent)
47# ---------------- solids have very high
melting point
( molecular , ionic , metallic ,
covalent)
48# Solar cell is an efficient ------------------( photo-diode , photo-triode)
49# Photovoltaic material is ------------------( Amorphous silicon , Pure silicon
crystal)
50# Some of the glass from ancient
civilizations which are with us are milky in
appearance due to ---Prepared by A K PANDA ,
PGT(CHEMISTRY) ,KV NO-3 , BBSR

unit cell. [
]
52# In rock-salt structure, the number of
formula units per unit cell is four. [ ]
53# Schottky defects disturb the ratio of
cations and anions in the compound .
54# NaCl is a paramagnetic substance. [
]
55# A compound having radius ratio (r+/r-)
in the range 0.7321 generally
has CsCl structure. [
]

CH-SOLID STATE---MISCELLANEOUS
CARD -13 [15=5M]
WRITE TRUE OR FALSE.
56# Fe3O4 is ferrimagnetic .Among the
three type of arrangement , hcp,ccp,and
bcc, the most efficient packing is bcc. [ ]
57# If the radius ratio is in the range
0.2250.414 the cation prefers to be
present in an octahedral void. [
]
58# Diamond is an example of atomic
solid. [ ]
59# Orthorhombic unit cell has least
symmetry[ ]
60# F-centre is a type of stoichiometric
defect.[ ]

CH-SOLID STATE---MISCELLANEOUS
CARD -14 [15=5M]
WRITE TRUE OR FALSE.
61# 14 kinds of space lattices are possible
in the crystal. [
]
62# Pure alkali halides show Frenkel
Defects. [ ]
63# When temperature increases
conductivity of semi-conductor decreases. [
]
64# Frenkel defect is shown by ionic
substance in which there is a large
difference in the size of ions[ ]
65# The existence of different chemical
compounds in the same crystalline form is
called allotropy. [ ]

68

WORKSHEET
CHAPTER POLYMER
CLASS-XII
BY ADITYA KUMAR PANDA
PGT(CHEM)
K.V NO-3 , BBSR
Find the ODD-ONE OUT with convincing reason
1. Terylene, Nylon-66, Bakelite, PTFE
2. Silk, Wool, Nylon, Rayon
3. PMMA, PTFE, PVC, PHBV
4. Polyisoprene, Neoprene, Buna-S, Buna-N
5. PVC, Bakelite, Starch, Dacron
6. Nylon-6, Nylon-66, Orlon, Dacron
7. Cotton, Silk, Rubber, Terylene
8. Amylose, Glycogen, cellulose, Amylopectin
9. Starch, Cellulose, Glycogen, Protein.
10. PHBV, Nylon-2-nylon-6, Nylon-6,Cellulose

ANALOGICAL TESTS:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)

If Thermoplastic: PVC:: Thermosetting :---------------If Copolymer: Polyester:: Homopolymer :-------------Isoprene: Natural Rubber: : -------------------------- : Synthetic Rubber
Teflon: Addition Polymer:: ------------------------- :: Condensation Polymer
Fibres : H-Bonding ::---------------------------- : Van der waals bond

II# ANALOGICAL TESTS :

6) Step growth polymerization: Bakelite:: Chain growth polymerization : ------------7) Linear chain non-cross linking polymer: polystyrene :: Cross linking polymer : ----------------------------

69

8. PHBV : used in orthopaedic devices and controlled released of drugs :: Buna-N

:-----------------------------9. Caprolactum : Nylon-6 :: ---------------- + --------------- : Nylon-2-nylon-6
10. Terylene : Polyster :: Nylon-66 :: ------------------------

II # ANALOGICAL TESTS:
Buna-S: Elastomer:: ------- : Fibre
Wool: Polyamide:: Cotton : --------------Alpha Glucose: Starch:: Beta Glucose : ---

11)
12)
13)

14. Amylose: Linear polymer of alpha-Glucose ::---------- : Branch polymer of

alpha-Glucose
15. Melamine: Thermosetting plastic:: Teflon :-------------------------

III# STATE
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

TRUE OR

FALSE - correct the statement if it is false.

PHBV is a biodegradable polymer

Buna-s is a homo polymer
Cotton is a an example of natural polyamide fibre
Nylon-6 is used for the manufacture of tyre cords, fabrics and ropes, carpets.
Vulcanisation of rubber involves introduction of poly sulphide cross links.
III # STATE

TRUE OR

FALSE :- correct the statement if it is false.

6. Terephthalic acid and ethylene glycol condense to give a polyester called

Dacron.
7. Phenol Formaldehyde polymer is a Thermoplastic Polymer.
8. SBR and Buna-N are elastomer.
9. In thermosetting plastics, there is extensive cross-linking between chains.
10.In elastomers, the polymer chains are held together by hydrogen bonds.

70

III # STATE TRUE OR FALSE :- correct the statement if it is false.

11. Thermoset materials are infusible and dont melt or soften on heating.
12. Nylon-6 is made by the poly condensation of hexa methylene diamine and
adipic acid.
13. Vulcanisation of rubber involves introduction of excellent elasticity low water
absorption tendency, resistance to oxidation and organic solvents.
14. Melamine polymer is a synthetic fiber.
15. High density polythene has linear structure.
III# STATE TRUE OR FALSE :- correct the statement if it is false.
16. Neoprene is used for making hoses for transporting gasoline and other
organic solvents
17. Cis-poly isoprene molecule is not a straight chain but has a coiled structure.
18. Bakelite finds major uses in making electrical goods due to excellent electrical
insulating character.
19. Polymerizations in which molecules of the same monomer polymerized to
form a co-polymers.
20. Natural Rubber is a cis-1, 4-poly isoprene.
III# STATE TRUE OR FALSE :- correct the statement if it is false.
21. Neoprene has superior resistance to vegetable and mineral oils.
22. PMMA is a substitute of glass and making decorative materials.
23. In presence of CCl4, Styrene polymerizes to form polystyrene of lower average
molecular mass.
24. Amines, phenols and quinines act as inhibitors.
25.Dextron was the first biodegradable stuture .

71

IV# Match the following

Column -A

Column-B

2. Ziegler-Natta catalyst

During the preparation of

Terylene

1.Zinc acetateantimony trioxide

catalyst at 420 to 460 K

3. Benzoyl peroxide ,acetyl peroxide

,tert-butyl peroxide

4. Under high pressure of 1000 to

2000 atm and 350K to 570K in
presence of O2 or a Peroxide initiator
(catalyst)
5. Novolac on heating with
formaldehyde

6. Poly -hydroxybutyrate-co- hydroxyvalerate

7. Polyacrylonitrile

8. Polytetrafluroethylene
9. Nylon-6

Bakelite

During the preparation

of low Density Polythene

During the preparation of

High Density Polythene
Free radical generating
Initiator
Used as substitute for
wool
Used for non-stick
surface coating
Used in controlled
release of drugs

Used in manufacture of
tyre cord

72

IV# Match the following

Column-A

Column-B

1.Natural Rubber

A. Caprolactum ( aminocaproic acid)

2.Teflon

B.Phenol and formaldehyde

3. Bakelite

C.Acrylonitrile

4. PAN

D.Tetrafluoroethylene

5. Nylon-6

E. Isoprene(2-methyl but-1,3 diene)

ACTIVITY 1

CHEMISTRY DEMONSTRATIONS
The Magic Blue Bottle Experiment

Target Audience:
This experiment can be used with younger children (e.g. grades 3-5 or so) to simply show the
dissolution of gases into liquids. Generally they are more familiar with say, sugar or salt
dissolving in water this demonstrates that gases can be dissolved in liquids, just like solids can.
Alternatively, the reactions thermodynamics can be discussed i.e., the reversibility of the
reaction can be used to introduce concepts of reaction pathways and energy of reaction to older,
more advanced students.
Safety Considerations:
Methylene blue is a dye used to stain DNA and bacteria in laboratories. First of all, it is lightsensitive, so should be stored in the dark (you can wrap your solutions, or your stock powder in
tin foil). Second, it is not something you want to get on your skin when making up a solution,
or handling methylene blue, you should be wearing gloves it is a known mutagen.
0.1 M NaOH is a strong base which is very corrosive again, use caution when handling this
solution!
The Experiment:
Putting together a reaction system in which a reversible chemical reaction takes place
Background Information and Discussion:

What is a reversible chemical reaction? A reaction in which the energy required to

transform starting reagents into products is approximately equal to the energy required to
transform the products back into their starting reagents. You can demonstrate the energy
diagram. (i.e., G 0)

73

Describe the reagents. You may have to make up a solution of 0.1 M NaOH if it is not
available. You can discuss the calculation of molarity using the formula C 1V1=C2V2. Fructose is
a simple sugar (i.e., carbohydrate) that is naturally occurring. Methylene blue is an indicator,
specifically a molecule which has different absorbances (colours) in different states. In the case
of methylene blue, one form is blue and the other is pale yellow.

Why study reversible chemical reactions and indicators? There are huge numbers of
reversible chemical reactions that are important to understanding the basic principles of reaction
kinetics. Indicators are often used in many areas of science, including medicine and
environmental pollution. In this case, methylene blue is a redox indicator (this can lead to
another discussion! In the blue form, it is oxidized has fewer electrons..but in the colourless
form, it is reduced it has more electrons this difference is what leads to the different colours.

Safety Issues: Emphasize wearing the gloves and glasses.

How to Do the Blue Bottle Chemistry Demonstration - Introduction

and Materials
In this chemistry demonstration, a blue solution gradually becomes clear. When the flask of
liquid is swirled around, the solution becomes blue again. Instructions are given for performing
the reaction, the chemistry is explained, and options for making red -> clear -> red and green ->
red/yellow -> green color change reactions are explained. The blue bottle reaction is easy to
perform and uses readily-available materials.

Materials

tap water
two 1-liter Erlenmeyer flasks, with stoppers
7.5 g glucose (2.5 g for one flask; 5 g for the other flask)
7.5 g sodium hydroxide NaOH (2.5 g for one flask; 5 g for the other flask)
0.1% solution of methylene blue (1 ml for each flask)

Procedure
1. Half-fill two one-liter Erlenmeyer flasks with tap water.
2. Dissolve 2.5 g of glucose in one of the flask (flask A) and 5 g of glucose in the other flask
(flask B).
3. Dissolve 2.5 g of sodium hydroxide (NaOH) in flask A and 5 g of NaOH in flask B.
4. Add ~1 ml of 0.1% methylene blue to each flask.
5. Stopper the flasks and shake them to dissolve the dye. The resulting solution will be blue.
6. Set the flasks aside (this is a good time to explain the chemistry of the demonstration).
The liquid will gradually become colorless as glucose is oxidized by the dissolved
dioxygen. The effect of concentration on reaction rate should be obvious. The flask with
twice the concentration uses the dissolved oxygen in about half the time as the other
solution. A thin blue boundary can be expected to remain at the solution-air interface,
since oxygen remains available via diffusion.

74

7. The blue color of the solutions can be restored by swirling or shaking the contents of the
flask.
8. The reaction can be repeated several times.

Safety & Clean-Up

Avoid skin contact with the solutions, which contain caustic chemicals.
The reaction neutralizes the solution, which can be disposed of by pouring it down the drain.
How the Blue Bottle Reaction Works

In this reaction, glucose (an aldehyde) in an alkaline solution is slowly oxidized by

dioxygen to form gluconic acid:

CH2OHCHOHCHOHCHOHCHOHCHO + 1/2 O2
CH2OHCHOHCHOHCHOHCHOHCOOH
Gluconic acid is converted to sodium gluconate in the presence of sodium hydroxide.
Methylene blue speeds up this reaction by acting as an oxygen transfer agent. By
oxidizing glucose, methylene blue is itself reduced (forming leucomethylene blue), and
becomes colorless.
If there is a sufficient available oxygen (from air), leucomethylene blue is re-oxidized and
the blue color of solution can be restored. Upon standing, glucose reduces the methylene
blue.
In dilute solutions the reaction takes place at 40-60C, or at room temperature (described
here) for more concentrated solutions. e dye and the color of the solution disappears.
INNOVATIVE EXPERIMENTS IN CHEMISTRY

ACTIVITY 2
1) Dancing balls
Take a measuring jar fill it with an acetic acid solution then add sodium carbonate solution .put
one naphthalene ball, it will be found dancing.

ACTIVITY 3
2) Chemical volcano
Take a little amount of potassium permanganate in a china dish add glycerol in to it, after some
time the mixture will burn with fire just as volcano.
OR
Take ammonium dichromate in a watch glass and it should be arranged in shape of volcano.
Then introduce a burning match stick in to its top, we can see it is burning like a volcano.

ACTIVITY 4
3) Chemical garden

75

Take a solution of augur-augur in a beaker (big size beaker will be good) to it add salts like
magnesium sulphate, copper sulphate, ferrous sulphate,etc and keep it for nearly one week time.
Garden will be obtained.

ACTIVITY 5
4) Chemical sun rise and sun set
Take sodium thiosulphate solution in a beaker cover the beaker in such a way that through one
side light will come and the other side white screen .Then add a little amount of dilute hydro
chloric acid. Just wait we can see the sun rise and sun set.

ACTIVITY6
5) Chemical crackers
Dissolve iodine solid in ammonia solution and spread it in to the floor, when you will walk it
will break with sound.

ACTIVITY 7
6) Chemical rocket
Take KNO3 + sugar make a paste of the same, add also some amount of rust in to it. Make a
paste of the same heat the same using a coil heater. Fill the same in a small plastic box with
small out let. Put fire, we can see the same will jump and will move like a rocket.
Projects
1) Conversion of oscillatory motion to rotational motion for creating electricity
2) By applying pressure we can cool air that air can substitute air conditioners

DEMOSTRATION BY GROUP- 2
ACTIVITY 8

ACTIVITY NO. 1

AIM- To show the application of Le Chateliers Principle by Fe +3 with SCN- solution.

Materials required 1. FeCl3 solution 2. NH4SCN solution 3. Oxalic Acid solution 4. Test
tube.
THEORYFe+3 + SCN- [Fe(SCN)]+2
Yellow
blood red
After equilibrium is achieved, when we add oxalic acid soln. then it combines with Fe +3 to
remove reactant. So, the reaction will move to the reverse direction and the color
changes to yellow. When we add again Fe+3 to the soln. it would become blood red again.
Procedure 1. FeCl3 solution is added to the NH4SCN solution at first. Keep it for some
time. Blood red color is observed.
2. In the same test tube small amount of oxalic acid solution is added. The color of the
solution changes to colorless.
3. Again few drops of Fe+3 Solution is added. Once again color changes to blood red.
ACTIVITY 9

ACTIVITY NO. 2
Aim- To explain the Equilibrium and Le Chateliers Principle.
Materials required K2CrO4, HCl, NaOH soln.

76

Theory- When an acid is added to a yellow soln. containing chromate ion, an orange color
is obtained due to the formation of dichromate ions.
2CrO4-2 + 2H+ Cr2O7-2 + H2O
Yellow
orange red
By adding alkali the orange soln. containing dichromate ions changes to yellow color.
Cr2O7-2 + 2OH- 2CrO4-2 +H2O
Orange red
yellow
Procedure 1. 5mL of potassium chromate soln. is taken in a test tube.
2. A few drops of HCl is added to the same test tube. Orange red color is obtained.
3. To the same soln. a few drops of NaOH is added, again yellow color is formed due to the
formation of chromate ions.
Conclusion- In the given soln. chromate and dichromate ions exist in equilibrium and are
inter convertible by changing the pH of the soln.
ACTIVITY 10

ACTIVITY NO. 3
AIM- To show the change of pH by adding acid and alkali to an indicator.

Materials required Phenolphthalein, acid and alkali.

THEORYPhenolphthalein (in acid) Phenolphthalein (in base)
Colorless
pink
Procedure- Phenolphthalein soln. is taken in a beaker. A base is added. The color changes
to pink. When acid is added to the same soln. pink color decolorises.

GROUP V
ACTIVITY 11
CONSTRUCTION OF GALVANIC CELL
REQUIREMENTS
1. 250 ML BEAKERS: 2No.
2. 1M Copper Sulphate solution
3. 1M Zinc Sulphate solution
4. U shaped tube
5. Agar Agar + KNO3 solution
6. Voltmeter
7. Connecting wires.
8. Copper plate and zinc plate
PROCEDURE;
1. Fill the U shaped tube with agar agar with KNO3

77

2. Take 1 M Copper sulphate solution in 250 ml beaker, place copper plate in this
solution, it acts as cathode half-cell.
3. Take 1 M Zinc sulphate solution in 250 ml beaker, place zinc plate in this
solution, it acts as anode half-cell.
4. Through connecting wires connect anode half-cell to negative terminal and
cathode half-cell to positive terminal of volt meter.
5. Connect these two half cells by U shaped tube (salt bridge)
REACTION TAKES PLACE IN THE GALVANIC CELL
Zn(s) + Cu2+(aq) ---- Zn2+(aq) + Cu (s)
OBSERVATION:
A voltage of nearly 1.1 volts is observed in the volt meter.

78

CHAPTER 1:SOLID STATE

1 MARK QUESTIONS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.

What type of solids are electrical conductors, malleable and ductile?

Give the significance of lattice point.
Name the parameters that characterize the unit cell
What is the two dimensional coordination number of a molecule in square close packed
structure.
Which of the following lattice has the highest packing efficiency , (I)simple cubic (II ) BCC (III)
HCP
What type of stoichiometric defect is shown by ( i) ZnS (ii) AgBr
What type of substances makes better permanent magnets? Justify your answer.
Why glass is considered as super cooled liquid?
Why KCl appears pink when heated in K vapors?
Give the relationship between density and edge length in an unit cell.
What is F-centre?
Give the coordination number of fcc structure.
Give an example of a solid that shows both schottky and frenkel defect
What defect is observed when CdCl2 is doped with AgCl?
Give an example of a network solid.
Give an example each of 13-15 & 12-16 compounds.
How is quartz different from quartz glass?
What is a semiconductor?
FeO is mostly found with a composition of Fe0.95 O 1.00 . Why?
What is a n-type semiconductor?

21. What is photovoltaic cell?

22. What do you mean by the term Doping?
23. What the term 12 16 compounds stand for?
24. What is the number of tetrahedral voids in a ccp structure of solid?
25. Crystalline solids are anisotropic in nature. Comment on this statement.
26. What is the percentage efficiency of a solid whose particles are having ccp
structure?
27. LiCl crystal appears to be pink in colour .Why?
28. When Ge is doped with slight amount of In,what type of semiconductor will be
formed?
29. Metal deficiency defect with extra anions in interstitial sites cant be produced in
solids.Why?
30. The electrical conductivity of semiconductors increases with increase in
temperature but in case of metals conductivity decreases with rise in temp. Why?

79

31. The window panes seem to be thicker at the bottom in case of old buildings. What
can be the reason?
32. Assign the relationship between edge length (a,b,c) and values of , and for
tetragonal unit cell.
33. Give an example of solid which can exhibit schottky defect as well as frenkel defect.
34. Atoms of element A are occupying all the octrahedral voids while atoms of B are in
1/4thtetrahedral voids and atoms of C are arranged in hexagonal arrays .what will
be the formula of the compound?
35. What is the co-ordination number of a particle in ccp structure?
36. What happens when Na vapour is passed over crystalline NaCl?
37. Ferromagnetic and ferri magnetic solids on heating converted into paramagnetic in
nature. Justify the reason.
38. Glass is assumed to be super cooled liquid. Why?
39. Give an example of solid which has its structure as fluorite type structure.
40. Copper is conducting as such while copper sulphate is conducting only in aqueous
solution .why?

2 MARKS QUESTIONS

1. The edge length of a unit cell having molecular weight 75g/mol is 5 A0 which crystallizes in bcc
lattice. If the density is 2g/cc then find the radius of the metal atom.
2. Potssium crystallizes in bcc lattice. Calculate the approximate number of unit cell in 1gm of
potassium. (atomic mass of K = 39)
3. A compound is formed by two elements M &N .The element N forms ccp & atoms of M occupy
1/3rd of tetrahedral voids. What is the formula of the compound?
4. A unit cell consists of a cube in which there are atoms A at the corners and atoms B at the face
centers. Two A atoms are missing from the two corners of a unit cell. What is the formula of the
compound?
5. Analysis shows that nickel oxide has formula Ni 0.98 O 1.00 .What fraction of nickel exist as Ni 2+
and Ni 3+.
6. If NaCl is doped with 10-3 mol % of SrCl 2 . What is the concentration of cation vacancy?
7. Under what conditions will sodium chloride conduct electricity
8. Name the binding force in each of the following. (a) Molecular (b) Ionic (c) Covalent (d)
Metallic.
9. Differentiate between anisotropy & isotropy by giving examples.
10. Derive the relationship between edge length and radius of atom in fcc unit cell.
3MARKSQUESTION
1. Calcium metal crystalises in a fcc lattice with edge length of 0.556nm calculate the density of the
metal if it contains , (i) 0.5% frenkel defect (ii) 0.2% schottky defect.

80
2. How is ferromagnetism different from paramagnetism & antiferromagnetism & explain what
type substances show antiferromagnetism
3. What is electrical conductivity due to in (i) metals (ii) ionic solids (iii) semiconductors
4. What is the difference between schottky defect & frenkel defect .
5. Derive an expression for the calculation of density of the cubic crystal of an element whose
edge is a pm & atomic mass is M
6. How would account for the following
a. Frenkel defcts are not found in alkali metal halides.
b. schottky defects lower the density of related solids.
c. impurity dopped silicon is a semiconductor .
7.

Define the following terms in relation to crystaline solids

a. Unit cell
b. co ordination number
c. P- type semiconductor
8. What type of defect can arise when solid is heated? Which physical property is affected by it &
in what way?
9. An element has bcc structure with cell edge of 288pm .The density of the element is 7.2 gm
/cm3. How many atoms are present in 208 gm of the element?
10. (I ) Solid A is very hard , electrical insulator in solid as well as molten state & melt at extremely
high temprature what type of solid is it ?(II) A compound forms hcp structure. What is the total
no of voids in 0.5 mol of it? How many of these are tetrahedral voids ?
,

ANSWERS1 MARK QUESTIONS

1. metallic
2. It signifies position of constituent particles of the unit cell 3.edge lengths a,b,c and
angles (alpha,beta,&gamma)
4.4
5.hcp
6.(i)frenkel (ii). Both schottky and frenkel
7.ferromagnetic, domains aligned in the same direction 8.pseudo solid or shows fluidity
9. F- centres
12.12

10.density=Z .M/a3.NA
13.AgBr

11. vacant anionic sites occupied by electrons

14.impurity defect

15.SiC

16.AlP,ZnS

17.long range order of constituents in quartz, short range order of constituents in quartz glass
18.energy gap between valence band and conduction band is small or conductivity range is between
10-6ohm-1 m-1 to 104 ohm-1 m-1
19. Metal deficiency defect
20. When a group -14 element is doped with gr-15 element an electron 0f gr-15 element remains as free
electron. That increases conductivity

81

21. 1 device which converts sunlight into electrical energy.

22. 2 Introduction of defects in solid by incorporating foreign particles.
23. 3 compounds formed by combination of group 12 elements and group 16 elements.
e.gZnS
24. 4 2N or 8
25. 5 A single property differs in different direction in solids.
26. 6 74%
27. 7 Presence of F centre .
28. 8 p type semiconductor
29. 9 Usually anions are larger in size and hence do not fit into interstitial sites
30. 10 kernels makes vibration and creates obstacles in the motion of electrons in case
of metals.
31. 11 Glass is supercooled liquid and has flow under the influence of gravity.
32. 12 a = b c, = = =900
33. 13 AgBr.
34.14 A2BC2
35.15 12

36. 16 Appears yellow due to creation of F centre.

37.17 Due to randomization of electrons.

38.18 Flowing tendency under influence of gravity.

39.19 CaF2

40.20 Copper is electronic conductor but copper sulphate is ionic conductor so ions are
free only in molten or in aqueous state
2 MARKS QUESTIONS
1.r = 216.5pm

2. 7.72*1021

3.M2N3

4.AB4

5.Ni 2+ =96% Ni 3+ = 4%

6. 10 -3 /100 mol= 10-5x 6.022x1023=6.022x 1018 7.molten state or in aq. Solution

forces(b)electrostatic(c) covalent bond(d) metallic bond
9. Substances show different properties in different direction & the reverse
3
1
2

8. (a) vanderwaals

10. a= 2.2 1/2 r

MARKS QUESTIONS

(i) d =1.5458g cm-3 (ii)1.5427g cm-3

Attracted strongly by magnetic field ,paramagnetic substances are weakly attracted,
antiferromagnetic substances not attracted

82
3
a.
b.
c.
4
5
6
7
8
9

due to flow of electrons

flow of ions in solution or melt and defects in solid
due to presence of impurities and defects
Schottjy defect- vacancy defect, density lowers frenkel defect- interstitial defect density is not
affected.
(i) similar size of cations and anions(ii) equal no of cations and anions are missing results into
decrease in mass (iii)due to presence of free electrons or creation of positive hole.
(i)it is the smallest portion of the crystal lattice which when repeated in all directions gives the
entire lattice.(ii) Number of nearest neighbour iii) gr-14 doped with gr-13 creates positive hole.
Vacancy defect, density decreases because some atoms , ions leave the crystal completely.
M = 51.8gmol-1 no of atoms = 24.16 x 1023
i) covalent network solid , silicon carbide ii) no of o.v =0.5 mol no of t.v =1.0 mol total voids =1.5
mol

CHAPTER 2-SOLUTIONS
1 MARK QUESTIONS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

What is molarity?
What do you understand by saying that molality of a solution is 0.2?
Why is the vapour pressure of a liquid remains constant at constant temperature?
Define Azeotropes?
Which substance is usually added into water in the car radiator to act as antifreeze?
Which liquids form ideal solution?
Which property of solution depend only upon the number of moles of solute dissolved and
not on the nature of the solute?
Write one example each of solid in gas and liquid in gas solution?
What is molal elevation constant or ebullioscopic constant?
Define vant Hoff factor.
Two liquids A and B boil at 120 C and 160 C respectively. Which of them has higher vapour
pressure at 70 C?
What happens when blood cells are placed in pure water?
What is the effect of temperature on the molality of a solution?
Write Henrys law.
What is antifreeze?
Why cutting onions taken from the fridge is more comfortable than cutting onions lying at
room temperature?
What will be the vant Hoff factor for O.1 M ideal solution?
What is the optimum concentration of fluoride ions for cleaning of tooth?
What role does the molecular interaction play in the solution of alcohol and water?
Henry law constant for two gases are 21.5 and 49.5 atm, which gas is more soluble .

ANSWER KEY FOR 1 MARK

83
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

The number of moles of solute dissolved in one litre or 1dm3 of solution is known as
molarity.
This means that 0.2 mol of the solute is dissolved in 1Kg of the solvent
At equilibrium, the rate of evaporation = rate of condensation. Hence the vapour pressure
of a liquid is constant at constant temperature.
Constant boiling mixtures are called Azeotropes
Ethylene glycol is usually added into water in the car radiator to act as antifreeze.
Liquids having similar structure and polarities
Colligative properties.
Solid in gas e.g. Camphor in nitrogen gas. Liquid in gas e.g. Chloroform mixed with N2 gas
The elevation in boiling point which takes place when molality of the solution is unity, is
known as ebullioscopic or molal elevation constant.
The ratio of the observed colligative property to the theoretical value is called vant Hoff
factor.
Lower the boiling point, more volatile it is .So liquid A will have higher vapour pressure at 70
o
C.
Water molecules move into blood cells through the cell walls. So, blood cells swell and may
even burst.
No effect.
The solubility of a gas in a liquid is directly proportional to the partial pressure of the gas at a
given temperature.
An antifreeze is a substance which is added to water to lower its freezing point. e.g.
Ethylene glycol
The vapour pressure is low at lower temperature. So, less vapours of tear producing
chemicals are produced
Van't Hoff factor = 1, because ideal solution does not undergo dissociation or association.
The optimum concentration of fluoride ions for the cleaning of tooth is 1.5 ppm. [If it is
more than 1.5 ppm it can be poisonous and if less than 1.5 ppm it ineffective.]
Positive deviation from ideal behavior.
KH is inversely proportional to solubility

SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS OF 2 MARK

1
2
3

State Raoults law. Prove that it is a special case of Henry law?

List two conditions that ideal solutions must satisfy.
Explain ideal and non-ideal solutions with respect to intermolecular interactions
in a binary solution of A and B.

4
a.
b.

What are minimum boiling and maximum boiling azeotropes?

Can azeotropes be separated by fractional distillation?

a.

When a non-volatile solute is added to solvent, there is increase in boiling

point of solution. Explain.

84
b. Define ebullioscopic constant and give its units.
6 How did Vant Hoff explain the abnormal molecular masses of electrolytes like
KCl in water and non-electrolytes like benzoic acid in benzene?
7 When a pressure higher than the osmotic pressure is applied on the surface of the solution
separated from a solvent by semi permeable membrane, what will happen?
8 The freezing depression of 0.1M sodium chloride solution is nearly twice that of 0.1 M
glucose solution. Explain?
9 The depression in freezing point is a colligative property. Explain.
10 Equimolar solution of glucose and Common salt are not isotonic. Why?
Answer key
1

Raoults law states that partial pressure of a volatile component of a solution is

directly proportional to its mole fraction. It is a special case of Henry law
because it becomes the same when Kh (Henry constant) is equal to pressure of
pure solvent.

a.
Hmixing and Vmixing of ideal solutions should be zero.
b. They should obey Raoults law over the entire range of concentration.
For the given binary solution of A and B, it would be ideal if A-B interactions are
equal to A-A and B-B interactions and it would be non-ideal if they are different
to each other.The deviation from ideal behavior will be positive if A-B
interactions are weaker as compared to A-A and B-B. The deviation will be
negative if A-B interactions are stronger as compared to A-A and B-B.
(i) Minimum boiling azeotropes are the non-ideal solutions showing positive
deviation while maximum boiling azeotropes are those which show negative
deviation. Because of positive deviation their vapour pressures are comparatively
higher and so they boil at lower temperatures while in case of negative
deviation, the vapour pressures are lesser and so higher temperature are
required for boiling them.(ii) No, azeotropes cant be separated by fractional
distillation
(i) When a non-volatile solute is added to a volatile solvent the vapour pressure
of pure solvent decreases because a part of the surface is occupied by nonvolatile solute which cant volatilise. As a result, the vapour pressure of solution
decreases and hence, the solution requires a comparatively higher temperature
to boil causing an elevation of boiling point. (ii) Ebullioscopic constant is defined
as the elevation in boiling point of a solution of a non-volatile solute when its
molality is unity. Its units are K Kg mol -1
The molecular mass of KCl in aqueous medium has been observed to be almost
half than expected and it has been explained as dissociation of KCl into K + ions
and Cl- ions when actual no. of particles become double and so become the
colligative properties but since molecular mass is always inversely proportional
to colligative property it becomes almost half.In case of benzoic acid in benzene,
association of molecules take place when they dimerise and their no. becomes
almost half and so molecular mass doubles as a result.

85
7

Reverse osmosis will take place. We will observe the movement of solvent molecules from
the solution to solvent phase and the level of solution will decrease.

Sodium chloride being ionic compound ionizes as (NaCl

Na++ Cl-) in aqueous solution.
The concentration of solute particles in this case becomes approximately 0.2 M which is
twice the concentration of glucose solution. Consequently, freezing point depression of NaCl
solution is also approximately twice that of glucose solution.
9
The freezing point depression depends upon the molal concentration of the solute and does
not depend upon the nature of the solute .It is therefore, a colligative property
10 Glucose is a non electrolyte, when added to water it do not break up into ions whereas
Common salt is an electrolyte when added to water it breaks up to give Sodium and chloride
ions , The number of particles in solution of Common salt are nearly double the number of
particles in the solution of glucose so the osmotic pressure of common salt solution is nearly
twice that if Glucose solution.
SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS OF 2 MARK
1.
2.
3.

State Raoults law. Prove that it is a special case of Henry law?

List two conditions that ideal solutions must satisfy.
Explain ideal and non-ideal solutions with respect to intermolecular interactions in a
binary solution of A and B.

4.
a.
b.

(i) What are minimum boiling and maximum boiling azeotropes?

(ii) Can azeotropes be separated by fractional distillation?

5.

When a non-volatile solute is added to solvent, there is increase in boiling

point of solution. Explain.
d. Define ebullioscopic constant and give its units.
6. How did Vant Hoff explain the abnormal molecular masses of electrolytes like KCl in
water and non-electrolytes like benzoic acid in benzene.
7. When a pressure higher than the osmotic pressure is applied on the surface of the solution
separated from a solvent by semi permeable membrane, what will happen?
8. The freezing depression of 0.1M sodium chloride solution is nearly twice that of 0.1 M glucose
solution. Explain?
9. The depression in freezing point is a colligative property. Explain.
10. Equimolar solution of glucose and Common salt are not isotonic. Why?
c.

Answer key
Ans.1 Raoults law states that partial pressure of a volatile component of a solution is
directly proportional to its mole fraction.
It is a special case of Henry law because it becomes the same when Kh (Henry constant)
is equal to pressure of pure solvent.
Ans.2 1. Hmixing and Vmixing of ideal solutions should be zero.
2.They should obey Raoults law over the entire range of concentrations.
Ans.3 For the given binary solution of A and B, it would be ideal if A-B interactions are equal
to A-A and B-B interactions and it would be non-ideal if they are different to each other.The
deviation from ideal behavior will be positive if A-B interactions are weaker as compared to
A-A and B-B. The deviation will be negative if A-B interactions are stronger as compared to
A-A and B-B.

86
Ans4(i) Minimum boiling azeotropes are the non-ideal solutions showing positive deviation
while maximum boiling azeotropes are those which show negative deviation. Because of
positive deviation their vapour pressures are comparatively higher and so they boil at lower
temperatures while in case of negative deviation, thevapour pressures are lesser and so
higher temperature are required for boiling them.(ii) No, azeotropes cant be separated by
fractional distillation.
Ans5(i) When a non-volatile solute is added to a volatile solvent the vapour pressure of pure
solvent decreases because a part of the surfaces occupied by non-volatile solute which cant
volatilise. As a result, thevapour pressure of solution decreases andhence, the solution
requires a comparatively higher temperature to boil causing an elevation of boiling point.
(ii) Ebullioscopic constant is defined as the elevation in boiling point of a solution of a nonvolatile solute when its molality is unity. Its units are K Kg mol-1
Ans.6 The molecular mass of KCl in aqueous medium has been observed to be almost half
than expected and it has been explained as dissociation of KCl into K + ions and Cl- ions
when actual no. of particles become double and so become the colligative properties but
since molecular mass is always inversely proportional to colligative property it becomes
almost half.
In case of benzoic acid in benzene, association of molecules take place when they dimerise
and their no. becomes almost half and so molecular mass doubles as a result.
Ans.7 Reverse osmosis will take place. We will observe the movement of solvent molecules from the
solution to solvent phase and the level of solution will decrease.

Ans 8 Sodium chloride being ionic compound ionizes as (NaCl

Na++ Cl-) in aqueous solution. The
concentration of solute particles in this case becomes approximately 0.2 M which is twice the
concentration of glucose solution. Consequently, freezing point depression of NaCl solution is also
approximately twice that of glucose solution.

Ans.9 The freezing point depression depends upon the molal concentration of the solute and does not
depend upon the nature of the solute .It is therefore, a colligative property

Ans 10 Glucose is a non electrolyte, when added to water it do not break up into ions whereas Common
salt is an electrolyte when added to water it breaks up to give Sodium and chloride ions , The number of
particles in solution of Common salt are nearly double the number of particles in the solution of glucose
so the osmotic pressure of common salt solution is nearly twice that if Glucose solution.

QUESTIONS FOR 3 MARK

1. A 5% solution of sucrose C12H22O11 is isotonic with 3% solution of an unknown organic
substance. Calculate the molecular mass of unknown substance.
2. A solution of Barium Chloride is prepared by dissolving 3.100 g of it in 250 g of water. The
solution boils at 100.083oC. Calculate the Vant Hoff factor and Molality of this solution.(Kb for
water = 0.52 Km-1, Molar mass of BaCl2 = 208.3 g mol-1)

87
3. Why semi permeable membrane is so important in the phenomenon of osmosis? What are
isotonic, hypo tonic and hyper tonic solutions? Does osmosis take place in all three types of
solutions?
4. Which will have more osmotic pressure and why? Solution prepared by dissolving 6g/L of
CH3COOH or Solution prepared by dissolving 7.45g/L of KCl
5. What is Bends ? If a diver had the "bends", describe how this can be treated.
6. At 300 K. 18g of glucose present per litre its solution has an osmotic pressure of 4.98 bars .If the
osmotic pressure of solution is 1.52 bars on the same temperature, what would be its
concentration?
7. The freezing depression of 0.1M sodium chloride solution is nearly twice that of 0.1 M glucose
solution.
8. Calculate the amount of NaCl must be added to 1000 ml of water so as to reduce its freezing
point by two Kelvin. For water Kf = 1.86 K Kg mol-1 , give that the density of water is 1.0 g ml1
and NaCl is completely dissociated.
9. Predict the Boiling point of solution prepared by dissolving 25.0g of urea and 25.0 g of thiourea
in 100 gram of water. Given for water Kb= 0.52 K Kg mol-1 and Boiling point of pure water is
373.15 K.
10. Predict the Boiling point of solution prepared by dissolving 3.42g of sugarcane in 100 gram of
water. Given for water Kb= 0.52 K Kg mol-1and Boiling point of pure water is 373.15 K.Ans.

ANSWER KEY FOR 3 MARK

Ans.1

Ans.2 Observed Tb = 100.083 - 100 =0.083 0C

88

Ans.3 The semi permeable membrane is very importantin the phenomenon of osmosis because they only permit the
movement of solvent molecules through them.
Two solutions having similar osmotic pressure at a given temperature are called isotonic solutions. If the given
solution has less osmotic pressure it is called hypo tonic and it is hyper tonic if its osmotic pressure is higher than
the the solution on the other side of semi permeable membrane. Osmosis takes place only in hypo tonic and
hypertonic solutions.

Ans.4

Molar concentration of both the solutions is same.

KCl ionizes into K+ and Cl where as CH3COOH does not ionize
Osmotic pressure is colligative property
Its value depend on number of particles.
Since, KCl produces more ions so, osmotic pressure of KCl will be more than that of CH3COOH.

Ans.5 Scuba divers cylinder has a mixture of helium, nitrogen and oxygen ,as they go down at high
pressure which increases the solubility of these gases in the blood when they come up pressure decreases
and nitrogen is released as the solubility decreases and the bubbles of nitrogen gas can block capillaries
causing condition called bends which is both painful and dangerous. In order to avoid formation of bends
in blood the divers are subjected to decompression chambers where pressure is lowered down gradually
releasing the gas from blood slowly.
Ans6.For

solution A
4.98 x 1L = 18/180 x R x T

V= n RT

89
For solution B
V= n RT
1.52 x 1L = n x R x T
1.52 x 1L/ n = 4.98 x 1L / 0.1
1.52 / n = 4.98 / 0.1
n = 1.52 x 0.1 / 4.98 = 0.035moles
c= 0.035 mol L-1

Na++ Cl-) in aqueous solution. The

concentration of solute particles in this case becomes approximately 0.2 M which is twice the concentration of
glucose solution. Consequently, freezing point depression of NaCl solution is also approximately twice that of
glucose solution.
Ans7. Sodium chloride being ionic compound ionizes as (NaCl

Ans.8 Mass of water = density x volume= 1 x 1000 = 1000g = 1Kg.

Tf = i Kf m
2 = (2 x 1.86 x z / 58.5 x 1000) x 100
z = 58.5/1.86= 31.45g
ans.9 No of moles of urea= mass of urea / molar mass of urea.
= 25/ 60 =0.42
No of moles of thiourea= mass of thiourea / molar mass of thiourea.
= 25/76 = 0.33
Molality of solution= moles of solute / mass of solvent in kg molality of solution= (moles of solute /
mass of solvent in g) x 1000
Molality of solution= (0.33+0.42/ 100) x 1000
Molality of solution= 1.50m
Tb =0.52 x 1.50= 5.44K
Tb (solution) - Tb (solvent) = 5.44K
Tb (solution) = 5.44K + 373.15 =378.59K
Ans.10.Tb = Kb x m
Tb = (0.52 x 3.42g/342g mol-1 x 100} x 1000
Tb = 0.052 x100 /1000 = 0.0052 K
Tb (solution) - Tb (solvent) = 0.0052K
Tb (solution) = 0.0052K + 373.15= 373.1552K

QUESTIONS FOR 5 MARK SOLUTION

Q1 (a) Difference between molarity and molality for a solution. How does a change in temperature influence
their values?
(b) Calculate the freezing point of an aqueous solution containing
10.50 g of MgBr2 in 200 g of water. (Molar mass of MgBr2 =184 g) (Kf for water = 1.86 K kg mol-1)
OR

(a) Define the terms osmosis and osmotic pressure. Is the osmotic pressure of a solution a colligative
property? Explain.

90

(b) Calculate the boiling point of a solution prepared by adding 15.00 g of NaCl to 250.0 g of water.(K b for
water = 0.512 K kg mol-1), Molar mass of NaCl = 58.44 g.

Q.2

Q.3 A solution is prepared by dissolving 30g of non-volatile non-electrolyte solute in 90g water. The vapour
pressure of solution was 2.8 K Pa at 298K. When 18g of water was further added to it, the vapour pressure
became 2.9 k Pa at 298K. Calculate molar mass of solute.
Q4 Question 1
a. Define the following terms:
i. Mole fraction
ii. Van't Hoff factor
b. 100 mg of a protein is dissolved in enough water to make 10.0 mL of a solution. If this solution has an
osmotic pressure of 13.3 mmHg at 25 C, what is the molar mass of protein? (R=0.0821 L atm mol-1 K-1and
760 mmHg = 1 atm)
or
a. What is meant by:
i. Colligative properties
ii. Molality of a solution
b. What concentration of nitrogen should be present in a glass of water at room temperature? Assume a
temperature of 25C, a total pressure of 1 atmosphere and mole fraction of nitrogen in air of 0.78.
[KH for nitrogen = 8.42 x 10-7 M/mm Hg]Ans.

Q5(a) weak electrolyte AB is 5% dissociated in aqueous solution. What is the freezing point of a 0.100 molal
aqueous solution of AB? For water Kf = 1.86 K
(b) 0.02molal solution of acetic acid is 3% dissociated at 25oC calculate the Osmotic pressure of the solution.

91
ANSWER FOR 5 MARKS
Ans 1
(a)

Molarity is defined as the number of moles of solute dissolved per litre of solution.

Mathematically M =
Molality of a solution is defined as the number of moles of solute
Dissolved in 1000 grams of solvent.

Mathematically, m =
While molarity decreases with an increase in temperature, molality is independent of temperature. This
happens because molality
Involves mass, which deos not change with a change in temperature, while molarity involves volume,
which is temperature dependent.
(b) Given w2 = 10.50 g
w1 = 200g
Molar mass of MgBr2 (M2) = 184 g
Using the formula,

= 0.53

Now, Tf = To = 273 0.53 = 272.47 K

OR
(a) Osmosis : The process of flow of solvent molecules from pure solvent to solution or from solution of
lower concentration of solution

92
of higher concentration through a semi permeable membrane is called osmosis.
Osmotic pressure : The pressure required to just stop the flow of solvent due to osmosis is called
osmotic pressure () of the solution.
Yes, the osmotic pressure of a solution is colligative property. The osmotic pressure is expressed as.

Where, = osmotic pressure

n = number of moles of solute
V = volume of solution
T = temperature
From the equation, it is clear that osmotic pressure depends upon the number of moles of solute 'n'
irrespective of the nature of the
solute. Hence, osmotic pressure is a colligative property.
(b) Given, Kb = 0.512 k kg mol-1
w2 = 15.00 g
w1 = 250.0 g
M2 = 58.44 g
Using the formula,

= 0.52

Now, Tb = To +
= 373 + 0.53 = 373.53 K

93
ANS.2

ANS-3

ANS-4 (i) Mole fraction of a component is the ratio of number of moles of the component to the total number
of moles of all the components.
(ii) Van't Hoff factor is the ratio of normal molar mass to the abnormal molar mass.

94
Van't Hoff factor is the ratio of observed value of colligative property to calculated value of colligative
property assuming no association or dissociation.
(b) Mass of protein = 100 mg = 0.1 g
V= 10 Ml

OR
(a)(i) All the properties which depend on the number of solute particles irrespective of

their nature relative to the total number of particles present in the solution are known as
colligative properties.
(ii) Molality of solution is the number of moles of solute present in 1 kilogram of

(b) solvent.(b)

95

AB
B- + A+
1
0
0
1-

= 5/100 = 0.05
concentration = m x (1+ ) = 0.100 x (1 + 0.05)
concentration = 0.100 x (1 + 0.05) = 0.105m
Tf = Kf x m = 1.86 x 0.105= 0.1953
Tf (solution) = 273.15K- 0.1953K= 272.95 K
5 (a)

(b)

= i CRT

Calculation of Van't Hoff factor

CH3COOH
CH3COO- + H+
1
0
0
1-

i = 1+ /1 = 1+ 0.03 / 1= 1.003

= i CRT
= 1.003 x 0.0821 x 300 x 0.02 = 0.494atm

ELECTROCHEMISTRY
ONE Mark Each
1. The difference between the electrode potentials of two electrodes when no current is drawn through
the cell is called ___________.
2. Under what condition an electrochemical cell can behave like an electrolytic cell ?
3. What is the quantity of charge in faraday is required to obtain one mole of aluminum from Al 2O3 ?
4. How the cell constant of a conductivity cell changes with change of electrolyte, concentration
and temperature?
5. What will happen at anode during the electrolysis of aqueous solution of CuSO4 in the presence of Cu
electrodes?
6. Under what condition is ECell = 0 or rG = 0 ?
OR Give the condition for Daniel Cell in which there is no flow of electrons or current.
7. Why is alternating current used for measuring resistance of an electrolytic solution?
8. How will the pH of brine (aq. NaCl solution) be affected when it is electrolyzed ?
9. Unlike dry cell, the mercury cell has a constant cell potential throughout its useful life. Why?

96
10. Mention the purpose of salt-bridge placed between two half-cells of a galvanic cell?
11. Two metals A and B have electrode potential values of 0.25V and 0.80V respectively. Which of
these will liberate hydrogen gas from dilute H2SO4?
12. What is the effect of temperature on molar conductivity?
13. What is the role of ZnCl2 in the dry cell?
14. Why is the equilibrium constant K, related to only E cell and not Ecell ?
15. Rusting of iron is quicker in saline water than in ordinary water. Why is it so?
16. Why rusting of iron prevented in alkaline medium?
17. Which will have greater molar conductivity and why?
1 mole KCl dissolved in 200 cc of the solution OR 1 mole KCl dissolved in 500 cc of the solution.
18. Why Lead storage battery as a secondary cell can be recharged?
19. Write the name of a chemical substance which is used to prevent corrosion.
20. Write the unit of Faraday constant. \
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.

Can you store CuSO4 solution in Zn pot ?

Write the name of electrolyte used in mercury cell.
What does the negative value of E0cell indicate?
What flows in the internal circuit of the Galvanic cell?
What is the EMF of the cell when the cell reaction attains equilibrium?
Why does an aqueous solution of NaCl in electrolysis give H 2 gas at cathode not
sodium metal?
Which type of metal can be used in cathodic protection of iron against rusting?
Why does the conductivity of solution decreases on dilution?
Except hydrogen, write the name of two chemical species which are used in fuel cell.
How many coulombs are required for conversion of 1 mol FeO into Fe2O3?
State the factors which influence the value of cell potential.
What is the relationship between the free energy change and EMF of the cell?
What are the products of electrolysis of molten NaCl and aqueous solution of NaCl?
What is the role of ZnCl2 in dry cell?
Rusting of iron is quicker in saline than ordinary water. Why?
Write one use of Kohlrauschs law.
What is cell constant?
What is the relationship between Molar conductivity of electrolytic solution to its
degree of dissociation?
Which type of cell is used in wrist watch?
Which acid does not react with rust?

97

Three marks question:-

1. Explain construction and working of standard Hydrogen electrode?

2. What is an electrochemical series? How does it predict the feasibility of a certain

redox reaction?
3. The conductivity of an aqueous solution of NaCl in a cell is 92.1 cm-1 the resistance
offered by this cell is 247.8. Calculate the cell constant?
4. The measured resistance of a cell containing 7.5 x 10-3 M solution of KCl at
250C was 1005 Calculate
(a) Specific conductance and
(b) Molar conductance of the solution. Cell Constant = 1.25 cm-1
5. Enlist the factors affecting corrosion?

Answer of one mark

1. Cell emf
2. When Eext> Ecell
3. 3F
4. Remain unchanged for a cell
5. Copper will dissolve at anode
6. When the cell reaction reaches equilibrium
7. Alternating current is used to prevent electrolysis so that concentration of ions in the solution
remains constant. Otherwise if DC is used the ions will get discharged and electrolysis will occur
8. The pH of the solution will rise as NaOH is formed in the electrolytic cell.)
9. Ions are not involved in the overall cell reaction of mercury cells.
10. Neutralize the two half cell.
11. Metal - A
12. Molar conductivity of an electrolyte increases with increase in temperature.
13. ZnCl2 absorbs ammonia produced in the reaction by forming a complex [Zn(NH3)4]2+
14. This is because E cell is zero at equilibrium.

98
15. Due to presence of ions in saline water conductivity is more than the ordinary water. Hence in
miniature electrochemical cell flow of electrons will increase, consequently rusting of iron is
increased.
16. In alkaline medium, atmospheric oxygen is unable to take electron which is given by the oxidation of
Fe.
17. 1 mole KCl dissolved in 500 cc of the solution, Due to more mobility of ions and more degree of
dissociation.
18. Recharging is possible in this case because PbSO4 formed during discharging is a sticky solid which
sticks to the electrode. Therefore it can either take up or give up electrons during recharge.
19. Biphenyl
20. Coulomb/ mol

21. No, Zn is more reactive than Cu.

22. ZnO and KOH
23. Negative value shows reaction is non- spontaneous
24. Ions.
25. E0cell = 0
26. Electrode potential of hydrogen is greater than Na.
27. More reactive metals than Fe. Such as Zn, Mg.
28. Due to less no. of ions per unit volume.
29. Methane and methanol.
30. 1 faraday
31. Concentration of electrolyte and no. of electron exchanged
32. G0 = -nFE0
33. Na , Cl2 and H2,Cl2
34. Zn2+ ions combines with NH3 to form complex [Zn(NH3)2]2+
35. Due to presence of salt in saline water.
36. To find the limiting molar conductivity of weak electrolyte
37. The ratio of l/a
38. =cm/0m
39. Mercury cell or Button cell
40. Organic acid.

ELECTROCHEMISTRY
TWO Marks Each

99
1. Solutions of two electrolytes A and B are diluted. The m of B increases 1.5 times while that of A
increases 25 times. Which of the two is a strong electrolyte? Justify your answer.
2. When acidulated water (dil.H2SO4 solution) is electrolysed, will the pH of the solution be affected?
Justify your answer.
3. What advantage do the fuel cells have over primary and secondary batteries?
4. How does the density of the electrolyte change when the lead storage battery is discharged?
5. Why on dilution the m of CH3COOH increases drastically, while that of CH3COONa increases
gradually?
6. What is the relationship between Gibbs free energy of the cell reaction in a galvanic cell and the emf
of the cell? When will the maximum work be obtained from a galvanic cell?
7. Define corrosion. Write chemical formula of rust.
8. Can you store copper sulphate solutions in a zinc pot?
9. Write the cell reaction which occur in the lead storage battery
(a) when the battery is in use (b) when the battery is on charging.
10. Write the product of electrolysis of aqueous copper sulphate by using platinum electrode.

11. Consider the standard electrode potential k+/K = - 2.93 V, Ag+/Ag= 0.80V, Hg2+ /Hg
= 0.79V Cr3+/Cr = -0.74V. Arrange these metals in their increasing order of
reducing power.
12. The conductivity of 0.20M solution of HCl at 298K is 0.0248 SCm -1. Calculate molar
conductivity.
13. How much charge will be required for 1 mol Cu2+ to Cu and for 1 mol MnO4- to
Mn2+?
14. Write the Variation of conductivity and Molar conductivity with dilution.
15. 0m for NaCl , HCl and NaAc are 126.4,425.9 and 91.0 SCm2/mol respectively
.Calculate 0m for acetic acid.
16. A solution of Ni(NO3)2is electrolyzed between Pt electrode using current of 5 amp.
For 20 min. What mass of Ni will be deposited at cathode?
17. State and explain Faraday laws of electrolysis.
18. Write the cell reaction of Lead storage battery.
19. Which cell is more efficient than others? Why?
20. Discuss the mechanism of protection of water supply of underground pipe line
system.

Answer

100
1. Electrolyte B is strong as on dilution the number of ions remains the same, only interionic attraction
decreases therefore increase in is small.
2. pH of the solution will not be affected as[ H+] remains constant.

At anode:

2 H 2O

At cathode:

4H

O2
+

4 e-

4H

4 e-

2 H2

3. Primary batteries contain a limited amount of reactants and are discharged when the reactants have
been consumed. Secondary batteries can be recharged but take a long time to recharge. Fuel cell runs
continuously as long as the reactants are supplied to it and products are removed continuously.
4. Density of electrolyte decreases as water is formed and sulphuric acid is consumed as the product
during discharge of the battery.
Pb

PbO 2

2 H2SO 4

2 PbSO 4

2 H 2O

5. In the case of CH3 COOH, which is a weak electrolyte, the number of ions increases on dilution due to
an increase in degree of dissociation. In the case of strong electrolyte the number of ions remains the
same but the inter ionic attraction decreases.
6.rG = nFE(cell)If the concentration of all the reacting species is unit.
7. Corrosion is a process of formation sulphides, oxides, carbonates, hydroxides, etc. of metal on its
surface as a result of its reaction with air and water, surrounding it. Formula of rust- Fe2O3.XH2O
8. No, We cannot store CuSO4 solution in zinc pot, because electrode potential of zinc is less than
copper, so Cu2+ ions get replaced by Zn2+ ions in solution. Zn is more reactive metals than Cu.
(Displacement reaction)
9.

101

(a) When battery is in use

n

Oxd React
n

Red React
Cell React

PbSO 4

2 e-

2-

+ SO4 + 4 H + 2 e-

PbO 2
Pb

SO 24

Pb

+ PbO2 + 2 SO42- + 4 H

PbSO 4

2 H 2O

2 PbSO 4

+ 2 H 2O

2SO 4

4H

(b) When the battery is on charging

n

Red React
n

Oxd React
Cell React

n
n

+ 2 ePbSO 4 + 2 H 2O
2 PbSO 4 + 2 H2O
PbSO 4

Pb

2SO 4

PbO 2
Pb

PbO 2

+2

2 e-

2SO 4

4H

10.

Electrolysis of aqueous CuSO4 using Pt electrode

2+

CuSO4

Cu

Anode [

SO4 2-

Cathode [

Cu

2+

HO
+

SO4 2-

4 HO

Cu

2+

2 H 2O

H2O

2e-

O2

HO

4e-

Cu

11. 1.Ag< Hg<Cr<K

12. 0m = K x 1000/M , 124SCm2/mol
13. Cu2+ + 2e- -- Cu , 2F
MnO4- + 8H+5e-Mn2++8H2O, 5F
14. With increase in dilution, conductivity decreases but molar conductivity increases.
15. 0m (HAc) =0H++0Ac =0H+ +0cl- +0Ac- +0Na+ - 0cl- - 0Na+
= (425.9 +91.0 126.4) SCm2/mol
= 390.5SCm2/mol

16. Q = IT, 6000C. 58.7 x6000/2 x 96500 = 1.825 g.

17. Statement and mathematical derivation.
18. at anode :Pbso4 +2H2O PbO2 + SO42- + 4H+ 2e-, At cathode PbSO4 + 2e-Pb + SO42
19. Fuel cell, as it has high efficiency and continuous source of energy .pollution free
working.
20. More reactive metal is used to follow the principle of sacrificial protection.

ELECTROCHEMISTRY

102
THREE Marks Each
1. Calculate the EMF of the cell in which the following reaction take place:
2. If a current of 05 ampere flows through a metallic wire for 2 hours, then how many electrons flow
through the wire?
3. Calculate the potential of hydrogen electrode in contact with a solution whose P H is 10.
4. The molar conductivity of 0025 mol L1 methanoic acid is 461 S cm2mol1. Calculate its degree of
dissociation and dissociation constant. Given 0H = 3466 S cm2 mol1 and 0HCOO = 546 S cm2 mol1
5. If a current of 05 ampere flows through a metallic wire for 2 hours, then how many electrons flow
through the wire?
6. Calculate om for CaCl2 and MgSO4 from the data given in the table of Book.
7. The Conductivity of 0001028 mol L1 acetic acid is 495 105 S cm1. Calculate its
dissociation constant if 0 for acetic acid is 3905 S cm2 mol1.
8. A solution of CuSO4 is electrolysed for 10 minutes with a current of 15 amperes. What is the mass of
copper deposited at the cathode?
9. The conductivity of 020 M solution of KCI at 298 K is 00248 S cm1. Calculate its molar conductivity.
10. Write the Nernst equation and find emf of the following cells at 298 K:
Mg(s) Mg2+ (0001 M) Cu2+ (00001 M) Cu(s)

Answer
1.Ni + 2 Ag+ (0002M)

Ni2+ (0160 M) + 2 Ag

0
Given that ECell 1 05 V

(According to Nernst equation: E Cell E 0Cell

1 05

0 059
Ni 2
log
2
n
Ag

0 059
0 160
log
0 9143V
2
0 002 2

2. Quantity of electricity (Q) = Current (ampere) time (second) = 05 2 60 60 = 3600 C (Coulombs)

A flow of 69487 C of electricity 6022 1023 electrons

103

6 022 10 23
3600 C of electricity =
3600 2 246 10 22 electrons
96487
3. pH = 10 means [H+] = 10-10 M
Now for the electrode; H+

E H H E 0H
2

H2

0 059
1
log
n
H

= 0 0059 log

4.C = 461 S cm2 mol1

0HCOO 0H

1
H2
2

(Here n = 1)

1
= 0059 log 1010 = 0059 10 = 059 v
10
10

C = 0025 mol L1
+ 0HCOO = 349.6 + 546 = 4042 S cm2 mol1

Degree of dissociation

C
46 1

0 114
0

404 2

c 2 0 025 0 114
Dissociation constant K a

0 0003667 3 67 10 4
1
1 0 114
2

5. Quantity of electricity (Q) = Current (ampere) time (second) = 05 2 60 60 = 3600 C (Coulombs)

A flow of 69487 C of electricity 6022 1023 electrons

6 022 10 23
3600 2 246 10 22 electrons
96487

3600 C of electricity =

o
o
2
6. om Cacl 2 Ca
mol -1
2 2 - 119 0 2 76 3 119 0 152 6 271 6 S cm
cl

o
2
-1
om MgSO4 oMg2 SO
2- 106 0 160 0 266 S cm mol
4

7. m

k 1000 4 95 10 -5 1000
= 4815 cm2 mol1

C
0 001028

m 48 15

0 1233
om 390 0
C 2 0 001028 0 1233

1 78 10 5
1-
1 0 1233
2

Dissociation constant (Ka) =

8. Quantity of electricity (Q) = Current time = 15 10 60 = 900 C

According to the reaction: Cu2+

2e

Cu

104
We required 2 F or 2 96487 C of electricity to deposit 1 mol or 63 g of Cu
900 C electricity will deposit =

63
900 = 02938 g of Cu at the cathode
2 96487

9.02 M 02 moles KCI present in 1 litre i.e. 1000 cm3 of solution

1 mole KCI present in

1000
cm3of solution
02

K = 00248 S cm1 Conductance of 1 cm3 solution = 00248 S

Conductance of

1000
1000
cm3 solution = 00248
= 124 S cm2 mol1
02
02

So Molar conductivity () = 124 S cm2 mol1

10. Oxidation Half
Reduction Half

Mg

Mg2+

Cu2+ + 2e

2e

Cu

---------------------------------------------------------------------Cell Reaction

Mg + Cu2+

Mg2+

+ Cu

Here number of moles of electrons (n) = 2

Eocell EoCu2 Cu EoMg2 Mg = 034 ( 237) = 271 V

The Nernst equation for the cell : E cell E

E cell 2 71

o
cell

0 059
[Mg 2 ]

log
2
[Cu 2 ]

0 59
0 001
= 271 00295 log 10 = 271 00295 = 26805 V
log
2
0 0001
FIVE Marks Each

1. (a) A Leclanche cell is also called dry cell. Why?

(b)Why is the voltage of a mercury cell constant during its working?
(c)Name two metals that can be used for cathodic protection of iron?
(d)What do you mean by primary and secondary battery?

[1+1+1+2]

105
2. (a)What do you understand by strong and weak electrolytes?

[1+2+2 ]

(b)State Faradays Laws of electrolysis?

(c)Silver is deposited on a metallic vessel by passing a current of 0.2 amps. for 3 hrs. Calculate the
weight of silver deposited. (At mass of silver = 108 amu, F = 96500 C?

3. (a)Define the term resistivity and give its SI unit .

[1+2+2]

(b) What are the factors on which conductivity of an electrolyte depend?

(c) The molar conductivity of 0.1M CH3COOH solution is 4.6 cm2 mol-1. What is the conductivity and
resistivity of the solution?
4.(a) State the factors that affect the value of electrode potential?

[1+2+2]

(b) Write Nernst equation for a Al-ZnSO4 cell?

(c) write the chemistry of rusting of iron

5.(a) Can an electrochemical cell act as electrolytic cell? How? [1+2+2]

(b) Explain construction and working of standard Hydrogen electrode?
(c) What is an electrochemical series? How does it predict the feasibility of a certain redox reaction?

Answer
1. (a) Leclanche cell consists of zinc anode (container) and carbon cathode. The electrolyte is a moist
paste of MnO2, ZnCl2, NH4Cl and carbon black. Because there is no free liquid in the cell, it is called
dry cell.
(b)As all the products and reactants are either in solid or liquid state, their concentration does not
change with the use of the cell.
(c)Names of the metals are Zinc and Magnesium.
(d)In the primary batteries, the reaction occurs only once and after the use over a period of time
battery becomes dead and cannot be reused again. A secondary battery, after used, can be
recharged by passing current through it in the opposite direction so that it can be used again.
2. (a)An electrolyte that ionizes completely in solution is a strong electrolyte eg. NaCl , CaCl2 etc and
an electrolyte that ionizes partially in solution is weak electrolyte eg CH3COOH , NH4OH etc.

106
(b) Faradays Laws of electrolysis
First Law: The amount of chemical reaction which occurs at any electrode during electrolysis by a
current is proportional to the quantity of electricity passed through the electrolyte.
Second Law: The amount of different substances liberated by the same quantity of electricity
passing through the electrolytic solution is proportional to their chemical equivalent weights.
(c)2.417 g of silver.
3. (a) The resistivity of a substance is its resistance when it is one meter long and its area of
Section is one m2. Unit: ohm .meter

(b) The conductivity of an electrolyte depends upon

i) The nature of electrolyte ii) Size of the ions produced
iii) Nature of solvent and its viscosity. iv) Concentration of electrolyte. v) Temperature
(c)

4. (a) Factors affecting electrode potential values are

a) Concentration of electrolyte b) Temperature.
(b) The Nernst equation for a Al-ZnSO4 cell:

The Cell is : Al | Al 3+ ||
Anode reaction : Al
Cathode reaction : Zn 2+
Cell reaction : 2 Al

3 Zn 2+

Al 3+
2e-

Zn 2+ | Zn

3e- ] x 2
Zn ] x 3
2 Al 3+

3 Zn

cross

107

E = E0 -

0.059
6

[Al3+]2
log

[Zn2+]3

(c) The chemistry of rusting of iron

[1]Creation of Acidic medium: Atmospheric carbon dioxide and water vapour combine to form

carbonic acid.

CO2

H2O

H2CO3

[2] Iron will oxidise [ Anode- Oxidation half ]

2+

Fe

Fe

2 e-

X 2

+
[3] In another spot, oxygen of air will take the two electrons with help of H ion and will be

reduced to H2O [ Cathode - Reduction half ]

Cell React n

O2

4H

2 Fe

O2

2 H2O

4 e+

2+

4H

2 Fe

2 H2O

In alkaline medium, atmospheric oxygen is unable to take electron which is given by the
oxidation of Fe .
[4] Atmospheric oxygen further oxidises ferrous ion into ferric oxide.
2+

2 Fe

2 H2O

1
2

O2

Fe2O3

4H

[5] Ferric oxide will hydrolyse with water to form rust.

Fe2O3

x H 2O

Fe2O3 . x H 2O [ Rust ]

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------5.(a) Yes, An electrochemical cell can be converted into electrolytic cell by applying an external opposite
potential greater than its own electrical potential.}
(b) Standard Hydrogen electrode:

108

The Standard Hydrogen Electrode consists of a platinum electrode coated with

platinum black. The electrode is dipped in an acidic solution and pure
hydrogen gas is bubbled through it. The concentration of both the
reduced and oxidised forms of hydrogen is maintained at unity. This
implies that the pressure of hydrogen gas is one bar and the
concentration of hydrogen ion in the solution is one molar.

Anode -

H2

Cathode -

2H

2H
+

If it act as cathode

2 e-

2 eH2

E 2 H+ | H2 = 0

H2 gas
at 1 bar

Finely
divided
platinum
coated on
platinum foil

The maximum bubbling of hydrogen gas from the solution will evolve .

If it act as anode

The minimum bubbling of hydrogen gas from the solution will evolve

(c) The arrangement of metals and ions in increasing order of their electrode potential values is known
as electrochemical series.
The reduction half reaction for which the reduction potential is lower than the other will act as
anode and one with greater value will act as cathode .Reverse reaction will not occur.

CHAPTER --4:- --.CHEMICAL KINETICS

(1 MARK QUESTIONS)
1. What do you understand by the rate determining step of a reaction?
2. Find the molecularity of following reaction. RCOOR + H2O --------H+ RCOOH + ROH
3. The rate constant of a reaction is 5.0 X 10-5 L mol-1 min-1. What is the order of the reaction?
4. Why rate of the reaction does not remain constant throughout?
5. What is the order of reaction whose rate constant has the same units as the rate of reaction?
6. Write Arrhenius equation.
7. Define rate constant or specific reaction rate.
8. The reaction A + 3B ---- 2C obeys the rate equation. Rate = k [A]1/2 [B]3/2.
What is the order of this reaction?

109
9. What are the units of rate constant for a first order reaction?
10. Give one example of a reaction where order and molecularity are equal.
11. What do you understand by half-life period of a reaction?
12. Hydrolysis of ethyl acetate with NaOH is a reaction of second order while with HCl, it is of first
order. Why?
13. What is the effect of adding catalyst on the free energy (G) change of a reaction?
14. The rate of a reaction whose rate law is Rate = k [B]n becomes double on doubling the
concentration of B. Find the value n.
15. A reaction is 50% complete in 2 hrs. And 75% complete in 4 hrs. What is the order of reaction?
16. Give one example of a first order reaction.
17. Define threshold energy.
18. The reaction A+B -- C has zero order. What is the rate equation?
19. Which reactions proceed with constant rate?.
20. How does catalyst affect rate of reaction?

21. . For a chemical reaction represented by R P the rate of reaction is denoted by d

[R]/dt or +d[P]/dt . State the significance of plus and minus sign.
22. Express the rate of reaction in terms of disappearance of hydrogen andappearance
of ammonia in the given reaction. N2(g) + 3 H2 (g) 2NH3 (g)
23. Why rate of reaction does not remain constant throughout?
24. Write the unit of first order rate constant of a gaseous reaction if the partial
pressure of gaseous reactant is given in bar.
25. What will be the order of reaction, if the rate of reaction does not depend on the
concentration of any of the reactant?
26. For the elementary step of a chemical reaction :H 2 + I2 2HI rate of reaction [H2]
[I2]What is the (i) molecularity and (ii) order of the reaction.
27. For a chemical reaction A B. The rate of the reaction is given as Rate =k [A] n the
rate of the above reaction quadruples when the concentration of A is doubled. What
is the value of n?
28. Mention one example of zero order reaction.
29. What is the value of the order of reaction of radioactive decay?
30. Express the relation between the half life period of a reactant and initial
concentration for a reaction of nth order.
31. A reaction is 50% complete in 2 hours and 75% complete in 4 hours. What is the
order of reaction?

110

32. Suggest an appropriate reason for the observation : On increasing temperature of

the reacting system by 10 degrees, the rate of reaction almost doubles or even
sometimes becomes five folds.
33. For a chemical reaction, activation energy is zero and at 300K rate constant is 5.9
10-5s1, what will be the rate constant at 400K?
34. Two reactions occuring at the same temperature have identical values of Ea. Does
this ensure that also they will have the same rate constant? Explain.
35. The rate constant of a reaction is given by the expression k = AeEa/RT. Which
factor in this expression should register a decrease so that the reaction proceeds
rapidly?
36. For a chemical reaction rate constant k = 5.3 10-4mol L1 s1, what will be the
order of reaction?
37. Write the rate law and order for the following reaction :
AB2 + C2AB2C + C (slow)
AB2 + CAB2C (Fast)]
38. The conversion of molecules X to Y follows second order kinetics. If concentration of
X is increased to 3 times how will it affect the rate of formation of Y.
39. When rate of reaction becomes equal to specific reaction rate.
40. 87.5% of the substance disintegrated in 45 minutes (first order reaction) .What is its
Half life.

ANSWERS TO 1 MARK QUESTION

1. The slowest step in a reaction is known as rate determining step.
2. Molecularity of reaction = 2 (there are two reactant molecules in balanced equation)
3. The order of reaction is 2.
4. Rate of reaction depends upon concentration of reactants which keep on decreasing with time.
Hence, rate of reaction does not remain constant throughout.
5. Zero order.
6. Ae-Ea/RT

Where,k = Rate constant Ea = Activation energy A = Arrhenius factor

7. When the molar concentration of each reactant is unity, the rate of reaction is called specific
reaction rate.
8. Order =(1/2) + (3/2) = 2
9. s-1
10. For elementary reaction, order and molecularity are same. These reactions are carried out

111
only in one step . 2HI

--H2 + I2.

11. The time taken for half of the reaction to complete is known as halflife period of that reaction.
12. Rate of hydrolysis of ethyl acetate with NaOH depends upon concentration of
both CH3COOC2H5 and NaOH while with HCl it depends only upon the concentration of ethyl acetate.
13. Free energy of the reactants and products remains the same. Hence, there is no change in G on
adding catalyst.
14. n = 1
15. First order
17. Threshold energy is minimum energy which the colliding molecules must possess so that the
collision between them may be effective.
Threshold energy = Activation energy + energy possessed by reactant molecules.
18. Rate =k [A]o [B]o
19. Zero order reactions.
20. A catalyst can increase rate of reaction by lowering down the activation energy. It gives
alternate path to the reaction.

21. () sign represents decrease in concentration with time while (+) sign represetns
increase in concentration.
22. Rate= -1/3d[H2]/dt rate=+1/2d[NH3]/dt
23. It is because concentration of reactants goes on decreasing with time.
24. s-1
25. zero order
26. i)2
ii) 1
27. n=2
28. 2NH3 (g)N2 (g) +3H2(g) (at1130K and Pt as catalyst)
29. First order
30. t1/2 1/[R]0n-1 where n is order of reaction.
31. First order
32. Increasing the temperature of the substance increases the fraction of molecules
which collide with energy greater than Ea.
33. 5.9 105 s1
34. No, because the Rate depends on the nature and concentrations of reactants and
also pre-exponential factor.
35. Ea should. Decrease. : Rate = k [AB2] [C2]; Order = 1 + 1 = 2]
36. zero order reaction
37. Rate = k [AB2] [C2]; Order = 1 + 1 = 2]

112

38. The rate will increase 9 times.

39. When the concentration of reactant is Unity.
40. 15 Minutes.

(2 MARKS QUESTIONS)

1. What is (i) Rate law expression? (ii) Rate determining step?

2. (i) This reaction is of first order and rate constant of reaction is 5.7 X 10 -3 S-1. Find the value of t1/2.
3. Define (i)

Activation energy

(ii) Collision freq

4. For a reaction A--- B, the rate of reaction doubles when concentration of A is

increased by 4. What is the order of reaction?
5. Time required to decompose SO2Cl2 to half of its initial amount is 1 hour. If the decomposition
is a first order reaction, calculate the rate constant of the reaction.
6. The conversion of molecules from A to B follows second order kinetics. If the concentration of A
is increased to five times, how will it affect the rate of formation of B?
7. The rate of decomposition of N2O5 is 2.4 x 10-4mol L-1s-1 when [N2O5] is 0.36 M. What is the rate law
and value of k for this first order reaction?
8. In a first order reaction, 75% of reactants disappeared in 1.386 hrs. Calculate the rate constant of the reaction.
9. Rate of formation of product for second order reaction is 9.5 x 10 -5mol L-1 s-1.
The initial concentration of reactant was found to be 0.01 mol/L.
a) Write rate law for second order reaction.
b) Calculate the rate constant for the given second order reaction.
10. What do you understand by effective collision? What are the factors affecting the Effective
collision?

(THREE MARKS QUESTIONS)

1. (i) Define half life period.
(ii)The half-life period of reaction is 10 minutes. How long it will take for concentration of reactant to
be reduced to 10% of original?
2. Explain the term Activation energy and threshold energy? How temperature affects the rate of
reaction?

113
3. What do you understand by integrated rate equation? Deduce the integrated rate equation for first
order reaction?
4. A chemical reaction is of second order w.r.t. a reactant. How will the rate of reaction be affected if the
concentration of this reactants : (a) Doubled; (b) Reduced to 1/8th.
5. From the following data for a chemical reaction between A and B at 300 K

[A] mol/L

[B] mol/L

Initial rate (mol L 1 sec1)

2.5 104

3 105

5 104

2.5 104

6 105

4 103

1 103

6 105

1.6 102

Calculate (i) the order of reaction with respect to A and with respect to B.(ii) the rate constant 300K
6. (i) Distinguish between elementary and complex reaction?
(ii) What are the factors affecting the rate of chemical reaction?
7. The decomposition of phosphine4PH3(g)----P4(g) + 6H2(g) has rate law;
Rate = k [PH3]. The rate constant is 6.0 104 s1 at 300K and activation energy is 3.05 105 J mol1.
Calculate the value of the rate constant at 310K. (R = 8.314 J k 1mol1).
8. The decomposition of hydrocarbon follows the equation k = (4.5 1011 s1)e28000 K/T. Calculate Ea .
9. Show that for a first order reaction, time required for 99% completion is twice for the time required
for the completion of 90% of reaction.
10. The rate of reaction triples when the temperature changes from 20C to50C.
Calculate the energy of activation. [R = 8.314 J k1mol1, log 3 =0.48]

5 MARKS QUESTIONS
1. (a) For a reaction A + B Products, the rate law is given by r = k [A]1/2 [B]2 What is the order of
reaction?
(b) The conversion of molecules X to Y follows second order kinetics. If concentration of X is
increased to three times how will it affect the rate of formation of Y?
( c) Write two points of difference between order and molecularity of a reaction.
2. a)Define (i)

Activation energy

(ii) Collision frequency

114
b) The rate constants of a reaction at 500k& 700k are 0.02s -1& 0.07s-1 respectively. Calculate the
value of Ea& A.
3. (i) A reaction is first order in A & second order in B.
a) Write differential rate equation.
b) How is the rate affected on increasing the concentration of B three times?
c) How is the rate affected when conc of both A&B is doubled?
( ii) Name the factors which affect the rate of reaction.
4.

a) Deduce the expression of half-life for zero order reaction.

b) Show that time required for 99.9% completion of the first order reaction is 10 times
of t1/2 for first order chemical reaction.
5. a) For a reaction A + BProducts, the rate law is given by
r = k [A]1/2 [B]2.
What is the order of reaction?
(b) T he conversion of molecules X to Y follows second order kinetics. If concentration of X
is increased to three times how will it affect the rate of formation of Y?

FAQ - Chapter 5

SURFACE CHEMISTRY

1 Mark Questions:1. Bleeding caused by a nick from a razor during shaving can be stopped by rubbing with alum.
Why?
Ans: Blood is a negatively charged colloidal solution. When alum is rubbed the positively
charged Al3+ ions from alum neutralizes the charge on the particles and makes it coagulate to
form a clot.
2. In which of the following does adsorption take place and why?
(i) Silica gets placed in the atmosphere saturated with water.
(ii) Anhydrous CaCl2 placed in the atmosphere saturated with water.
Ans: In (i) because water vapor gets adsorbed on the surface of silica since it is a good
adsorbent.
3. Action of soap is due to emulsification and micelle formation. Comment.

115

Ans: Soap molecules adsorb on to the dirt surface and try to emulsify it by forming micelles.
Soap micelles thus make the insoluble dirt (greasy materials) into colloidal form such that it gets
washed away by water.
4. What is the use of ZSM-5?
Ans: It converts alcohols directly into gasoline (petrol) by dehydrating them to give a mixture of
hydrocarbons.
5. Give one example for each (i) sol (ii) gel.
Ans: (i) paints (ii) Butter or any other correct options.
6. What is collodion?
Ans: It is a 4% solution of nitrocellulose in a mixture of alcohol and ether.
7. Can we form a colloid with two gaseous components? Comment.
Ans: No. a gas mixed with another gas forms a homogeneous mixture which does not come
under a colloidal system.
8. What are the physical states of the dispersion medium and dispersed phase in froth?
Ans: In froth, the dispersed phase is a gas while dispersion medium is a liquid.
9. Write the equation for the preparation of colloidalsulphur ?
Ans: SO2 + 2H2S

3S(sol) + 2H2O

10. Why does physisorption decrease with increase of temperature?

Ans: Adsorption is an exothermic phenomenon. The increase in temperature will favour the
reverse process i.e. desorption according to Le Chatliers principle. Therefore physisorption
decreases with increase in temperature.
11. What is CMC (Critical Micelle Concentration)
Ans:-It is a particular concentration above which the particles aggregate to form micelles or
associated colloids.
12. Why are powdered substances more effective adsorbents as compared to their crystalline
forms?
Ans:- Powdered form has more surface area than crystalline form.

116

13. Why is it necessary to remove CO when ammonia is obtained by Habers process?

Ans:-In Habers process iron is used as catalyst .If CO is present, it acts as catalytic poison.
14. What is electrophoresis due to?
Ans:- It is due to existence of positive or negative charge on colloidal particles.
15. Mention two ways by which lyophilic colloids can be coagulated. (C.B.S.E-2008)
Ans:- 1) By adding en electrolyte. 2) By adding a suitable solvent.
16. What is Kraft temperature? (C.B.S.E Foreign 2004)
Ans:-It is the temperature above which the formation of micelle takes place.
17. What is Brownian movement due to? (C.B.S.E -1999)
Ans:- It is due to unbalance bombardment of the colloidal particles by the molecules of
dispersion medium.
18. Name two industrial processes in which heterogeneous catalysts are employed.(C.B.S.E2008)
Ans: (i).Manufacture of ammonia by Habers process. (ii) Manufacture of sulphuric acid by
contact process.
19. What is an emulsion? (C.B.S.E Foreign 2009)
Ans:-Emulsion is a colloidal solution of two immiscible liquids of which one is the dispersion
medium and the other is dispersed phase.
20. What is Zeta potential?
Ans:- The potential difference between the fixed layer and diffused layer of opposite charges
around the colloidal particles.
21. What are the physical states of dispersed phase and dispersion medium of froth?
Ans - Dispersed phase is gas, dispersion medium is liquid.
22. What is the cause of Brownian movement among colloidal particles?
Ans - Due to collision between particles
23. Arrange the solutions: True solution, colloidal solution, suspension in decreasing
order of their particles size?
Ans Suspension > colloidal > true solution
24. Give an example of micelles system?
Ans: Sodium stearate (C17 H35 COO- Na+)

117

25. Why is it necessary to remove CO when ammonia is obtained by Habers process?

Ans- CO acts as poison catalyst for Habers process therefore it will lower the
activity of solution therefore it is necessary to remove when NH3 obtained by
Habers process.
26. How is adsorption of a gas related to its critical temperature?
Ans- Higher the critical temperature of the gas. Greater is the ease of liquefaction.
Greater Vander walls forces of attraction and hence large adsorption will occur
27. What is meant by Shape Selective Catalyst?
Ans On the Shape Selective Catalyst, the rate depends upon pore size of the
catalyst and the shape & size of the reactant and products molecules
28. Of the physisorption & chemisorptions, which type of adsorption has higher
enthalpy of adsorption?
Ans - chemisorptions.
29. Write down the Example of Positive Sol?
Ans Ferric hydro-oxide sol
30. Write down the Example of Negative Sol?
Ans Arsenic sulphide.

2 Marks Questions

1. Explain why lyophilic sol are more stable than lyophobic sols?
Ans; Lyophilic colloids have great affinity for the dispersion medium i.e. dispersed phase particles are
solvated to a greater extent in case of Lyophilic colloids. Hence lyophilic sols are relatively more stable
than lyophobic sols.
2. State two features of chemical adsorption which is not found with physical adsorption.
Ans: (i) Chemical adsorption has high enthalpy of heat.
(ii) It is highly specific.
3. Describe the following types of colloids giving one example for each?
(i)Multi molecular colloids

(ii) Macro molecular colloids

(C.B.S.E 2007)

Ans(i) Multi molecular colloids consist of aggregates of atoms or small molecules with diameter less than
1 nm. The colloidal particles are held by weak van der Waals forces, e.g. sols of S8.
(ii) Macromolecular colloids are those in which molecules of dispersed phase are of colloidal dimensions
1-1000nm. These have very high molecular mass, e.g. sols of proteins.
4. Explain the process of Ultra filtration.

118
Ans:- Ultra filtration is the process of separating the colloidal particles from the solvent and soluble
solutes present in the colloidal solution by specially prepared filters which are permeable to all
substances except the colloidal particles. These filter papers are prepared by impregnating ordinary
filter paper with collodion solution and hardening by formaldehyde.
5. What is shape selective catalysis? (C.B.S.E -2003 , Foreign-2004)
Ans:-A catalyst whose catalytic action depends upon its pore structure and molecular sizes of the
reactants as well as the products is known as shape selective catalysis and the catalytic action is called
shape selective catalysis. For example, Zeolites act as shape selective catalysts. Recently ZSM-5 has
been used in producing gasoline from alcohol.
6.(a) Adsorption of a gas on the surface of solid is generally accompanied by a decrease in entropy. Still
it is a spontaneous process .Explain.
(b)How does an increase in temperature affect both physical as well as chemical adsorption?
Ans: (a) During adsorption there is a decrease in energy. It is exothermic, i.e. H=-ve. During adsorption,
freedom of molecules becomes restricted, S=-ve. But G becomes negative. Hence, the reaction is
spontaneous.
(b) Extent of physical adsorption decreases with increase in temperature whereas the extent of
chemical adsorption first increases and then decreases as the temperature increases.
7. What is an adsorption isotherm? Describe Freundlich adsorption isotherm.
Ans:-The graph drawn between the amounts of gas adsorbed per unit mass of adsorbent x/m and
pressure of the gas at a constant temperature is known as adsorption isotherm. After saturation
pressure there is no more adsorption on the surface.
Freundlich adsorption isotherm can be expressed by
x/m =kp1/n (n>1)
log x/m =log k +1/n logp
(Graphs for both expressions can be drawn)
8. What is the difference between dialysis and osmosis?
Ans: The two processes appear to be the same since both involve the diffusion through semi
permeable membrane .However in osmosis ,only the solvent and not the solute particles can pass
through the membrane ,but in dialysis even small ions of electrolyte can pass through the membrane
and colloidal particles which are comparatively big in size cannot pass.
9. Describe Bredigs Arc method for preparation of gold sol?

119
Ans:-An electric arc is struck between electrodes made of gold immersed in dispersion medium water.
The intense heat produced vapourises the metal which then condenses to form particles of colloidal
gold.(Label diagram to be drawn).
10. Name four different ways by which coagulation of lyophobic sols can be carried out?
Ans :- (i) By electrophoresis (ii) By boiling (iii) By mixing two oppositely charged sols (iv) by addition of
electrolytes.

11. Define hardy-Schulze rule?

It is the capacity of an electrolyte to cause coagulation of a sol depends upon the
number of charges on the ion having charge opposite to that possessed by the sol
particles, but is independent of the charges on the ion having similar charge.
12. Define flocculation value?
13. What is the difference between a sol and a gel?
14. What are macromolecular and multi molecular colloids? How are they different
from associated colloids?
15. Give any two reasons for the origin of electrical charge on the colloidal particles.
16. Differentiate between electrophoresis and electro-osmosis?
17. Why lyophilic colloids are called reversible sols while lyophobic sols are called
irreversible sols? Give on example of each.
18. Explain cleansing action of soap.
19. Differentiate between chemisorptions and physisorption.
20. Why is adsorption always exothermic?

12. .The number of milli moles of an electrolyte required to bring about the
coagulation of one litre of a colloidal solution is called its flocculation value.
13. In a sol, dispersed medium is liquid and dispersed phase is solid. On the other
hand, in a gel, dispersion medium is solid and dispersed phase is liquid.
14. Macromolecular colloids:-i)They are molecules of large size. ii) They have
lyophobic property.
Multimolecular colloids:-i) They are formed by the aggregation of large number
of atoms or molecules which have diameter less than 1nm.ii) They have lyophilic
property.Associated colloids:-i) they are formed by the aggregation of large
number of ions in concentrated solutionii) They contain both lyophilic and
lyophobic groups
15. The two reasons are:
i) Due to electron capture by sol particles during electro dispersion of metals,
due to preferential adsorption of ions from solution
ii) Dissociation of colloidal sols.
16. Electrophoresis is the movement of colloidal particles under the influence of an
electrical field.Electro-osmosis is the movement of dispersion medium molecules
under the influence of electric field when colloidal particles are not allowed to
move

120

17. In the lyophilic colloids if the dispersed medium is separated from the
dispersion medium the sol can be prepared again by simply remixing with the
dispersion medium. So they are called reversible sols. Example: Starch.
In lyophobic sols if small amount of electrolyte is added, the sols are readily
precipitated and do not give back the colloid by simple addition of the dispersion
medium. So they are called irreversible sols. Example: metal sulphides.
18. Action of soap is due to emulsification and micelle formation. Soaps are sodium
salt of higher fatty acids like sodium stearate, C17H35COO-Na+

The anionic head of stearate ion (COO-) is hydrophobic in

nature and has great affinity for water, while the hydrocarbon part (C 17H35) is
hydrophilic in nature and great affinity for oil,greaseetc.When soap is used in
water, the anions (C17H35COO-) form micelle and encapsulate oil or grease inside.
These micelle are removed by rinsing with water; while free dirt (from oil or
grease) either settle down or are washed away by water. Thus the main function
of a soap is to entrap oil or grease with the micelles through emulsification,
thereby freeing dirt from grease and oil.
19. .Physisorotion.(a)The forces operating are weak van der Waals forces.
b)The heat of adsorption is low.
c)Does not require any activation energy.
d)Formsmultimoleculerlayer.Chemisorption:
a)Forces acting are similar to those of chemical bonds.
b)The heat of adsorption is high.
c)Requires activation energy.
d)Forms unimolecular layer.
20. Adsorption occurs because of attraction between adsorbate and adsorbent
molecules and therefore, energy is always released during adsorption. Hence
adsorption is an exothermic process.

3 Marks Questions
1. What are emulsions? What are their different types? Give example of each type.
Ans: Emulsions are the colloidal solutions of two immiscible liquids in which dispersed
phase as well as the dispersion medium are liquids. Since the two do not mix well, the
emulsion is generally unstable and is stabilized by adding a suitable reagent called
emulsifier, e.g. gum, soap, etc.

121

Types of emulsions: These are of two types:

(i)Oil in water emulsions in which oil acts as the dispersed phase while water acts as the
dispersion medium. For example, milk is an emulsion of fats in water and here casein acts
as an emulsifier.
(ii) Water in oil emulsions. In this case, water acts as the dispersed phase while the oil acts
as the dispersion medium. For example, butter, cold cream.
2. Explain what is observed when (i) a beam of light is passed through a colloidal sol
(ii) an electrolyte, say NaCl is added to hydrated ferric oxide sol (iii) electric current is
passed through a colloidal sol?
Ans: (i) When a beam of light is passed through a colloidal sol placed in a dark room the
beam of light is scattered by the colloidal particles and the path of the beam becomes
visible. The phenomenon is called Tyndall effect.
(ii) When NaCl is added to hydrated ferric oxide sol, the Cl- ions of NaCl neutralizes the
positive charge on ferric hydroxide sol particles, and coagulation of sol occurs.
(iii) When electric current is passed through a colloidal sol, the dispersed phase moves
towards oppositely charged electrodes. On reaching the electrode, they lose their charge
and get coagulated.
3. Write a short note on (i) Activity (ii) Selectivity and give examples?
Ans:- (i) Activity:- the activity of a catalyst depends upon the strength of chemisorptions to
a large extent. The reactants must get adsorbed strongly on to the surface of catalyst to
become active. Ex:- 2 H2 (g) + O2 (g) Pd 2 H2O (l)
(ii)Selectivity:-It is the ability of the catalyst to direct a reaction to yield a particular
product. For example starting with H2 and CO2and using different catalysts, we get
different products.
(i)
CO (g) + 3 H2 (g) Ni CH4(g) +H2O (g)
(ii)
CO (g) + 2 H2 (g)
Cu/Zno-Cr2O3 CH3OH(g)
4. Name& explain three methods of purification of colloids.
Ans:-Dialysis:-Separation of electrolytes and colloidal solution uses a semi-permeable
membrane.
Electro-dialysis:- When dialysis is carried out with an electric field around the membrane,
the purification process is enhanced.
Ultra-filtration:- Use of special filters, which are permeable to all substances except
colloidal particles.

122

5. What is Hardy Schulze rule? Explain with examples?

The greater the valence of the flocculating ion the greater is its power to cause
coagulation. Ex: - In the coagulation of a negative sol the flocculating power is in the
order Al3+> Ba2+>Na+. In the case of a positive sol the flocculating power is in the order
[Fe(CN)6]4->PO43->Cl6. What is Tyndall effect, under what conditions it is observed?
Ans:- The scattering of light by colloidal particles is called Tyndall effect.
The required conditions to observe this effect are
(i). The diameter of the dispersed particles is not much smaller than the wavelength of
the light used, and
ii. The refractive indices of the dispersed phase and the the dispersion medium differ greatly in
magnitude.
7. Explain mechanism of enzyme catalyzed reaction?
Ans:-E + S

[E- S]

E+ P

Thus the enzyme-catalysed reactions may be considered to proceed in two steps.

Step 1: Binding of enzyme to substrate to form an activated complex.
E + S

ES*

Step 2: Decomposition of the activated complex to form product.

ES *

E +P

8. Differentiate between homogeneous and heterogeneous catalysis . Give one example

of each.
Homogeneous catalysis:- In which the catalyst and reactants are in the same phase (i:e
liquid or gas). Ex:- Oxidation of sulphur dioxide into sulphur trioxide with catalyst as
NO(g). All are in the gaseous state.
Heterogeneous catalysis:- A process in which the reactants and catalyst are in different
V O (s)
phases. Ex. 2 SO2 (g)+ O2
2 SO3 (g)
2 5
9. Write short notes on (a) multimolecular (b) macromolucular (c) associated colloids

123

Ans:- (a) It has many molecules aggregated together. Ex :-sulphur sol

(b) Consists of macromolecules in a suitable solvent Ex: dispersion of cellulose in a
suitable solvent.
Substances at low concentrations behave as electrolyte while at high
concentrations they behave as colloids. Ex: Soap solution
10. Account for the following
(i) Delta is formed when river meets sea water
(ii) For water purification alum is added
(iii) Cottrell smoke precipitator is used to reduce pollution.
Ans:-(i) Electrolytes of sea water coagulate colloidal clay particles of river water.
(ii)Alum coagulates the suspended colloidal impurities.
(iii)In Cottrell smoke precipitator colloidal smoke particles lose their charge as they pass
through it and coagulate.

Chapter 6 General principles and processes of isolation of elements

One mark Questions
1.Differentiate between a mineral and an ore.
Ans: The naturally occurring chemical substances present in the earths crust which can be
obtained by mining are called minerals while minerals from which metals can be extracted
economically are called ores.
2. Why is it that only sulphide ores are concentrated by froth floatation process.
Ans: This is because sulphide ores particles are preferentially wetted by oil and gangue particles
are wetted by water.
3. Name one acidic flux and one basic flux.
Ans: silica and lime
4. Name the chief ore of silver.

124

Ans: argentite or silver glance

5. Name a reagent used during leaching of bauxite ore.
Ans : NaOH (sodium hydroxide)
6. Why is silica added to sulphide ore of copper in the reverberatory furnace?
Ans : In order to remove the iron impurity as slag.
7. What is the role of flux in metallurgical processes?
Ans : Flux is used for making the molten mass more conducting.
8. What is the thermodynamic relation between Gibbs free energy and emf of the cell?
Ans: G0= nFE0
9. What is the relation between Gibbs free energy and equilibrium constant?
Ans: G0= RTlnK
10. Give the expression for Gibbs Helmholtz equation.
Ans : G= HTS
11. Name one chemical which can be used to concentrate galena selectively by froth floatation
process.
Ans: sodium cyanide (NaCN)
12. What type of ores is roasted?
Ans : Sulphide ores .
13. Out of C and CO which is a better reducing agent for ZnO?
Ans: The free energy of formation of CO from C becomes lower at temp. above 1120K whereas
that of CO2 from C becomes lower above 1323K than free energy of formation of ZnO. The free
energy of formation of CO2 from CO is always higher than that of ZnO. Therefore, C can reduce
ZnO to Zn better than CO.
14. What is the chemical principle on which chromatography separation based on?
Ans : Adsorption.
15. What are the products obtained during the electrolysis of brine solution? Also write the
name of this process.
Ans : chlorine, hydrogen and sodium hydroxide. The process is popularly known as chlor-alkali
process.

125

16. What is roasting?

Ans : The preliminary treatment of the concentrated ore in which the ore is heated in excess of
air below its melting point.
17. What is calcination?
Ans: The process of heating the concentrated ore in absence/ limited supply of air below its
melting point.
18. What is smelting?
Ans: Reduction of metal oxide into metal in the presence of carbon or carbon monoxide.
19. What is blister copper/ copper matte?
Ans: The copper obtained after extraction has blistered appearance due to the evolution of SO 2.
It is called blistered copper/ copper matte.
20.What is meant by beneficiation process?
Ans: The process of removal of unwanted earthy and silicious impurities form the ore is called
beneficiation process.
21. Name chief ore of Iron and Aluminium.
22. At what temperature CO is better reducing agent than carbon?
23. What is meant by gangue?
24. Name the impurities associated with bauxite.
25. What is the basis of zone refining?
26. What is the basis of vapour phase refining?
27. Name the refining method used for high degree of purity of metal.
28. How is copper extracted from low grade copper ore?
29. What is the role of collectors in froth floatation process?
30. Name two metals that occur in nature as oxides.
31. Out of C and CO which is better reducing agent for ZnO?
32. What is the role of cryolite in electrometallurgy of aluminum?
33. Why is Bauxite not heated to remove the impurities of water associated with it?
34. Copper can be extracted by hydrometallurgy but not Zn. Why?
35. What is the role of CaF2 in electrometallurgy of aluminum?
36. Why is CaCO3 added to blast furnace during reduction of Haematite?
37. Though thermodynamically feasible below given reaction, does not happen at
room temperature. Explain why?
3TiO2 +4 Al -------------- 3Ti + 2Al2O3 , G0 = - ve
38. What is the role of graphite rods in electrometallurgy of aluminum?
39. Why is it not advisable to reduce MgO with carbon?

126

40. What is the % of carbon in cast and pig iron?

Answers

21. Haematite (Fe2O3) and Bauxite(Al2O3.2H2O)

22. 673K and Above temperature.
23. Unwanted impurities associated with the ores.
24. SiO2 ,TiO2 and Fe2O3
25. Impurities are more soluble in melt than the metal.
26. Metal should form volatile compound and it should be easily evaporated.
27. Electrolytic refining.
28. Hydrometallurgy
Cu2+ + H2 --------------- 2H+ + Cu
29. Collects lighter sulphide ore in it.
30. Iron and Aluminium.
31. C
32. Reduces the melting point of Alumina.
33. Because aluminium has low melting point and water is chemically associated,
so heating causes loss of metal.
34. The E0 of Zn is lower than that of Cu thus Zn can displace Cu2+ ion from its
solution. On other hand side to displace Zn from Zn 2+ ion, we need a more
reactive metal than it.
35. Increases conductivity.
36. Provides flux on decomposition (CaO)
37. Requires activation energy.
38. Acts as anode.
39. Requires very high temperature thus it is not economical.
40. Cast Iron: about 3%
pig iron: About 4%
2marks questions
1. Write down the reactions taking place in blast furnace related to the metallurgy of iron.
Ans : 3Fe2O3 + CO
2Fe3O4 +CO2
Fe3O4 + 4CO
3Fe + 4CO2
Fe2O3 +CO
2FeO + CO2
2. Describe with chemical equation the extraction of silver from its ore.
Ans : argentite ore is treated with dilute solution of NaCN in presence of oxygen to form
complex.
2Ag2S + 8CN- + O2+2H2O
4 [Ag(CN)2]-+2S +4OHZn acts as reducing agent and displaces silver from the complex.

127

2[Ag(CN)2]- + Zn
[Zn(CN)4]2- + 2Ag
The crude silver obtained is refined by fusion with borax or by electrolysis.
3. Describe the role of the following.
(a) NaCN in the extraction of silver from a silver ore
(b) Cryolite in the extraction of aluminum from pure alumina.
Ans : (a) 2Ag+ 8NaCN + O2+2H2O

4 Na[Ag(CN)2]+2S +4NaOH
OR

Ag2S + 4 NaCN

2Na[Ag(CN)2] + Na2S

(b) i. it lowers the melting point of the mixture

ii. it increase the electrical conductivity of the mixture.
4. Explain the role of carbon monoxide in the purification of nickel and iodine in
zirconium.
Ans : When nickel is heated carbon monoxide forms a volatile complex nickel
tetracarbonyl which on further heating at higher temperature decomposes to give pure
nickel.
330-350K

450-470K

Ni + 4CO
[Ni(CO)4 ]
Ni + 4 CO
Impure zirconium is heated with iodine to form volatile compound ZrI 4 which on further
heating over tungsten filament decomposes to give pure zirconium.
870K2075K

Zr + 2 I2
ZrI4
Zr + 2 I2
5. (a) Name the method used for refining of (i) nickel (ii) zirconium
(b)The extraction of gold by leaching with NaCN involves both oxidation and reduction. Justify
giving equations.
Ans : (a) (i)Monds process

(ii) van Arkel method

(b)4 Au + 8CN- + O2+2H2O

4 [Au (CN)2]- +4OH2[Au(CN)2]- + Zn
[Zn(CN)4]2- + 2Au
In the first reaction Au changes into Au + i.e. oxidation takes place. In the second case
Au+ changes to Au i.e. reduction takes place.
6. What criterion is followed for selection of the stationary phase in chromatography?
Ans : The stationary phase is selected in such a way that the impurities are more
strongly adsorbed or are more soluble in the stationary phase than element to be
purified. Under these conditions, when the column is extracted the impurities will be
retained by the stationary phase and the pure component is easily eluted.

128

7. Explain electrolytic refining of copper with thermodynamic principle involve in the

process.
Ans : In this method impure metal is made to act as anode. A strip of same metal in pure
form is used as cathode. They are put in an electrolytic bath containing soluble salt of
the same metal. On passing electric current metal ions from the electrolyte solution are
deposited at the cathode while an equivalent amount of metal dissolves from the anode
and goes into the solution.
At Cathode: Cu2+(aq) + 2eCu (s)
2+
At anode: Cu (s)
Cu (aq) + 2eThe thermodynamic principle involve during the process can be explained by the
following expression G0= nFE0.
8. What are the limitations of Ellingham diagram?
Ans: (i) Ellingham diagram simply indicates whether a reaction is possible or not. It does
not say about the kinetics of the reduction process. (ii) the interpretation of G0 is based
on K , thus it is presumed that the reactant and products are in equilibrium which is not
always true.
9. What is the role of depressant in froth floatation process?
Ans: In froth floatation process the role of the depressant is to prevent certain type of
particles from forming the froth with the air bubbles. Example NaCN is used as a
depressant to separate PbS from ZnS. NaCN forms a zinc complex Na2[Zn (CN)4] on the
surface of ZnS preventing it from the formation of froth.
10. How are metals used as semiconductors refined? What is the principle of the method
used?
Ans : Semiconductors metals is produced by zone refining method which is based on the
principle that the impurities are more soluble in melt than in the solid state of metals.
11. Describe the method of refining of Titanium.
12. What is Zone Refining? Explain with example.
13. Write the principal of electro-refining.
14. Write difference between calcinations and roasting .
15. Describe the method of refining of Zirconium.
16. Out of C & CO, which is better reducing agent for ZnO?
17. The value of f G0 for Cr2O3 is -540kJ/mole & that of Al2O3 is -827kJ/mole. Is the
reduction of Cr2O3 possible with aluminum?
18. Why copper matte is put in silica lined converter?
19. What is meant by term chromatography?
20. Why is reduction of metal oxide easier if metal formed is in liquid state at
temperature of reduction?

Answer

129

11. In the Van- Arkel Process, Ti is heated in a stream of I2 forming a volatile complex,
which then decomposes at higher temperature to giveTi.
Ti + 2I2 TiI 4
TiI4 Ti + 2I2
12. Zone refining is a method of obtaining a metal in very pure state. It is based on the
principal that impurities are more soluble in molten state of metal than solidified
state. In this method, a rod of impure metal is moved slowly over circular heater.
The portion of the metal being heated melts & forms the molten zone. As this
portion of the rod moves out of heater, it solidified while the impurities pass into
molten zone. The process is repeated to obtain ultrapure metal and end of rod
containing impure metal cutoff.
13. In this method of purification impure metal is made Anode and pure metal is made
the cathode. On passing electricity, pure metal is deposited at the cathode while the
impurities dissolve dissolve in solution as anode mud. E.g. electro- refining of
copper:- At Cathode: - Cu2+ + 2e Cu At Anode: - Cu Cu2+ + 2e
14. (1) Calcination: it carried out in limited/no supply of air but roasting is carried in
the presence of air. (2) In roasting sulphide ore is converted to its oxide while in
calcination hydroxide, hydrates, carbonates are converted to oxides.
15. Van Arkel process is used for obtaining ultrapure metal. The impure metal is
converted into volatile compound, which then decomposes electrically to get pure
metal.
At 850K: - Zr impure) + 2 I2 ZnI4
At 2075K:- ZnI4 Zr (pure) + 2 I2
16. Since free energy of formation of CO from C is lower at temperature above 1120K
while that of CO2 from carbon is lower above 1323K than free energy of formation 0f
ZnO. However, the free energy of formation of CO2 from CO is always higher than
that of ZnO. Hence, C is better reducing agent of ZnO.
17. The desired conversion is
4Al + 2Cr2O3 2Al2O3 + 4Cr
It is obtained by addition of following two reactions:4Al + 3O2 2 Al2O3 f G0=-827kJ/mole
2Cr2O3 4Cr + 3O2 f G0==+ 540 kJ/mole
Therefore, G0 for desired reaction is -827+540=-287, as a result reduction is
possible.
18. Copper matte consists of Cu2S and FeS. When blast of air is passed through molten
matte in silica-lined converter, FeS present in matte is oxidized to FeO, which
combines with silica to form slag. (i) 2FeS + 3O 22FeO +2 SO2, (ii) FeO + SiO2
FeSiO3 (slag), (III) 2Cu2S + 3O2 2Cu2O+2SO2, (IV) 2Cu2O+2Cu2S 6Cu + SO2
19. Chrome means Colour and graphy means writing because the method was first used
for separation of coloured substance. It is based on selective distribution of various
constituents of a mixture between two phases, a stationary phase and a moving
phase. The stationary phase can be either solid or liquid on solid support.
20. The entropy of a substance is higher in liquid state than solid state. In the reduction
of metal oxide, the entropy change will be positive if metal formed is in liquid state.
Thus, the value of G0 becomes negative and reduction occurs easily.

130

3marks questions:
1. Describe how the following changes are brought about :
(i)
Pig iron into steel
(ii)
Zinc oxide into metallic zinc
(iii)
Impure titanium into pure titanium
Ans : (i) pig iron is converted into steel by heating in a converter. A blast of oxygen diluted with
carbon dioxide is blown through the converter. Oxygen reacts with impurities and raised the
temperature to 2173K. Carbon gets oxidized to CO which burns of at the mouth of the
converter. Oxides of silicon and magnesium form slag. When the flame is stopped, slag is tapped
out and other metals like Mn, Cr, Ni, W may be added in the end.
(ii) The reduction of zinc oxide is done using coke as a reducing agent. For the purpose of
heating, the oxide is made into brickettes with coke and clay.
ZnO + C

Zn + CO

The metal is distilled off and collected by rapid chilling.

(iii) Impure titanium is heated with iodine to form volatile TiI4 which decomposes on
tungsten filament at higher temperature to give pure titanium.
Ti + 2 I2

TiI4

Ti + 2 I2

2. Describe the role of

(a) NaCN in the extraction of gold from gold ore.
(b) SiO2 in the extraction of copper from copper matte.
(c) Iodine in the refining of zirconium
Ans : (a) 4 Au + 8CN- + O2+2H2O
4 [Au (CN)2]- +4OH(b) The role of SiO2 is to convert FeS, FeO present in the matte into slag.
2FeS + 3O2
2FeO + 2SO2
FeO + SiO2
FeSiO3
(c) Impure zirconium is heated with iodine to form volatile compound ZrI 4 which on

further heating over tungsten filament decomposes to give pure zirconium.

870K2075K

Zr + 2 I2

ZrI4

Zr + 2 I2

3. Describe how the following changes are brought about :

(i)
Pig iron into steel
(ii)
Bauxite into pure alumina
(iii)
Impure copper into pure copper

131
Ans (i) pig iron is converted into steel by heating in a converter. A blast of oxygen diluted with
carbon dioxide is blown through the converter. Oxygen reacts with impurities and raised the
temperature to 2173K. carbon gets oxidized to CO which burns of at the mouth of the converter. Oxides
of silicon and magnesium form slag. When the flame is stopped, slag is tapped out and other metals like
Mn, Cr, Ni, W may be added in the end.
(ii) Finely powdered bauxite is digested with an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide. Al2O3
is leached out as sodium aluminate leaving impurities behind.
Al2O3+ 2NaOH + 3H2O

2Na[Al(OH)4]

The aluminates are neutralised by passing CO2 and hydrated Al2O 3 is precipitated. The
solution is seeded with freshly prepared hydrated Al2O3 which induced the precipitation.
2Na[Al(OH)4] + CO2

Al2O3x H2O + 2NaHCO3

The sodium bicarbonate remains in the solution and hydrated alumina is filtered, dried and
heated to get back pure Al2O3.
Al2O3x H2O

Al2O3 +

x H2O

(iii)In this method impure metal is made to act as anode. A strip of same metal

in pure form is used as cathode. They are put in an electrolytic bath containing soluble
salt of the same metal. On passing electric current metal ions from the electrolyte
solution are deposited at the cathode while an equivalent amount of metal dissolves
from the anode and goes into the solution.
At Cathode: Cu2+ (aq) + 2eCu (s)
2+
At anode: Cu (s)
Cu (aq) + 2e4. Describe the principle behind each of the following process.
(i)
Vapour phase refining of a metal
(ii)
Electrolytic refining of a metal
(iii)
Recovery of silver after silver ore was leached with NaCN
Ans: (i) In this method the metal is converted into its volatile compound and collected.
It is then decomposed to give the pure metal .
(ii) In this method impure metal is made to act as anode. A strip of same metal in pure
form is used as cathode. They are put in an electrolytic bath containing soluble salt of
the same metal. On passing electric current metal ions from the electrolyte solution are
deposited at the cathode while an equivalent amount of metal dissolves from the anode
and goes into the solution.
At Cathode: Cu2+(aq) + 2eCu (s)
2+
At anode: Cu (s)
Cu (aq) + 2e-

132

(iii) During leaching Ag is oxidized to Ag + which then combines with CN- to form soluble
complex. Silver is then recovered from the complex by displacement method using more
electro positive metal. Zn acts as reducing agent and displaces silver from the complex.
2[Ag(CN)2]- + Zn
[Zn(CN)4]2- + 2Ag
5. Write the reaction involved in the following process
(i)
Leaching of bauxite ore to prepare pure alumina
(ii)
Refining of zirconium by Van Arkel method
(iii)
Recovery of gold after gold ore has been leached with NaCN
Ans (i) Al2O3+ 2NaOH + 3H2O
2Na [Al (OH)4] + CO2

Al2O3x H2O + 2NaHCO3

Al2O3x H2O
(ii)

2Na[Al(OH)4]

Al2O3 +
870K

Zr + 2 I2

x H2O
2075K

ZrI4

Zr + 2 I2

(iii) 4 Au + 8CN- + O2+2H2O

4 [Au (CN)2]- +4OH2[Au (CN)2]- + Zn
[Zn(CN)4]2- + 2Au
6. Write the reactions involved in the following process:
(i)
Monds process
(ii)
Mac Arthur forest cyanide process
(iii)
Hall Heroults process
Ans (i)
330-350K
450-470K
Ni + 4CO
[Ni(CO)4 ]
Ni + 4 CO
(ii) 4 M + 8CN + O2+2H2O
4 [M (CN)2] +4OH2[M(CN)2]- + Zn
[Zn(CN)4]2- + 2M where M=Ag or Au
(iii) Al2O3
2Al3+ + 3 O2Cathode: Al3+ +3eAl
2Anode: C + O
CO + 2 eC + 2O2CO2 + 4 eOverall reaction
2Al2O3+ 3C
4Al + 3CO2
7. Account for the following facts :
(a) Reduction of a metal oxide is easier if the metal formed is in the liquid state at the
temperature of reduction
(b) The reduction of Cr2O3 with aluminium is thermodynamically feasible, yet it does not
occur at room temperature
(c) Pine oil is used in froth floatation method

133

Ans : (a) in liquid state entropy is higher than the solid form. This makes G more
negative.
(b) By increasing temperature fraction of activated molecule increases which help in
crossing over the activation energy barriers.
(c) Pine oil enhances non wetting property of the ore particles and acts as a
collector.
8. State briefly the principles which serve as basis for the following operation in
metallurgy.
(a) Froth floatation process
(b) Zone refining
(c) Refining by liquation
Ans : (a) sulphide ore particle are preferentially wetted by pine oil whereas the gangue
particles are wetted by water.
(b) the impurities are more soluble in the melt than in the solid state of the metal .
(c) the impurities whose melting points are higher than the metal are left behind on
melting the impure metal. Hence pure metal separates out.
9. Explain the basic principles of the following metallurgical operations
(a) Zone refining
(b) Vapour phase refining
(c) Electrolytic refining
Ans: (a) the impurities are more soluble in the melt than in the solid state of the
metal.
(b) in this method the metal is converted into its volatile compound and
collected. It is then decomposed to give the pure metal .
(c)In this method impure metal is made to act as anode. A strip of same metal
in pure form is used as cathode. They are put in an electrolytic bath containing
soluble salt of the same metal. On passing electric current metal ions from the
electrolyte solution are deposited at the cathode while an equivalent amount of
metal dissolves from the anode and goes into the solution.
10. Complete the following reactions:
(i)Al2O3+ NaOH + H2O
(ii) Au + CN- + O2+H2O
450-470K

(iii) [Ni(CO)4 ]
Ans : (i) Al2O3+ 2NaOH + 3H2O
2Na[Al(OH)4]
(ii) 4 Au + 8CN + O2+2H2O
4 [Au (CN)2]- +4OH(iii)[Ni(CO)4 ]
Ni + 4 CO

134

11. Explain the following:a. Zinc but not copper is used for recovery of Ag from the complex [Ag(CN) 2]-.
b. Partial roasting of sulphide ore is done in the metallurgy of copper.
c. Extraction of Cu from pyrites is difficult than that from its oxide ore through
reduction. The reduction of metal sulphide does not have large negative
value.
12. Explain the role of each of the following in the extraction of metals from their ores.
a. CO in the extraction of Nickel
b. Zn in the extraction of Ag
c. Silica in the extraction of Copper.
13. Describe the principle behind each of the following processesa. Vapour phase refining of a metal
b. Electrolytic refining
c. Froth floatation process
14. Describe the principles of extraction of Zinc from zinc blende .
15. Predict the modes of occurrence of the following three types of metals:
a. Highly reactive metals
b. Moderately metals
c. Noble metals
16. What happens when:
a. Cinnabar is roasted
b. Silver sulphide is shaken with a dilute solution of NaCN
c. HgO is heated
17. What is Ellinghams diagram? What is its use?
18. What is the role of depressant in froth floatation process?
19. Define following terms:
a. Roasting
b. Calcination
c. Smelting

135

20. How are metals used as semiconductors refined? What is the principle of method
used?

Answer:

11. (i) Zn is more powerful reducing agent in comparison to copper. Zn is also cheaper
than Cu.
(ii) Partial roasting of sulphide ore forms some oxide. This oxide then reacts with
remaining sulphide ore to give copper i.e. self-reduction occurs.
2Cu2S + 3O2 2Cu2O+2SO2,
2Cu2O+2Cu2S 6Cu + SO2 .
(iii) Though carbon is good reducing agent for oxide but it is poor reducing agent for
sulphides.
12. (1) Forms volatile compound with Ni i.e. Ni(CO)4(2) Leaching of the Ag.(3) Acts as
flux and reacts with FeO to form FeSiO3(Slag)
13. {a)Metal should form volatile compound and it should be easily decomposable.
(B) Less reactive metals undergo reduction at cathode when electricity is passed in
the aqueous solution of their salts making impure metal as anode and pure metal as
cathode.
14. Chief ore of Zinc: ZnS
1. Enrichment: froth floatation process .
2. Roasting: 2ZnS + 3O2 ---- 2ZnO + 2SO2
3. Reduction: ZnO + C ----- Zn + CO
4. Refining: Distillation
15. (1) Highly reactive metals-- oxides and halides
(2) Moderately metals--Sulphide and oxides and carbonates
(3) Noble metals- pure form/Native state
16.
.
(a) 2HgS + 3O2 ---- 2HgO + 2SO2
(b) Ag2S +NaCN ------ Na [Ag(CN)2]
(c) 2HgO ------------- 2Hg + O2

17.
The plots between G0 of formation of oxides of elements against temperature are
called Ellinghams diagram.
They are useful in deciding the suitable reducing agent in the metallurgical processes.
18. They are used to separate two sulphide ores. For example PbS and ZnS are
separated by NaCN as depressant.NaCN selectively prevents ZnS from coming to the
froth.
19. (a)Roasting : Heating of Sulphide ores in the presence of air to obtain its oxide
(B) Calcination : Heating of metal carbonates/hydroxides/hydrates to obtain oxides
in absence/limited supply of air
(C) Smelting : Reduction of metal oxide to its metal using carbon as reducing agent.
20. Zone refining.Impurities are more soluble in melt than the metal.
5 marks questions

136
1. Describe the principle behind each of the following process.
(i)
Vapour phase refining
(ii)
Electrolytic refining of the metal
(iii)
Recovery of silver after silver ore was leached with NaCN
(iv)
Preparation of cast iron from pig iron
(v)
Preparation of pure alumina from bauxite
Ans (i) in this method the metal is converted into its volatile compound and collected. It

is then decomposed to give the pure metal . for example monds process. When nickel
is heated carbon monoxide forms a volatile complex nickel tetracarbonyl which on
further heating at higher temperature decomposes to give pure nickel.
330-350K

450-470K

Ni + 4CO

[Ni(CO)4 ]

Ni + 4 CO

(ii) In this method impure metal is made to act as anode. A strip of same metal in pure

form is used as cathode. They are put in an electrolytic bath containing soluble salt of
the same metal. On passing electric current metal ions from the electrolyte solution are
deposited at the cathode while an equivalent amount of metal dissolves from the anode
and goes into the solution.
(iii)During leaching Ag is oxidized to Ag+ which then combines with CN- to form soluble
complex. Silver is then recovered from the complex by displacement method using more
electro positive metal. Zn acts as reducing agent and displaces silver from the complex.
2[Ag(CN)2]- + Zn
[Zn(CN)4]2- + 2Ag
(iv) Pig iron is melted with scrap iron and coke using hot air blast. Due to this impurities such
as carbon, sulphur and phosphorus present in the pig iron are removed as CO2 , SO2 and P2O5
and carbon content is reduced to about 3%.
(v) Bauxite is soluble in concentrated NaOH solution whereas impurities are not.
2. Explain the role of each of the following in the extraction of metals from their ores :
(i)
CO in the extraction of nickel
(ii)
Zinc in the extraction of silver
(iii)
Silica in the extraction of copper
(iv)
Iodine in the extraction of titanium
(v)
Cryolite in the extraction of aluminum
Ans (i) in this method the metal is converted into its volatile compound and collected. It

is then decomposed to give the pure metal . for example monds process. When nickel
is heated carbon monoxide forms a volatile complex nickel tetracarbonyl which on
further heating at higher temperature decomposes to give pure nickel.
330-350K

450-470K

137

Ni + 4CO
[Ni(CO)4 ]
Ni + 4 CO
(ii) Zn acts as reducing agent and displaces silver from the complex.
2[Ag(CN)2]- + Zn
[Zn(CN)4]2- + 2Ag
(iii)the role of SiO2 is to convert FeS, FeO present in the matte into slag.
2FeS + 3O2
FeO + SiO2

2FeO + 2SO2
FeSiO3

(iv) Impure titanium is heated with iodine to form volatile TiI4 which decomposes on
tungsten filament at higher temperature to give pure titanium.
Ti + 2 I2

TiI4

Ti + 2 I2

(v)i. it lowers the melting point of the mixture

ii. It increase the electrical conductivity of the mixture

3. Explain the following
(a) Generally sulphide ores are converted into oxides before reduction
(b) Carbon and hydrogen are not used as reducing agent at high temperature
(c) Silica is added to sulphide ore of copper in the reverberatory furnace
(d) NaCN acts as a depressant in preventing ZnS from forming the froth
(e) Role of Cryolite in the metallurgy of aluminum
Ans : (a) because sulphide ores are not reduced easily but oxide ores are easily reduced.
(b) Because at high temp. Carbon and hydrogen react with metals to form carbides and
hydrides respectively.
(c) The role of SiO2 is to convert FeS, FeO present in the matte into slag.
2FeS + 3O2
FeO + SiO2

2FeO + 2SO2
FeSiO3

(d) in froth floatation process the role of the depressant is to prevent certain type of
particles from forming the froth with the air bubbles. Example NaCN is used as a
depressant to separate PbS from ZnS. NaCN forms a zinc complex Na2[Zn (CN)4] on
the surface of ZnS preventing it from the formation of froth.
(e) i. it lowers the melting point of the mixture
ii. It increase the electrical conductivity of the mixture
4. (a) Describe the principle of froth floatation process. What is the role of depressant? Give an
example.
(b) Define leaching. How is this process used in the benefaction of silver and gold ores?

138
Ans : (a) sulphide ore particle are preferentially wetted by pine oil whereas the gangue

particles are wetted by water.In froth floatation process the role of the depressant is to
prevent certain type of particles from forming the froth with the air bubbles. Example
NaCN is used as a depressant to separate PbS from ZnS. NaCN forms a zinc complex
Na2[Zn (CN)4] on the surface of ZnS preventing it from the formation of froth.
(b)Leaching consist of treating the powdered ore with a suitable reagent which can
selectively dissolved ore but not the impurity . for leaching silver and gold, the
powdered ore is treated with sodium cyanide. As a result a dissolved complex is
obtained which is further treated with zinc metal which displaces the less active metals
from the complex. This can be represented by following reaction.
4 M + 8CN- + O2+2H2O
4 [M (CN)2]- +4OH2[M(CN)2]- + Zn
[Zn(CN)4]2- + 2M where M=Ag or Au
5. Write the chemical reaction which takes place in the following operations:
(a) Electrolytic reduction of Alumina
(b) Monds process
(c) Van Arkel method
(d) Mac Arthur forest cynide process
(e) Electrolysis of brine
Ans (a) Al2O3
2Al3+ + 3 O2-

Cathode: Al3+ +3eAnode: C + O2C + 2O2Overall reaction

2Al2O3+ 3C
(b)

450-470K

[Ni(CO)4 ]

TiI4

(d) 4 M + 8CN- + O2+2H2O

2[M(CN)2]- + Zn
(e) 2NaCl +2H2O

4Al + 3CO2

330-350K

Ni + 4CO
(c) Ti + 2 I2

Al
CO + 2 eCO2 + 4 e-

Ni + 4 CO

Ti + 2 I2

4 [M (CN)2]- +4OH[Zn(CN)4]2- + 2M where M=Ag or Au

2NaOH + H2 + Cl2

6. Explain the method for obtaining pig iron from magnetite.

A.1- Extraction of iron from Magnetite takes place in following steps:-

139

(i) Concentration of ore: - It is done by Gravity separation followed by magnetic separation

process.
(ii) Calcination: - It involve heating when the volatile matter escapes leaving behind metal
oxide.
Fe2O3.xH2O Fe2O3 + xH2O .
(iii) Roasting: - It involves heating of ore in presence of air, thus moisture,CO 2,SO2, As2O3
removed And FeO oxidized to Fe2O3.
(iv) Smelting of roasted ore: - A mixture of ore, coke & CaCO3 is smelted in long BLAST
FURNACE. Following reaction takes place at different temperature zones:(i) Zone of reduction: - Temperature range 250oC-700oC
Fe2O3+3CO 2FeO+3CO2
Fe3O4+4CO 3FeO+ 4CO2
FeO +CO Fe+ CO2
(ii) Zone of slag formation:- Temperature range 800oC-1000oC
CaCO3CaO+CO2
CaO+SiO2 CaSiO3, P4O10+10C4P+10CO,
SiO2+2C Si+2CO, MnO2+2C Mn+2CO
(iii) Zone of fusion:- Temperature range 1150oC-1350oC
CO2 + C 2CO
(iv) Zone of fusion:- Temperature range 1450oC-1950oC
C +O2CO2
Thus, Pig iron is obtained from Blast Furnace.
Q.7- Name the principle ore of aluminum and describe how Al is extracted from its ore.

Ans. Step:-1 Bauxite is treated with NaOH .Following reaction takes place:Al2O3 +2NaOH + 3 H2O2 Na [Al(OH)4]
and impurities of Fe2O3,TiO2&SiO2 are removed . Na [Al(OH)4] ,then reacts with CO2 then
pure Alumina is obtained.
Na [Al(OH)4] + 2CO2 Al2O3.xH2O + 2NaHCO3
Step:-2 Electrolytic reduction of pure alumina takes place in iron box (cathode) with
cryolite (Na3AlF6) & fluorspar CaF2.Graphide rods act as anode. Following reactions take
place:At cathode:- Al3+ + 3e Al, At Anode:- 2O2- O2 + By this process 98.8% pure Aluminum is
obtained.
Q.8-Given is the Ellingham diagram. With the help of this diagram answer the following
questions.

140

(a) Which of Al and Mg is better reducing agent below and above 1673K?
A: Below 1673 K Mg and above 1673 K Al
(b) Which of C and CO can reduce MgO at 2000K temperature?
A: CO
(c) Suggest a condition under which magnesium could reduce alumina.
A: Below the temperature 1600K.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

The p- block elements : TYPE- MLL

One Mark questions
Why is H3PO3 diprotic?
Nitrogen does not form pentahalide like phosphorous, why?
H2O is a liquid while H2s is a gas ,why?
Arrange NH3 PH3 AsH3 BiH3 SbH3 in the increasing order of basic strength.
Oxygen is a gas while sulphur is a solid, why?
Write the formula of hyponitros acid.
Why does Al not react with conc. nitric acid?
Can PCl5 act as an oxidising agent and reducing agent?
Why does NO2 readily dimerise?

141

10.
Why is BiH3 the strongest reducing agent amongst all the hydrides of
nitrogen family?
11.
Write the chemical formula of peroxodisulphuric acid.
12. Why does NH3 act as a Lewis base /complexing agent?
13. What is the basicity of H3PO4?
14. Why does R3P = O exist but R3N = O does not (R = alkyl group)?
15. Why does the reactivity of nitrogen differ from phosphorus?
16.
Why is white phosphorous highly reactive?
17. Why group 16 members are called chalcogens?
18. OF4 is not known but SF4 is known .Explain
19. Solid PCl5 exists as an ionic solid, Why?
20. Bismuth is a strong oxidizing agent in pentavalentstate, why?
Two Marks questions
21. Draw the shapes of SF4, BrF3 on the basis of VSEPR theory.
22. (a) Why is atomic radius of Argon more than that of Chlorine ?
(b)
Why is ionization enthalpy of Nitrogen more than oxygen?
23. (a) Arrange F2,Cl2,Br2,I2 in the increasing order of bond dissociation
energy.
(b) Arrange HOClO,HOClO2,HOClO3 in the increasing order of
acidic strength.
24.Explain giving suitable reasons:
(i)
NH3 has higher boiling point than PH3
(ii)
SbF5 is known but BiF5 is unknown.
25.Explain giving suitable reasons:
(i) SF6 is well known but SH6 is not known.
(ii) Proton affinity of NH3 is more than PH3.
26. Explain giving suitable reasons.
(i)
Sulphur in vapour form is paramagnetic in nature.
(ii)
Catenation properties of Phosphorous is more than Nitrogen.
27. Give chemical equations ,when :
(a). Ammonium dichromate is heated ?
(b). Sodium azide is heated?
28. Complete the following equations:
(i) HgCl2 + PH3
(ii) P4 + NaOH + H2O

142

29.

Write main differences between the properties of white phosphorus and

red phosphorus.
30.Arrange H2O,H2S,H2Se, H2Te in the increasing order of (i) Acidic Character (ii)
Thermal stability .

Three Marks questions

31. (i)
Why is ICl more reactive than I2?
(ii)
Interhalogen compounds are strong Oxidizing agents ,why?
(iii) Bleaching of flowers by Cl2 is permanent while SO2 is temporary,why?
32. Give Reasons:
(a) Iodine is more soluble in KI solution than in water .
(b) HF is stored in wax -coated bottle .

HCl is not used to make the medium acidic in titrations involving

KMnO4 .
33. Explain giving suitable reasons:
(i)
SbF5 is known but BiF5 is unknown.
(ii)
CN ion is known but CP is not .
(iii)
Compounds of Noble gases are known with Xe and fluorine.
34. Explain giving suitable reasons:
(i)
PH3 has lower boiling point than NH3.
(ii)
Nitric oxide becomes brown when released in air.
(iii) When HCl reacts with finely powered iron, it forms ferrous chloride
and not ferric chloride.
35. (i)Which Xe compound has distorted octahedral shape?
(ii)How does Chlorine react with hot and concentrated NaOH ?
(iii) Write the chemical reaction involved in the ring test.
36. (a) Are all the bonds in PCl5 equivalent in length?
(b) On the basis of structure show that H3PO2 is a good reducing agent.
How many P-OH bonds are present in Pyrophosphoric acid?
37. Complete the following equations:

P4 + SOCl2

NH3 + CuSO4(aq)

XeF4 + H2O
38. (i) Arrange M-F,M-Cl,M-Br,M-I in the increasing order of ionic character.
(ii) Arrange HF,HCl,HBr,HI in the increasing order of reducing behavior.

143

(iii) Arrange F2,Cl2,Br2,I2 in the increasing order of bond dissociation energy.

39. Starting from sulphur ,how would you manufacture H2SO4 by contact process.
40.Write the reaction involved in formation of ammonia by Habers process?State
the favorable conditions for good yield of ammonia .
Five Marks questions
41.A gas X is soluble in water . Its aq. Solution turns red litmus blue with excess
of aq. CuSO4 solution it gives deep blue colour and with FeCl3 solution a
brownish ppt. soluble in HNO3 is obtained. Identify gasX and write reactions for
changes observed .
42. Write the reaction involved in formation of Nitric acid by Osrwald,s process?
State the favorable conditions for good yield of Nitric oxide.
43. Complete the following equations:
(I ) XeF4 + H2O
(ii)XeF6 + PF5
(iii)Cl2 + F2 (excess)
(iv)HgCl2 + PH3
(v)SO3 + H2SO4
44.A translucent white waxy solid A on heating in an inert atmosphere is
converted in to its allotropic form (B). Allotrope A on reaction with very dilute
aqueous KOH liberates a highly poisonous gas C having rotten fish smell. With
excess of chlorine A forms D which hydrolysis to compound E. Identify
compounds A to E .
45. What happens when Concentrated H2SO4 is added to/ Give the reactions of
H2SO4 with(i) calcium fluoride (ii) KCl, (iii) Sugar (iv) Cu turnings.(v) Sulphur

Type : MLL
Q.N.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

ANSWER KEY
The p-block elements

Answer
Two ionisable hydrogen
Absence of d-orbitals in nitrogen.
H-bonding in H2O
NH3>PH3>AsH3>SbH3>BiH3
Absence of p- p bonding in oxygen.
HNO2
Formation of passive oxide film
No, can act as oxidizing agent only.

144

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

26
27
28
29
30
31

To pair up odd electron.

Low bond dissociation enthalpy.
H2S2O8
It can donate lone pair of electrons very easily.
3
Presence of d-orbitals in phosphorous.
Absence of d-orbitals ,H-bonding, tendency to form multiple bond.
Strained structure.
Ore forming nature.
Absence of d-orbitals in oxygen.
It exists as [PCl4]+[PCl6]- in solid state.
Inert pair effect.
SF4 (See saw) BrF3 ( T-shape) Draw yourself
(a) Ar (Vander waals radius) Cl( Covalent radius) The magnitude
of Vr> Cr .
(b) Half-filled configuration shown by nitrogen.
(a) Cl2> Br2> F2>I2
(b) HOClO3>HOClO2>HOClO
(a) H- bonding in ammonia
(b) Inert pair effect shown by Bi.
(a) The enthalpy of atomization of HH is very high as compared
to FF . High enthalpy of dissociation cannot be compensated
by energy released during bond formation .
(b) High electronegativity of nitrogen.
(a) In vapour form sulphur behaves like O2.
(b) Phosphorous is unable to form multiple bonds.
(a) (NH4)2Cr2O7
N2 + Cr2O3 + 4 H2O
(b) 2NaN3
2Na + 3N2
(a) 3HgCl2 + 2PH3
Hg3P2 + 6HCl
(b) P4 + 3 NaOH + 3H2O
PH3 + 3NaH2PO2
White Phosphorous: Stained structure, Highly reactive, Insoluble in
water
Red Phosphorous : Stable structure, Less reactive, soluble in water
Acidic Character : H2O < H2S < H2Se < H2Te
Thermal stability : H2Te < H2Se< H2S< H2O
(a) I-Cl bond is more polar than I-I bond .
(b) Low bond dissociation enthalpy of X-Y bond.

145

32
33
34

35

36
37
38
39

40
41

42

(c) Cl2 bleach the colour by oxidation while SO2 by Reduction.

(a) Formation of KI3 complex.
(b) HF reacts with silica frequently.
(c) HCl can oxidise into Cl2.
(a) Due to Inert pair effect BiF5 is not known.
(b) Phosphorous is unable to form multiple bonds.
(c) Low ionisation enthalpy of Xe and high electronegativity of F.
(a) Absence of hydrogen bonding in PH3.
(b) Due to formation of NO2.
(c) Fe on reaction with HCl forms H2 which hinder the formation of
FeCl3.
(a) XeF6
(b) 3Cl2 + Hot and Conc. 6NaOH
NaClO3 +5 NaCl +
3H2O
(c) NO3- + Fe2+ + 5 H2O
[Fe(H2O)5NO]2+
(a) No,axial bonds are slightly longer than equatorial bonds.
(b) H3PO2has one P-H bond .
(c) 4
(a) P4 + 8SOCl2
4SO2 +4 PCl3+ 2S2Cl2
(b) 4NH3 + CuSO4(aq)
[Cu(NH3)4]SO4
(c) 6XeF4 + 12H2O
2XeO3 + 24HF + 4Xe + O2
(a) M-I <M-Br< M-Cl< M-F
(b) HF<HCl<HBr<HI
(c) I2<F2< Br2<Cl2
(a) S + O2
SO2(g)
(b) 2SO2+ O2
2SO3 [In presence of V2O5catalyst]
(c) SO3 + H2SO4
H2S2O7
(d) H2S2O7 + H2O
2 H2SO4
N2 + 3H2
2NH3(g)[ In presence of Fe/Mo]
Low temperature ,High Pressure
X = NH3
4NH3 + CuSO4(aq)
[Cu(NH3)4]SO4
3NH3 + 3H2O + FeCl3
Fe(OH)3 + 3NH4Cl
Brown ppt
4NH3 + 5O2
4 NO + 6H2O
2NO + O2
2NO2
3NO2 + H2O
2HNO3 + NO

146

43

44

45

(a) 6XeF4 + 12H2O

2XeO3 + 24HF + 4Xe + O2
(b) XeF6 + PF5
[XeF5]+[PF6] Cl2 + 3F2 (excess)
2ClF3
(d) 3HgCl2 + 2PH3
Hg3P2 + 6 HCl
(e) SO3 + H2SO4
H2S2O7
A=White P4
B= Red P4
C= PH3
D=PCl5
E= H3PO4
CaF2 + Conc. H2SO4
CaSO4 + 2HF
2KCl+ Conc. H2SO4
2HCl + K2SO4
C12H22O11 + Conc. H2SO4
12 C + 11H2O
Cu + Conc. 2 H2SO4
CuSO4 + SO2 + 2H2O
3S + Conc. 2 H2SO4
3SO2 + 2H2O

1.Q.Why does NO2 dimerise?

Prepared By: Guwahati Region

2.Q.Give chemical reactions involved in brown ring test to confirm nitrates.

3. Q.Give the structure of nitric acid.
4. Q.Give equations in each step of oswald's process
5.Q.Give flow chart for preparation of ammonia by Haber's process.
6.Q.Explain preparation of nitrogen.
7.Q. Why do chromium and aluminium not react with the most oxidizing agent?
8.Q. Name the oxides of nitrogen and give oxidation number of each oxide.
9.Q. Give conditions which favors formation of ammonia as it is a reversible
reaction.
10.Q. Draw the structures of white phosphorus and red phosphorus. Which one
of these two types of phosphorus is more reactive and why?
11.Q.Whichoxoacids of phosphorus are reducing in nature?
12.Q.Why is phosphorus acid diprotic and phosphoric acid triproticinpite 3
hydrogens in both?
13.Q.Give the structure of oxy acids of phosphorus and list the anions formed.

147

14.Q.Why does PCl3 fume in moisture?

15 Q.Show that PH3 is basic in nature.
16 Q.Give reason that NCl5 is not formed but PCl5 is formed.
.17.Show that hydrogen peroxide behaves both as an oxidizing and reducing
agent.
18.Q.What is oleum? Draw its structure.
19.Q.What happens when sulphur is passed through conc. H2SO4 solution and SO2
is passed through an aqueous solution of Fe(III) salt?
20. Q.Whyare halogens coloured?
P BLOCK
ANS.
1.NO2 contains odd number of valence electrons. It behaves as an odd electron
molecule and therefore undergoes dimerisation to form stable N 2O4 molecule
with even number of electrons.
2.

.
4.

148

5.

6.Air is liquefied, and the oxygen which is about 20.9% gets boiled off at -183oC,
leaving liquid nitrogen behind, which boils at -196oC .This process is known as
Fractional distillation. Nitrogen can also be made by heating NaN3 to 300 degrees
C. Annual worldwide production is around 44,000,000 tons.
7.These elements form a passive layer of oxide on the surface and prevent the
metal to react with nitric acid.
8.The common oxides of nitrogen include examples of nitrogen with every
oxidation number from +1 to +5
N as +1: N2O
N as +2: NO
N as +3: N2O3
N as +4: NO2
N as +5: N2O5
9.The reaction is reversible. Only about 15-20 % of the reactants are converted
into products.The forward reaction) is exothermic.
Amount of product or yield from a reversible reaction depends on temperature,
pressure and catalyst Decreasing the temperature favors exothermic reactions.
Increasing the pressure favors smaller volume.
Using a catalyst gives the equilibrium conditions more quickly.
10.

149

White phosphorus is less stable and therefore, more reactive than the red
phosphorus under normal conditions because of angular strain in the P4 molecule
where the angles are 60 only.
11.

(1x20)
1. Which of NH3 and H3O+ has higher bond angle and why?
2. Which of PH4I and PH4Cl is more stable and why?
3. What is the basicity of H3PO3 and H3PO4?
4. NH3 is easily liquefiable than PH3?
5. Which of NH3 and PH3 is stronger Lewis base and why?
6. Why does NO2 dimerise?
7. N2O4 is colourless but NO2 is brown in colour?
8. Write the products of hydrolysis of ClF3.
9. Why is S2 paramagnetic?
10.Why does not SO3 disproportionate?
11.Why Cl2 bleaches permanently but SO2 temporarily?
12.Why is He used in observation balloons?
13.Why is SF6 resistant to hydrolysis?

150

14.What is the geometry and shape of ClF5?

15.Why is ICl more reactive than I2?
16.Arrange following in increasing order of their reactivity.
IF, F2 and I2
17.Xe is more reactive than He. Why?
18.Does the hydrolysis of XeF6 lead to a redox reaction? Why?
19.H2S is less soluble in water than H2Se .Why?
20.Trimethylamine is more basic than tri silylamine. Why?
Answer:(20x1)
1. H3O+because central atom has higher electronegativity thus it pulls bond
pairs of electrons towards itself and bp-bp repulsion increases.
2. PH4 I is more stable PH4+ is bigger cation and I- is bigger anion so offers
effective crystal packing and has larger lattice enthalpy.
3. 2 and 3
4. Due to intermolecular H- bonding in NH3.
5. NH3 because of its smaller size it has greater charge density on nitrogen.
6. In NO2, there is an odd electron.
7. In N2O4 there is no unpaired electron.
8. ClF3 + 2H2O ----- 3HF + HClO2
9. Due to presence of unpaired electrons on anti-bonding orbitals.
10.Sulphur is in highest oxidation state.
11.Cl2 bleaches by oxidation but SO2 bleaches by reduction.
12.He is very light.
13.SF6 if sterically protected.
14.Geometry-Octahedral and shape: square pyramidal
15.ICl has low bond dissociation enthalpy.
16.I2> F2>IF
17.Less I.E.
18.No, because the oxidation state of Xe does not change.
19.H2Se has stronger Vander walls forces with water.

151

20.Due to presence of vacant of d- orbitals in Si, the pair of electron lying on N

disperses via d-p back bonding.
(10x2)
1.Give reason for the following(A) Phosphorus is reactive but Nitrogen is much stable.
(B) Nitrogen is linear but Phosphorus is tetrahedral.
2. Explain why?
(A)Nitrogen has stronger tendency of multiple bonding than that of
Phosphorus.
(B)NCl5 does not exist but PCl5 exists.
3. Explain the chemistry of ring test of nitrate ion.
4. Draw the structures of following using VSEPR Model
XeO2F2 and XeO3
5. Complete the following reactions:
(A) Ca3P2 + H2O-------
(B) Cu + Conc. HNO3 -------
6. Give reason for the following:
(a)NO2 has net dipole moment but N2O4 does not have?
(b)Phosphorus has greater catenation tendency than Nitrogen?
7. Explain following:
(1)Interhalogens are covalent, diamagnetic.
(2)I2 is soluble in aqueous KI.
8. Arrange following according to the property shown against each:
(a) HClO, HClO3, HClO4, HClO2 ------ Increasing order of acidity
(b)PH3, NH3, SbH3, AsH3, BiH3 ------- Decreasing order of basicity
9. Arrange following according to the property shown against each:
(a) I2, F2, Cl2, Br2 ---------Increasing order ease of
liquefaction
(b)ClO, Cl2O3, Cl2O5, Cl2O7 ------------ Increasing acidity strength
10. Complete the following reactions:
(1)P4 + NaOH + H2O ---------
(2)NaCl+ MnO2 + H2SO4 ----------

152

Answer (10x2)
1.
(A)N2 has much higher bond enthalpy..
(B)In N2, N is sp-hybridized but in P4, P is sp3- hybridized.
2. (A)N- has three unpaired electrons in p-orbital, has high effective nuclear
charge and
small atomic size to undergo greater overlapping of the orbitals.
(B)N does not have d- orbitals.
3.
3Fe2+ + NO3-1 + 4H+ ----------- 3Fe3+ + NO + 2H2O
[Fe (H2O) 6]2+ + NO ---------[ Fe(H2O)5(NO)]2+ + H2O
(brown ring)
4. Each correct structure one mark
5. (A) Ca3P2 + 6H2O-------3Ca(OH)2 + 2PH3
(B) Cu + 4HNO3 -------Cu(NO3)2 + 2NO2 + 2H2O
6. (a)In NO2 there is an odd electron on nitrogen.
(b)P-P bond is stronger than N-N bond.
7.
(1)Because they have high electronegativity and paired electrons.
(2)It forms KI3
8.
(a) HClO, HClO2, HClO3, HClO4
(b)NH3, PH3, AsH3, SbH3, BiH3
9. Arrange following according to the property shown against each:
(a) F2, Cl2, Br2, I2
(b)ClO, Cl2O3, Cl2O5, Cl2O7
10. Complete the following reactions:
(1)P4 + 3NaOH + 3H2O --------- PH3 + 3NaH2PO2
(2)4NaCl + MnO2 + 4H2SO4 ---------- MnCl2 + 4NaHSO4 + Cl2 + 2H2O
(10x3)
1. Give reason for the following-

153

i) NO2 is acidic oxide but NO is neutral?

ii) NH3 has greater tendency of complex formation than PH3?
iii) PH3 dissolves in HI. Why?
2. Explain for the followinga) H3PO3 shows disproportionation reactions?
b) PCl5 in solid state exists as an ionic compound?
c) BiCl5 is a strong oxidizing agent?
3. Explain the structure of the following compounds using VSEPR theory
a) PCl6-1 b) SF4 c) ICl2-1
4.Give the comparative account of the chemistry of carbon and silicon with regard
to their:
[i] property of catenation
[ii] stability of hydrides and oxides
5.Account for the following:
[i] Ammonia has higher boiling point than phosphine
[ii] Trimethyl ammine is pyramidal and trisilyl ammine is planar.
[iii] Ammonia is stronger base than phosphine.
6.Describe the following about halogen family:
[i] Oxidising power
[ii] Relative acidic strength of their hydrides
[iii] Relative reducing strength of their hydrides.
7.Give reason for the following observations.
[i] Noble gases are mostly chemicallly inert
[ii] Nitrogen does not form pentahalide
[iii] Bismuth is a strong oxidising agent in pentavalent state
8. Arrange following according to the property shown against each:
a)NO2, P2O3, N2O5, P2O5, As2O3, Bi2O3 --- Increasing acidity strength
b)PH3, NH3, SbH3, AsH3, BiH3 ----- Decreasing order of thermal stability
c)Xe, He, Ne, Kr, Ar, ---------Increasing order ease of liquefaction
9. Complete following reactions:
1)NH3 + AgCl ---------
2)XeF2 + H2O ----------
3)NaNO2 + NH4Cl -------

154

10. How does ozone reacts with following

i) NO ii) PbS iii) Aq. KI
Answer(10x3)
1.
i) More oxygen contents in NO2 than NO.
ii) NH3 is stronger Lewis base
iii) PH3 is a base and HI is acid so gives PH4I
2.
a) The O.S. of P is +3 so it can undergo oxidation as well as reduction.
b) It exists as [PCl4]+[PCl6]c) Bi is in +5 oxidation state but its stable O.S. is +3
3. correct structure
4.
[i] P- has greater catenation tendency than N
[ii] The oxides and hydrides of N are more stable than that of P
5.
[i] Due to inter molecular H- bonding
[ii] presence of d- orbitals in Si can allow d-p back bonding thereby dispersing
lone pair.
[iii] The lone pair lying on N in NH3 can be easily donated due to greater charge
density on
nitrogen..
6.
[i] F2> Cl2> Br2> I2
[ii] HI>HBr>HCl>HF
[iii] HI>HBr>HCl>HF
7.Give reason for the following observations.
[i] They have very high I.E. and completed octet
[ii] Absence of d- orbitals
[iii] Inert pair effect

155

8.
a) N2O5,NO2, P2O5,P2O3, As2O3, Bi2O3
b)NH3,PH3,AsH3, SbH3, BiH3
c), He, Ne, Ar, Kr,Xe
9.
1) 2NH3 +AgCl --------- [Ag(NH3)2]Cl
2)2XeF2 + 2H2O ----------2 Xe + 4HF + O2
3)NaNO2 + NH4Cl -------NaCl + N2+ 2H2O
10. How does ozone reacts with following
i) NO + O3 ------- NO2 + O2
ii) PbS +4 O3 ------- PbSO4+ 4O2
iii) Aq. 2KI + O3+ H2O----- 2KOH + I2 +O2
(5x5)
1. A white coloured salt (A) on treatment with conc. H2SO4 gives a pungent
smelling gas (B)
which turns moist blue litmus to red. The gas (B) oxidizes in presence of MnO2 to
yield a
greenish yellow gas (C). The gas (C) is used in disinfecting drinking water and
decolourising the wood pulp in paper industries. Identify A , B and C and write
necessary
equations.
2 .Give reason for the following observations.
a) HF is weakest acid and HI is strongest.
b)Fluorides of Xe undergo hydrolysis readily
c)Oxygen is diatomic but S is octatomic?
d)Reaction of NaBr and H2SO4 does not form HBr but it forms Br2 gas.
e)HF is liquid but HCl is a gas.
3 .Arrange following according to the property shown against each:
a) HClO, HClO3, HClO4, HClO2 ------ Increasing order of acidity
b) HClO, HBrO, HIO, HFO -------Increasing order of acidity
c) F2, O2, Cl2, Br2 ------- ------------ Increasing order of oxidizing tendency

156

d) PH3, NH3, SbH3, AsH3, BiH3 -------- Decreasing order of bond angle
e) I2, F2, Cl2, Br2 ---------Increasing order of b.p.
4. A element (X) on heating with Conc. NaOH yields a poisonous gas(Y) and
spontaneously catches
fire. The gas (Y) reacts with Aq.HgCl2 to form precipitate (Z). Identify X , Y and Z
and write necessary
equations.
5 . Draw the structure of the following compounds using VSEPR theory.
XeF6,XeOF4, XeO3,PCl3,White Phosphorus (P4)
Answer: 5 Marks
1. (A)=NaCl
(B)=HCl
(C)= Cl2
4NaCl (A)+ 4H2SO4 ---------- NaHSO4 + HCl(B)
4HCl + MnO2----- MnCl2+ 2H20 + Cl2(C)
2 . a) Bond dissociation enthalpy of HF is more than HI
b)Presence of vacant d- orbitals in Xe
c)O=O is stronger than S=S
d)Because H2SO4 oxidisesHBr to Br2
e)Presence of intermolecular H- bonding in HF.
3.
a) HClO, HClO2, HClO3, HClO4
b) HFO,HClO,HBrO, HIO
c) Cl2, Br2 ,O2,F2
d) NH3,PH3, AsH3, SbH3,BiH3
e) F2, Cl2, Br2,I2
4
X= P4
Y= PH3
Z= Hg3P2
P4 + 3NaOH + 3H2O --------- PH3 + 3NaH2PO2
2 PH3 + 3 HgCl2 -----------Hg3P2 + 6 HCl

157

5.
Structures

12.

13.
OXYACID

OXYANION

158

14.

15.PH3 has a lone pair of electron and readily reacts with acids like HI and forms.
16.Nitrogen does not have usable d orbitals and cannot expand its octet.
Phosphorus can expand its valence shell to hold more than eight electrons, but
nitrogen cannot.
PH3+ HI PH4I.
17.It produces oxygen and acts as a oxidizing agent in both acid and basic
medium:
Mn2+ + H2O2 Mn4+ + 2OHAs a reducing agent HOCl + H2O2 H2O + Cl- + O2
18.Oleum is a oxoacid of sulphur and is a pyrosulphuric acid.- H2S2O7

159

19.

20.Absorption of radiations in visible region by halogen atoms, results in the

excitation of outer electrons to higher energy level. By absorbing radiation of
different wavelength, they display different colours. For example, F2 has yellow,
Cl2 has greenish yellow colour, Br2 has red colour and I2 has violet colour.
Chapter: d and f- block elements
Type: MLL
One mark questions

Explain Why? / How would you account for the following: [1 mark each?]
1. Transition metals are less reactive, high melting point and enthalpy of atomization.
2. Transition metals have high enthalpy of hydration.
3. Transition metals show several oxidation states.
4. Transition metals form coloured complexes.
5. Transition metals take part in catalytic reactions.
6. Why does vanadium pentaoxide act as a catalyst?
7. Transition metals are paramagnetic in nature.
8. Transition metals form complexes.
9. Transition metals have irregular E0 values.
10. The E0M2+/M for copper is positive (0.34v) .Copper is the only metal in first series of
transition elements showing this behavior, why?
11. Transition metals form alloys.
12. Transition metals form interstitial compounds.

160

13.Cu+ is unstable in aqueous solution.

14.Cu2+ is stable in aqueous solution.
15. Zr and Hf exhibit almost same radii and properties.
16. The d1 configuration is generally unstable in ions.
17. There is a general increase in density of element from titanium (Z=22) to copper ( Z=29).
18. The lowest oxides of transition metals is basic, the highest is amphoteric or acidic.
19. Anhydrous CuSO4 is white while hydrated Copper sulphate is blue.
20.Co2+ is easily oxidized to Co3+ in presence of strong ligand.
Two marks questions
21. (a) Why HCl cannot be used in place of sulphuric acid to acidify KMnO4 solution in
volumetric analysis ?
(b) Potassium dichromate is a good oxidising agent in acidic medium, why?
22. Write the balanced ionic equations for reacting ions to represent the acidified potassium
dichromate solution with:
(i)
Potassium iodide solution
(ii)
Acidified ferrous sulphate solution.
23. List some applications of d- block elements.
24. Describe giving reasons which one of the following pairs has the properties indicated?
(a) Fe or Cu has higher melting point.
(b) Co2+Or Ni2+ has lower magnetic moment.
25. Calculate the magnetic moment of a trivalent ion in aqueous solution whose atomic no. is
25.
26 Define transition elements. Explain why is Zn not considered as transition element while Cu
does?
27. What happens when Cu2+ is added to I-? Write the balanced chemical equation.
28 Write the electronic configuration of 24 Cr and 26Fe2+ .
29 Compare non transition and transition elements on the basis of their Variability of oxidation
states (ii) stability of oxidation states.
30
(a) Name a transition element which does not exhibit variable oxidation state.
(b) Name three elements of d block which are not regarded as transition element.
Three Marks questions
31. Give chemical reactions for the following observations:
(i) Potassium permanganate is a good oxidizing agent in basic medium.
(ii) Inter convertibility of chromate ion and dichromate ion in aqueous solution depends Upon
pH of the solution.
(iii) Potassium permanganate is thermally unstable at 513K.
32. Define lanthanide Contraction. Ce4+ is a good oxidizing agent whereas Eu2+, Sm2+ is a good
reducing agent, why ?
33.(a)From element to element the actinoid contraction is greater than lanthanides
contraction, why?
(b) Name the lanthanide element which forms tetra positive ions in the aqueous solution.

161

The chemistry of actinoids is not as smooth as lanthanoids, why?

34. Balance the following equations:
(i) MnO4- + S2O32(Basic medium)
(ii) MnO4- + S2O3 2-+ H2O
(iii) MnO4- + I(in neutral or alkaline medium)
35 (a) The enthalpies of atomization of transition metals of 3d series do not follow a regular
trend throughout the series.
(b) The enthalpy of atomization of zinc is lowest.
Zn Cd Hg are soft and have low melting points.
36. Explain:
(a) The E value for Ce4+/Ce3+ is 1.74 Volt.
(b)K2Cr2O7 is used as Primary Standard in volumetric analysis.

The third ionization energy of manganese (z=25) is exceptionally high.

37. Explain:
(a)Although Cu+ has configuration 3 d10 4 s0 (stable) and Cu2+ has configuration 3 d9 (unstable
configuration) still Cu2+ compounds are more stable than Cu+.
(b)
Titanium (IV) is more stable than Ti (III) or Ti (II).
The greatest number of oxidation states are exhibited by the members in the middle of a
transition series.
38 (a) Highest manganese flouride is MnF4 whereas the highest oxide is Mn2O7, why?
(b) Copper can notlibrate H2 from dilacids,why?

(c)Which of the 3d- series of transition metals exhibits largest number of oxidation states and
why?
39. (a)O.S. of first transition series initially increase up to Mn and then decrease to Zn , why?
(b) Why is Cr2+ reducing and Mn3+ oxidizingwhile both have d4 configuration.
Ti achieves tetrahalides while chromium forms heaxhalide, why?
40.(a)Which form of Cu is paramagnetic and why?
(b) What is the oxidation no. of Cr in Cr2O72-?
41 Complete the following reaction equations:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)

MnO2 + KOH (aq) + O2

Fe2+ + MnO4- + H+
MnO4- + C2O4 2- (aq) + H+
Cr2O72- + H2S + H+
Cr2O72- + I- + H +

42. Describe the preparation of potassium dichromate from iron chromite ore. What is the
effect of increasing PH on a solution of potassium dichromate or Explain how the colour of
K2Cr2O7 solution depends on PH of the solution?
43. (a)Describe the preparation of potassium permanganate.
(b) How does the acidified permanganate solution react with (i) iron (II) ions (ii) SO 2 and (iii)
oxalic acid? Write the ionic equations for the reactions.
44. Describe the oxidising action of potassium dichromate and write the ionic

162

equations for its reaction with:

Iodide (ii) iron (II) solution and (iii) H2S
45. When a chrromite ore A is fused with sodium carbonate in free excess of air and the
product is dissolved in water, a yellow solution of compound B is obtained .After treatment of
this yellow solution with sulphuric acid compound C can be crystallize from the solution .When
compound C is treated with KCl orange crystals of compound D is crystallizes out. Identify A to
D and wtite the reaction from A to B.
Answer Key
Chapter: d and f- block elements
Type: MLL

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23

24

Strong metallic bonding and d-d overlapping.

Small size
Comparable energies of (n-1) d and ns electrons.
d-d transition.
Can pass from one oxidation state to another very easily.
Can pass from one oxidation state to another very easily.
Unparied electrons
Have vacant d orbitals to accept electrons.
Irregualr trend in IE, sublimation energy and hydration energy.
Sum of enthalpies of sublimation and ionization (enthalpy of atomization) > hydration
energy.
Almost same size.
Can accommodate small atoms in void position.
Low hydration enthalpy and property to show disproportionation reaction.
High hydration enthalpy.
Lanthanoid contraction
Hydration energy > Ionization energy.
It is due to increase in mass per unit volume with increase in atomic no.
Lower oxides are ionic while higher oxides are covalent.
No d-d transition in the absence of ligand.
Crystal field stabilisation energy of Co+3 ion is higher than Co2+ ion.
(a) HCl can be oxidized into Cl2.
(b) It evolve nascent oxygen.
(a) Cr2O72- + 6I- + 14 H +
2 Cr3+ + 3I2 + 7H2O
22+
+
(b) Cr2O7 + 6Fe + 14 H
6Fe3+ + 2 Cr3+ + 7H2O
Ni, Fe, V2O5 are used as catalyst in various industrial process.
AgBr is used in photography.
Pt compound are used in anticancer drug.
MnO2 is used as OA in dry cells.
Fe

163

25
26
27
28
29
30
31

32

33
34
35

36

37

38

Ni2+
4 unpaired electrons M.M = [4(4+2)]1/2
Transition elements are those whose neutral atom or stable ion has partly filled dorbitals.
Cu2+ has partly filled d-orbitals which are absent in Zn or Zn2+.
2CU2+ + 4ICu2I2 + I2
5
1
Cr= [Ar] 3d 4s
Cu[Ar]3d104s1
Oxidation states of transition elements differ from each other by unity. In non-transition
elements oxidation states normally differ by a unit of two.
(a) Sc
(b) Zn, Cd, Hg
(i)
2MnO4- + 2H2O + 3 e2MnO2 + 4OH22(ii) CrO4 ======= Cr2O7
( if PH > 4 the CrO42- ion will exist and if PH < 4 then Cr2O72- will exist )
ie. 2 CrO42- + 2H+
Cr2O72- + H2O
2Cr2O7 + 2OH
2 CrO42- + H2O
(iii) 2 KMnO4
K2MnO4 + MnO2 + O2
+ 513 K
(a) Decrease in atomic or ionic radii with increase in atomic number.
(b) For lanthanoids common oxidation state is +3 . to acquire +3 oxidation state Ce 4+
undergoes reduction and hence acts as oxidizing agent ,while Eu 2+ undergoes
oxidation and hence acts as reducing agent.
(a) It is due to poor shielding by 4f and 5f electrons.
(b) Ce ( Ce4+)
Actinoids are radioactive in nature.
i) & (ii) 8MnO4- + 3S2O32- + H2O
8MnO2 + 2 OH- + 6 SO42(iii) 2MnO4 + I
+ H2O
2OH + 2MnO2 + IO3(a) Bec. Enthalpy of atomisation depends upon no. of unpaired electrons.
(b) No unpaired electrons.
Absence of d-d overlapping and poor metallic bonding.
(a) Ce4+ is strong oxidant, being Lanthanoid it reverts to Ce3+ as + 3 is most stable.
(b) K2Cr2O7 is not much soluble in cold water. However, it is obtained in pure state and
is not Hygroscopic in nature.
Mn3+,extra stable due to half-filled d5 configuration.
(a) It is due to much more negative Hydration enthalpy of Cu 2+ (aq) than Cu+

(b) TiIV is more stable due to d0 configuration.

(c) Maximum no. of unpaired electrons are in middle.
(a) The ability of oxygen to form multiple bonds to metals, explain its superiority to
Show higher oxidation state with metal.
(b) Positive E value (+ O. 34 Volt) accounts for its inability to liberate H 2 from acids.
(c)Mn, Maximum no. of unpaired electrons.

164

39

40
41

42

43

44

45

(a) Number of unpaired electrons increases up to Mn and then decreases up to Zn.

(b) To acquire +3 O.S. Cr2+ has a tendency to lose the electron while Mn 3+ has a
tendency to accept an electron.
(c) To acquire d0 configuration.
(a) Cu2+, One unpaired electron.
(b) +6
MnO2 + 2 KOH (aq) + O2
K2MnO4 + H2O
5 Fe2+ + MnO4- + 8 H+
Mn2+ + 4H2O + 5Fe3+
2MnO4- + 5C2O4 2- (aq) +16 H+
2 Mn2+ + 8H2O + 10 CO2
Cr2O72- + H2S + H+
Do yourself
Cr2O72- + I- + H +
Do yourself
(a) 4FeCr2O4 + 8Na2CO3 + 7 O2
8Na2CrO4+ 2Fe2O3 + 8CO2
+
+
2Na2CrO4 + 2H
Na2Cr2O7 + 2Na + H2O
Na2Cr2O7 + 2 KCl
K2Cr2O7 + 2 NaCl
22(b) CrO4 ======= Cr2O7 )
( if PH > 4 the CrO42- ion (yellow) will exist and if PH < 4 then Cr2O72- ion(orange) will
exist
(a) 2MnO2 + 4KOH (aq) + O2
2K2MnO4 + 2H2O
2MnO4 ----electrolysis- MnO4
5 Fe2+ + MnO4- + 8 H+
Mn2+ + 4H2O + 5Fe3+
5 SO2 + 2MnO4- + 2H2O
2Mn2+ + 4H+ + 5SO422+
2MnO4 + 5C2O4 (aq) +16 H
2 Mn2+ + 8H2O + 10 CO2
(a) Ch3CH2OH-----K2Cr2O7/H+-CH3COOH
(b) (b)Cr2O72- + 6I- + 14H +
2Cr3+ +3I2+ 7 H2O
Cr2O72- + 6 Fe2++ 14 H+
2Cr3+ + 6Fe3+ + 7 H2O
22+
Cr2O7 + 3S + 14 H
2Cr3+ + 3S+ 7 H2O
A= FeCr2O4
B= Na2CrO4
C= Na2Cr2O7
D = K2 Cr2O74
FeCr2O4 + 8Na2CO3 + 7 O2
8Na2CrO4+ 2Fe2O3 + 8CO2

Prepared By: Guwahati Region

1 MARK QUESTIONS (1-20)

1. Zn, Cd & Hg are not treated as true transition elements. Why?

2. Cu & Ag are transition metals although they have completely filled d-orbitals. Why?
3. Why some d-block elements have irregular (exceptional) electronic configuration?

165

4. Atomic size does not change appreciably in a row of transition metals. Why?
5. Transition elements have variable oxidation states. Why?

6. Transition metals have high melting and boiling points. Why?

7. Transition metals have high enthalpy of atomization. Why?
8. Transition metals show catalytic properties .Why?

9. Transition metals and their salts are generally colored .Why?

10. Why transition metals form coordination compounds?
11. Why transition metals form alloys?

12. Transition metals form interstial compounds. Why?

13. Zn, Cd & Hg have low boiling points and Hg is liquid. Why?

14. Transition metals and many of their compounds show paramagnetic behavior .Why?
15. d1 configuration is very unstable in ions .Why?

16. Cr2+ is strongly reducing while Mn3+ is strongly oxidizing. Why?

17. Cobalt (II) is stable in aqueous solution but in presence of complexing agents it gets
oxidized. Why?
18. Mn2+ compounds are more stable than Fe2+ .Why?
19. Fe3+ is stable compared to Fe2+.Why?

20. Transition metals exhibit highest oxidation states in oxides and fluorides. Why?
2 Mark Questions (21-30)

21`.The highest oxidation state of transition metal is exhibited in oxoanions

For the first row transition metals the Eo values are:
Eo V Cr Mn Fe Co

Ni

Cu

(M2+/M) 1.18 0.91 1.18 0.44

0.28

Explain the irregularity in the above values.?

0.25

+0.34

166

22. Why is the E0 value for the Mn3+/Mn2+ couple much more positive than that for
Cr3+/Cr2+ or Fe3+/Fe2+? Explain.?

23. In the series Sc (Z = 21) to Zn (Z = 30), the enthalpy of atomization of zinc is the
lowest.Why?
24. Explain why Cu+ ion is not stable in aqueous solutions?

25 Actinoid contractions are greater from element to element than lanthanoid

contraction.Why?

26. K2PtCl6 is well known compound and corresponding Ni4+ Salt isunknown . Whereas
Ni+2 is more stable than Pt+2.

27. Why KMnO4 is bright in colour ?

28. CrO is basic but Cr2O3 is amphoteric?

29. In the titration of Fe2+ ions with KMnO4 in acidic medium, why dil. H2SO4 is used and
not dilHCl.

30. K2Cr2O7 is used as Primary Standard in volumetric analysis.Why?

3 MARKS QUESTIONS(31-40)

31. (a) Although Cu+ has configuration 3 d10 4 s0 (stable) and Cu2+ has configuration 3 d9
(unstable configuration) still Cu2+ compounds are more stable than Cu+.
(b)

Titanium (IV) is more stable than Ti (III) or Ti (II).

32. The actinoids exhibit more number of oxidation states and give their common oxidation
states.

33. (a) Give reason CrO3 is an acid anhydride.

(b)

Give the structure of CrO5.

34. Why is Cr2+ reducing and Mn3+ oxidising when both have d4 configuration ?
35. .(a)In MnO4 ion all the bonds formed between Mn and Oxygen are covalent. Give
(b)

reason.

Beside + 3 oxidation state Terbium Tb also shows + 4 oxidation state.

(Atomic no. = 65)

167

36. (a) Highest manganese flouride is MnF4 whereas the highest oxide is Mn2O7.
(b)

Copper can not librate H2 from dil acids :

Note : Although only oxidising acids (HNO3 and hot conc. H2SO4) react with Cu
light.

37. A metal which is strongly attracted by a magnet is attacked slowly by the HCl liberating
a gas and producing a blue solution. The addition of water to this solution causes it

to turn pink, the metal is

38.Comment on the statement that elements of the first transition series possess many
properties different from those of heavier transition metal ?
39. The paramagnetic character in 3d-transition series elements increases upto Mn and
then decreases. Explain why?
40.Why are Mn2+ compounds more stable than Fe2+ compounds towards oxidation to +3
state?
5 MARK QUESTIONS(41-45)

41.A wellknown orange crystalline compound (A) when burnt impart violet colour to
flame. (A) on treating (B) and conc. H2SO4 gives red gas (C) which gives red yellow
solution (D) with alkaline water. (D) on treating with acetic acid and lead acetate
gives yellow p. pt. (E). (B) sublimes on heating. Also on heating (B) with NaOH gas

(F) is formed which gives white fumes with HCl. What are (A) to (F) ?
42. Give reasons for the following:
(a) Among the lanthanoids, Ce(III) is easily oxidised to Ce(IV).

(b) Fe3+ / Fe2+ redox couple has less positive electrode potential than Mn 3+ / Mn2+couple.
(c) The second and third transition series elements have almost similar atomic radii.
(d) Transition metals and many of their compounds show paramagnetic behaviour.

(e) KMnO4 titration is not carried out using HCl as acid medium.

(iii) The transition metals generally form coloured compounds.

43. a) A Complex having scandium in +3 oxidation-state was found colorless why?
b) Show the splitting of d, orbitals of Ti in [Ti(H 2O)6]+3
c) [Ti(H2O)6]+3 is coloured why?
d) Differentiate between. Lanthanides and actinides w.r t.
(i) Oxidation state
(ii) electronic configuration

168

44. 1. Mixed oxide of iron and Chromium FeO.Cr2O3 is fused with Sodium Carbonate in the
presence of air to form yellow compound (A). On acidification Compound (A) forms
an orange coloured compound (B) which is an oxidizing agent
i) Identify A and B.
ii) Write balanced chemical equation for each
2. Among the lanthanoids, Ce(III) is easily oxidised to Ce(IV).
3.Fe3+ / Fe2+ redox couple has less positive electrode potential than Mn3+ / Mn2+couple.

45. (I) Account for the following :

(a) Zirconium & Hafnium exhibit almost similar properties
(b) Zinc salts are white while Cu2+ salts are coloured
(c) The transition elements have high enthalpies of atomization.
(d) Among transition metals, the highest oxidation state is exhibited in oxoanins of a
metal.
(e) Zn2+ salts are white while Cu2+ salts are blue.

D & f BLOCK ELEMENTS

ANSWERS

1. Because they have completely filled d-orbitals in their atomic as well as stable ionic state.
2. Cu2+& Ag2+ have (n-1)d9 4s0 configuration.

3. Due to very small energy difference between (n-1) d & ns sub-shell.

4. Along the rows nuclear charge increases but the penultimate d-sub shell has poor
shielding effect so atomic and ionic size remain almost same.

5. Due to very small energy difference between (n-1)d & ns sub-shell electrons from both
the sub-shell take part in bonding .
6. A large number of unpaired electrons take part in bonding so they have very strong
metallic bonds and hence high m.pt & b.pt

7. A large number of unpaired electrons take part in bonding so they have very strong
metallic bonds and hence high enthalpy of atomization

8. Because they have variable oxidation states and hence can form different intermediates.
They also provide large surface area.

9. Because they have partially filled d-sub shell and hence d-d electron transition takes
place when they absorb radiations from visible region and transmit complementary colors.

169

10. Because they have large number of vacant orbitals in (n-1)d, ns, np & ns sub shells so
they can accept electron pairs from ligands
11. They have comparable atomic size and hence can be mixed uniformly.

12. Because small atoms like H, C, N etc can be entrapped in their metallic crystals.

13. They have full filled 3d-orbitals and no electrons from d-orbitals are taking part in
metallic bonding so they have weak metallic bonding. Due to larger atomic size Hg is liquid.
14. Because they have unpaired electrons.

15. Because by losing one electron they get extra stability.

16. E0 value for Cr3+/Cr2+ is negative but that of Mn3+/Mn2+ is positive so Cr2+ can lose
electron to form Cr3+ while Mn3+ accepts electron to form Mn2+. In case of Cr d4 to d3 occurs
for Cr2+ to Cr3+. d3 is stable.

17. Oxidation state changes from +2 to +3 because in presence of ligands d-orbitals split up
into t2g and eg having the stable configuration t2g6 eg0.
18. Mn2+ has half-filled d-orbitals i.e 3d5 4s0 configuration.

19. Due to half-filled configuration i.e 3d5 4s0 configuration.

20. Because of small size and high electronegativity oxygen or fluorine can oxidise the
metal to its highest oxidation state.
2 Marks(21-30)

21.The E0 (M2+/M) values are not regular which can be explained from the irregular
variation of ionisation enthalpies ( i H 1 + i H 2) and also the sublimation enthalpies
which are relatively much less for manganese and vanadium.

22. Much larger third ionisation energy of Mn (where the required change is d5 to d4) is
mainly responsible for this. This also explains why the +3 state of Mn is of little importance.
23. In the formation of metallic bonds, no electrons from 3d-orbitals are involved in case of
zinc, while in all other metals of the 3d series, electrons from the d-orbitals are always
involved in the formation of metallic bonds.
24. Cu+ in aqueous solution undergoes disproportionation, i.e.,
2Cu+(aq) Cu2+(aq) + Cu(s)

The E0 value for this is favorable.

170

25. The 5f electrons are more effectively shielded from nuclear charge. In other words the
5f electrons themselves provide poor shielding from element to element in the series.
26. The stability of the compounds depends upon sum of ionization enthalpies:
IE1 + IE2< IE1 + IE2
in Ni

in Pt

Ni2+ is stable than Pt+2.

IE1 + IE2 + IE3 + IE4< IE1 + IE2 + IE3 + IE4

in Pt4+

in Ni4+

Pt4+ is stable, K2PtCl6 is well known compound.

27. It is due to charge transfer. In MnO4 an electron is momentarily transferred from O to

the metal, thus momentarily O2 is changed to O and reducing the oxidation state of the
metal from Mn (VII) to Mn (VI).
28.

O. N.

CrO Cr2O3
+2

+3

Higher the oxidation states higher the acidity. In lower oxidation state some of
valence e of the metal atom are not involved in bonding, can donate e
and behave as base. In higher oxidation state e are involved in bonding and

are not available, rather it can accept e and behave as an acid.

29. KMnO4 produce Cl2 KMnO4 in presence of dil. HCl acts as oxidising agent, Oxygen
produced is used up partly for oxidation of HCl :

2 KMnO4 + 3 H2SO4 K2SO4 + 2 MnSO4 + 3 H2O + 5 (O)

2 KMnO4 + 4 HCl 2 KCl + 2 MnCl2 + 2 H2O + 6 (O)
2 HCl + (O) H2O + Cl2

30. K2Cr2O7 is not much soluble in cold water. However, it is obtained in pure state and is
not Hygroscopic in nature.

3 marks questions(31-40)

31.(a) It is due to much more () Hydration H of Cu2+ (aq) than Cu+, which is more
(b)

than compensates for the II ionization enthalpy of Cu.

22Ti = 3 d 4 s

171

TiIII = 3 d
TiII = 3 d

TiIV = 3d

most stable configuration.

TiIV is more stable than TiIII and TiII.

32.As the distance between the nucleus and 5 f orbitals (actinoides) is more than the
distance between the nucleus and 4 f (lanthanoids) hence the hold of the nucleus on
valence electrons decrease in actinoids. For this reason the actinoids exhibit more
number of oxidation states in general.

Common O. N. exhibited are + 3 (similar to Canthanoids) besides + 3 state, also show

+ 4, maximum oxidation state in middle of series i. e. Pu and Np. have anoidation
state upto + 7.

33. (a) CrO3 + H2O H2CrO4 i. e. CrO3 is formed by less of one H2O molecule from
chromic acid :

H2O

H2CrO4 CrO3
(b)

O
Cr
O

O
O

34.Cr2+ is reducing as its configuration changes from d 4 to d3, the d3 has half-filled t2g
level. n the other hand, the change from Mn2+ to Mn3+ results in the half filled (dS)
configuration which has extra stability.
Cr2+ = 3 d4 4 s0

Mn3+ = 3 d4 4 s0

Mn2+ = 3 d5 4 s0

172

Cr3+ = 3 d3 4 s0
Cr3+ = 3 d3 4 s0
have half-filled
35. (a)

t2g level.

d5

half-filled extra
stable.

In MnO4, O. N. is + 7, but it is not possible to lose 7 electrons because very

high energy is required to remove 7 electrons. Therefore it forms covalent

(b)

bonds.

Tb = 65

E. C. is 4 f9 6 s2

Tb4+ = 4 f7 6 s0

half-filled f-orbital stable.

after losing 4 e it attains half-filled orbital.

36. (a) The ability of oxygen to form multiple bonds to metals, explain its superiority to
(b)

show higher oxidation state with metal.

Positive E value (+ O 34 Volt) accounts for its inability to liberate H2 from

acids. The high energy to transform Cu (s) to Cu2+ (aq) is not balanced by its
Hydration enthalpy.

Note : For (b) Consult Fig. 8.4 in NCERT

37.The metal is CO

CO + 2 HCl COCl2 + H2

blue solution
COCl2 in solution is [CO (H2O)6]2+

blue
pink
38.The following points justify that the given statement is true:(i) Ionization enthalpies of heavier transition elements are higher than the elements of 3d
series. Consequently, heavier transition elements are less reactive in comparison to 3delements.
(ii) Melting points of heavier transition elements are higher than 3d-elements.
(iii) Higher oxidation states of heavier transition elements are stable whereas lower
oxidation states are stable in 3d-elements.
39. In the 3d-transition series as we move from Sc (21) to Mn (25) the number of unpaired
electrons increases and hence paramagnetic character increases. After Mn, the pairing of

173

electrons in the d-orbital starts and the number of unpaired electrons decreases and hence,
paramagnetic character decreases.
40.The electronic configuration of Mn2+ is [Ar] 3d5, i.e. all five d-orbitals are singly
occupied. Thus this is stable electronic configuration and further loss of electron requires
high energy .on other hand side the electronic configuration of Fe2+is [Ar] 3d6, i.e. Loss of
one electron requires low energy.
5 MARK QUESTIONS(41-45)

41.(i) K2Cr2O7 + 4 NH4Cl + 3 H2SO4 K2SO4 +2 Cr2O2Cl2 + 2 (NH4)2SO4 + 3 H2O

(ii)

(iii)

(A)

(B) Sublime

Chromyl Chloride red gas(C)

CrO2Cl2 + 4 NaOH Na2CrO4 + 2 NaCl +2 H2O

(D) Yellow Soln.

Na2CrO4 + (CH3COO)2 Pb PbCrO4 + 2 CH3COONa

Yellow p. pt. (E)

42. (a) vacant (n-2) f subshell in Ce(IV).

(b) extra stability of Fe3+ than Mn3+ ion
(c) Due to lanthanoid contraction
(d)they both will be reacting.
(e) unpaired d electrons and d-d transitions.
43. a) Due to absence of unpaired electron in d orbtal
b) Correct splitting of d orbitals in octahesral feild into t2g and eg c) Due to presence
of single electron
d)
lathanoid
Actinoid
(i) Shows common
It shows common
oxidation state of +3+4+5
oxidation state +3
(ii) 4 f arefielled
5f are filled
44.(1) A= Na2CrO4
; B= k2Cr2 O7
4FeCr2O4 + 8 NaCrO4 +7O2 -----8 Na2CrO4 + 2 Fe2O3+8 CO2
2Na2CrO4 + 2 H+ -----------Na2Cr2O7 + 2Na+ +H2O
.
(2) vacant (n-2) f subshell in Ce(IV).
(3) extra stability of Fe3+ than Mn3+ ion

45. 1(a). Because of same size

(b). Because Zn+2 ion does not have unpaired electrons while Cu+2 have one unpaired
electron
.Because of many unpaired electrons they have many metallic binds
(d) In these oxoanions the oxygen atoms are directly bonded to the transition metal.
Since oxygen is highly electronegative, the oxoanions bring out the highest oxidation state
of the metal.
(e) Zn2+ ion has all its orbitals completely filled whereas in Cu2+ ion there is one half-filled
3d-orbital. It therefore has a tendency to form coloured salts whereas Zn 2+ has no such
tendency. 1

174

Chapter: d and f- block elements

Type: MLL
One mark questions

Explain Why? / How would you account for the following: [1 mark each?]
1. Transition metals are less reactive, high melting point and enthalpy of atomization.
2. Transition metals have high enthalpy of hydration.
3. Transition metals show several oxidation states.
4. Transition metals form coloured complexes.
5. Transition metals take part in catalytic reactions.
6. Why does vanadium pentaoxide act as a catalyst?
7. Transition metals are paramagnetic in nature.
8. Transition metals form complexes.
9. Transition metals have irregular E0 values.
10. The E0M2+/M for copper is positive (0.34v) .Copper is the only metal in first series of
transition elements showing this behavior, why?
11. Transition metals form alloys.
12. Transition metals form interstitial compounds.
13.Cu+ is unstable in aqueous solution.
14.Cu2+ is stable in aqueous solution.
15. Zr and Hf exhibit almost same radii and properties.
16. The d1 configuration is generally unstable in ions.
17. There is a general increase in density of element from titanium (Z=22) to copper ( Z=29).
18. The lowest oxides of transition metals is basic, the highest is amphoteric or acidic.
19. Anhydrous CuSO4 is white while hydrated Copper sulphate is blue.
20.Co2+ is easily oxidized to Co3+ in presence of strong ligand.
Two marks questions
21. (a) Why HCl cannot be used in place of sulphuric acid to acidify KMnO4 solution in
volumetric analysis ?
(b) Potassium dichromate is a good oxidising agent in acidic medium, why?
22. Write the balanced ionic equations for reacting ions to represent the acidified potassium
dichromate solution with:
(iii)
Potassium iodide solution
(iv)
Acidified ferrous sulphate solution.
23. List some applications of d- block elements.
24. Describe giving reasons which one of the following pairs has the properties indicated?
(c) Fe or Cu has higher melting point.
(d) Co2+Or Ni2+ has lower magnetic moment.
25. Calculate the magnetic moment of a trivalent ion in aqueous solution whose atomic no. is
25.
26 Define transition elements. Explain why is Zn not considered as transition element while Cu
does?
27. What happens when Cu2+ is added to I-? Write the balanced chemical equation.

175

28 Write the electronic configuration of 24 Cr and 26Fe2+ .

29 Compare non transition and transition elements on the basis of their Variability of oxidation
states (ii) stability of oxidation states.
30
(a) Name a transition element which does not exhibit variable oxidation state.
(b) Name three elements of d block which are not regarded as transition
element.
Three Marks questions
31. Give chemical reactions for the following observations:
(i) Potassium permanganate is a good oxidizing agent in basic medium.
(ii) Inter convertibility of chromate ion and dichromate ion in aqueous solution depends Upon
pH of the solution.
(iii) Potassium permanganate is thermally unstable at 513K.
32. Define lanthanide Contraction. Ce4+ is a good oxidizing agent whereas Eu2+, Sm2+ is a good
reducing agent, why ?
33.(a)From element to element the actinoid contraction is greater than lanthanides
contraction, why?
(b) Name the lanthanide element which forms tetra positive ions in the aqueous solution.
The chemistry of actinoids is not as smooth as lanthanoids, why?
34. Balance the following equations:
(i) MnO4- + S2O32(Basic medium)
2(ii) MnO4 + S2O3 + H2O
(iii) MnO4- + I(in neutral or alkaline medium)
35 (a) The enthalpies of atomization of transition metals of 3d series do not follow a regular
trend throughout the series.
(b) The enthalpy of atomization of zinc is lowest.
Zn Cd Hg are soft and have low melting points.
36. Explain:
(a) The E value for Ce4+/Ce3+ is 1.74 Volt.
(b)K2Cr2O7 is used as Primary Standard in volumetric analysis.

The third ionization energy of manganese (z=25) is exceptionally high.

37. Explain:
(a)Although Cu+ has configuration 3 d10 4 s0 (stable) and Cu2+ has configuration 3 d9 (unstable
configuration) still Cu2+ compounds are more stable than Cu+.
(b)
Titanium (IV) is more stable than Ti (III) or Ti (II).
The greatest number of oxidation states are exhibited by the members in the middle of a
transition series.
38 (a) Highest manganese flouride is MnF4 whereas the highest oxide is Mn2O7, why?
(b) Copper can notlibrate H2 from dilacids,why?

176

(c)Which of the 3d- series of transition metals exhibits largest number of oxidation states and
why?
39. (a)O.S. of first transition series initially increase up to Mn and then decrease to Zn , why?
(b) Why is Cr2+ reducing and Mn3+ oxidizingwhile both have d4 configuration.
Ti achieves tetrahalides while chromium forms heaxhalide, why?
40.(a)Which form of Cu is paramagnetic and why?
(b) What is the oxidation no. of Cr in Cr2O72-?
41 Complete the following reaction equations:
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)

MnO2 + KOH (aq) + O2

Fe2+ + MnO4- + H+
MnO4- + C2O4 2- (aq) + H+
Cr2O72- + H2S + H+
Cr2O72- + I- + H +

42. Describe the preparation of potassium dichromate from iron chromite ore. What is the
effect of increasing PH on a solution of potassium dichromate or Explain how the colour of
K2Cr2O7 solution depends on PH of the solution?
43. (a)Describe the preparation of potassium permanganate.
(b) How does the acidified permanganate solution react with (i) iron (II) ions (ii) SO 2 and (iii)
oxalic acid? Write the ionic equations for the reactions.
44. Describe the oxidising action of potassium dichromate and write the ionic
equations for its reaction with:
Iodide (ii) iron (II) solution and (iii) H2S
45. When a chrromite ore A is fused with sodium carbonate in free excess of air and the
product is dissolved in water, a yellow solution of compound B is obtained .After treatment of
this yellow solution with sulphuric acid compound C can be crystallize from the solution .When
compound C is treated with KCl orange crystals of compound D is crystallizes out. Identify A to
D and wtite the reaction from A to B.
Answer Key
Chapter: d and f- block elements
Type: MLL

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

Strong metallic bonding and d-d overlapping.

Small size
Comparable energies of (n-1) d and ns electrons.
d-d transition.
Can pass from one oxidation state to another very easily.
Can pass from one oxidation state to another very easily.
Unparied electrons
Have vacant d orbitals to accept electrons.
Irregualr trend in IE, sublimation energy and hydration energy.
Sum of enthalpies of sublimation and ionization (enthalpy of atomization) > hydration

177

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23

24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

32

33

energy.
Almost same size.
Can accommodate small atoms in void position.
Low hydration enthalpy and property to show disproportionation reaction.
High hydration enthalpy.
Lanthanoid contraction
Hydration energy > Ionization energy.
It is due to increase in mass per unit volume with increase in atomic no.
Lower oxides are ionic while higher oxides are covalent.
No d-d transition in the absence of ligand.
Crystal field stabilisation energy of Co+3 ion is higher than Co2+ ion.
(c) HCl can be oxidized into Cl2.
(d) It evolve nascent oxygen.
(c) Cr2O72- + 6I- + 14 H +
2 Cr3+ + 3I2 + 7H2O
(d) Cr2O72- + 6Fe2+ + 14 H +
6Fe3+ + 2 Cr3+ + 7H2O
Ni, Fe, V2O5 are used as catalyst in various industrial process.
AgBr is used in photography.
Pt compound are used in anticancer drug.
MnO2 is used as OA in dry cells.
Fe
Ni2+
4 unpaired electrons M.M = [4(4+2)]1/2
Transition elements are those whose neutral atom or stable ion has partly filled dorbitals.
Cu2+ has partly filled d-orbitals which are absent in Zn or Zn2+.
2CU2+ + 4ICu2I2 + I2
5
1
Cr= [Ar] 3d 4s
Cu[Ar]3d104s1
Oxidation states of transition elements differ from each other by unity. In non-transition
elements oxidation states normally differ by a unit of two.
(a) Sc
(b) Zn, Cd, Hg
(i)
2MnO4- + 2H2O + 3 e2MnO2 + 4OH(ii) CrO42- ======= Cr2O72( if PH > 4 the CrO42- ion will exist and if PH < 4 then Cr2O72- will exist )
ie. 2 CrO42- + 2H+
Cr2O72- + H2O
Cr2O72- + 2OH2 CrO42- + H2O
(iii) 2 KMnO4
K2MnO4 + MnO2 + O2
+ 513 K
(c) Decrease in atomic or ionic radii with increase in atomic number.
(d) For lanthanoids common oxidation state is +3 . to acquire +3 oxidation state Ce 4+
undergoes reduction and hence acts as oxidizing agent ,while Eu 2+ undergoes
oxidation and hence acts as reducing agent.
(c) It is due to poor shielding by 4f and 5f electrons.

178

34
35

36

37

38

(d) Ce ( Ce4+)
Actinoids are radioactive in nature.
i) & (ii) 8MnO4- + 3S2O32- + H2O
8MnO2 + 2 OH- + 6 SO42(iii) 2MnO4- + I+ H2O
2OH- + 2MnO2 + IO3(a) Bec. Enthalpy of atomisation depends upon no. of unpaired electrons.
(b) No unpaired electrons.
Absence of d-d overlapping and poor metallic bonding.
(a) Ce4+ is strong oxidant, being Lanthanoid it reverts to Ce3+ as + 3 is most stable.
(b) K2Cr2O7 is not much soluble in cold water. However, it is obtained in pure state and
is not Hygroscopic in nature.
Mn3+,extra stable due to half-filled d5 configuration.
(d) It is due to much more negative Hydration enthalpy of Cu 2+ (aq) than Cu+

(e) TiIV is more stable due to d0 configuration.

(f) Maximum no. of unpaired electrons are in middle.
(c) The ability of oxygen to form multiple bonds to metals, explain its superiority to
Show higher oxidation state with metal.
(d) Positive E value (+ O. 34 Volt) accounts for its inability to liberate H 2 from acids.
(c)Mn, Maximum no. of unpaired electrons.

39

40
41

42

43

(d) Number of unpaired electrons increases up to Mn and then decreases up to Zn.

(e) To acquire +3 O.S. Cr2+ has a tendency to lose the electron while Mn 3+ has a
tendency to accept an electron.
(f) To acquire d0 configuration.
(a) Cu2+, One unpaired electron.
(b) +6
MnO2 + 2 KOH (aq) + O2
K2MnO4 + H2O
2+
+
2+
5 Fe + MnO4 + 8 H
Mn + 4H2O + 5Fe3+
2MnO4- + 5C2O4 2- (aq) +16 H+
2 Mn2+ + 8H2O + 10 CO2
2+
Cr2O7 + H2S + H
Do yourself
2+
Cr2O7 + I + H
Do yourself
(b) 4FeCr2O4 + 8Na2CO3 + 7 O2
8Na2CrO4+ 2Fe2O3 + 8CO2
2Na2CrO4 + 2H+
Na2Cr2O7 + 2Na+ + H2O
Na2Cr2O7 + 2 KCl
K2Cr2O7 + 2 NaCl
22(b) CrO4 ======= Cr2O7 )
( if PH > 4 the CrO42- ion (yellow) will exist and if PH < 4 then Cr2O72- ion(orange) will
exist
(b) 2MnO2 + 4KOH (aq) + O2
2K2MnO4 + 2H2O
MnO42- ----electrolysis- MnO45 Fe2+ + MnO4- + 8 H+
5 SO2 + 2MnO4- + 2H2O

Mn2+ + 4H2O + 5Fe3+

2Mn2+ + 4H+ + 5SO42-

179

44

45

2MnO4- + 5C2O4 2- (aq) +16 H+

2 Mn2+ + 8H2O + 10 CO2
(c) Ch3CH2OH-----K2Cr2O7/H+-CH3COOH
(d) (b)Cr2O72- + 6I- + 14H +
2Cr3+ +3I2+ 7 H2O
Cr2O72- + 6 Fe2++ 14 H+
2Cr3+ + 6Fe3+ + 7 H2O
22+
Cr2O7 + 3S + 14 H
2Cr3+ + 3S+ 7 H2O
A= FeCr2O4
B= Na2CrO4
C= Na2Cr2O7
D = K2 Cr2O74
FeCr2O4 + 8Na2CO3 + 7 O2
8Na2CrO4+ 2Fe2O3 + 8CO2

Prepared By: Guwahati Region

1 MARK QUESTIONS (1-20)

1. Zn, Cd & Hg are not treated as true transition elements. Why?

2. Cu & Ag are transition metals although they have completely filled d-orbitals. Why?
3. Why some d-block elements have irregular (exceptional) electronic configuration?
4. Atomic size does not change appreciably in a row of transition metals. Why?
5. Transition elements have variable oxidation states. Why?

6. Transition metals have high melting and boiling points. Why?

7. Transition metals have high enthalpy of atomization. Why?
8. Transition metals show catalytic properties .Why?

9. Transition metals and their salts are generally colored .Why?

10. Why transition metals form coordination compounds?
11. Why transition metals form alloys?

12. Transition metals form interstial compounds. Why?

13. Zn, Cd & Hg have low boiling points and Hg is liquid. Why?

14. Transition metals and many of their compounds show paramagnetic behavior .Why?
15. d1 configuration is very unstable in ions .Why?

16. Cr2+ is strongly reducing while Mn3+ is strongly oxidizing. Why?

180

17. Cobalt (II) is stable in aqueous solution but in presence of complexing agents it gets
oxidized. Why?
18. Mn2+ compounds are more stable than Fe2+ .Why?
19. Fe3+ is stable compared to Fe2+.Why?

20. Transition metals exhibit highest oxidation states in oxides and fluorides. Why?
2 Mark Questions (21-30)

21`.The highest oxidation state of transition metal is exhibited in oxoanions

For the first row transition metals the Eo values are:
Eo V Cr Mn Fe Co

Ni

Cu

(M2+/M) 1.18 0.91 1.18 0.44

0.28

Explain the irregularity in the above values.?

0.25

+0.34

22. Why is the E0 value for the Mn3+/Mn2+ couple much more positive than that for
Cr3+/Cr2+ or Fe3+/Fe2+? Explain.?

23. In the series Sc (Z = 21) to Zn (Z = 30), the enthalpy of atomization of zinc is the
lowest.Why?
24. Explain why Cu+ ion is not stable in aqueous solutions?

25 Actinoid contractions are greater from element to element than lanthanoid

contraction.Why?

26. K2PtCl6 is well known compound and corresponding Ni4+ Salt isunknown . Whereas
Ni+2 is more stable than Pt+2.
27. Why KMnO4 is bright in colour ?

28. CrO is basic but Cr2O3 is amphoteric?

29. In the titration of Fe2+ ions with KMnO4 in acidic medium, why dil. H2SO4 is used and
not dilHCl.

30. K2Cr2O7 is used as Primary Standard in volumetric analysis.Why?

3 MARKS QUESTIONS(31-40)

181

31. (a) Although Cu+ has configuration 3 d10 4 s0 (stable) and Cu2+ has configuration 3 d9
(unstable configuration) still Cu2+ compounds are more stable than Cu+.
(b)

Titanium (IV) is more stable than Ti (III) or Ti (II).

32. The actinoids exhibit more number of oxidation states and give their common oxidation
states.

33. (a) Give reason CrO3 is an acid anhydride.

(b)

Give the structure of CrO5.

34. Why is Cr2+ reducing and Mn3+ oxidising when both have d4 configuration ?
35. .(a)In MnO4 ion all the bonds formed between Mn and Oxygen are covalent. Give
(b)

reason.

Beside + 3 oxidation state Terbium Tb also shows + 4 oxidation state.

(Atomic no. = 65)

36. (a) Highest manganese flouride is MnF4 whereas the highest oxide is Mn2O7.
(b)

Copper can not librate H2 from dil acids :

Note : Although only oxidising acids (HNO3 and hot conc. H2SO4) react with Cu
light.

37. A metal which is strongly attracted by a magnet is attacked slowly by the HCl liberating
a gas and producing a blue solution. The addition of water to this solution causes it

to turn pink, the metal is

38.Comment on the statement that elements of the first transition series possess many
properties different from those of heavier transition metal ?
39. The paramagnetic character in 3d-transition series elements increases upto Mn and
then decreases. Explain why?
40.Why are Mn2+ compounds more stable than Fe2+ compounds towards oxidation to +3
state?
5 MARK QUESTIONS(41-45)

41.A wellknown orange crystalline compound (A) when burnt impart violet colour to
flame. (A) on treating (B) and conc. H2SO4 gives red gas (C) which gives red yellow
solution (D) with alkaline water. (D) on treating with acetic acid and lead acetate
gives yellow p. pt. (E). (B) sublimes on heating. Also on heating (B) with NaOH gas
(F) is formed which gives white fumes with HCl. What are (A) to (F) ?

182

42. Give reasons for the following:

(a) Among the lanthanoids, Ce(III) is easily oxidised to Ce(IV).

(b) Fe3+ / Fe2+ redox couple has less positive electrode potential than Mn 3+ / Mn2+couple.
(c) The second and third transition series elements have almost similar atomic radii.
(d) Transition metals and many of their compounds show paramagnetic behaviour.

(e) KMnO4 titration is not carried out using HCl as acid medium.

(iii) The transition metals generally form coloured compounds.

43. a) A Complex having scandium in +3 oxidation-state was found colorless why?
b) Show the splitting of d, orbitals of Ti in [Ti(H 2O)6]+3
c) [Ti(H2O)6]+3 is coloured why?
d) Differentiate between. Lanthanides and actinides w.r t.
(i) Oxidation state
(ii) electronic configuration
44. 1. Mixed oxide of iron and Chromium FeO.Cr2O3 is fused with Sodium Carbonate in the
presence of air to form yellow compound (A). On acidification Compound (A) forms
an orange coloured compound (B) which is an oxidizing agent
i) Identify A and B.
ii) Write balanced chemical equation for each
2. Among the lanthanoids, Ce(III) is easily oxidised to Ce(IV).
3.Fe3+ / Fe2+ redox couple has less positive electrode potential than Mn3+ / Mn2+couple.

45. (I) Account for the following :

(d) Zirconium & Hafnium exhibit almost similar properties
(e) Zinc salts are white while Cu2+ salts are coloured
(f) The transition elements have high enthalpies of atomization.
(d) Among transition metals, the highest oxidation state is exhibited in oxoanins of a
metal.
(e) Zn2+ salts are white while Cu2+ salts are blue.
D & f BLOCK ELEMENTS
ANSWERS

1. Because they have completely filled d-orbitals in their atomic as well as stable ionic state.
2. Cu2+& Ag2+ have (n-1)d9 4s0 configuration.

3. Due to very small energy difference between (n-1) d & ns sub-shell.

4. Along the rows nuclear charge increases but the penultimate d-sub shell has poor
shielding effect so atomic and ionic size remain almost same.

183

5. Due to very small energy difference between (n-1)d & ns sub-shell electrons from both
the sub-shell take part in bonding .
6. A large number of unpaired electrons take part in bonding so they have very strong
metallic bonds and hence high m.pt & b.pt

7. A large number of unpaired electrons take part in bonding so they have very strong
metallic bonds and hence high enthalpy of atomization

8. Because they have variable oxidation states and hence can form different intermediates.
They also provide large surface area.

9. Because they have partially filled d-sub shell and hence d-d electron transition takes
place when they absorb radiations from visible region and transmit complementary colors.
10. Because they have large number of vacant orbitals in (n-1)d, ns, np & ns sub shells so
they can accept electron pairs from ligands
11. They have comparable atomic size and hence can be mixed uniformly.

12. Because small atoms like H, C, N etc can be entrapped in their metallic crystals.

13. They have full filled 3d-orbitals and no electrons from d-orbitals are taking part in
metallic bonding so they have weak metallic bonding. Due to larger atomic size Hg is liquid.
14. Because they have unpaired electrons.

15. Because by losing one electron they get extra stability.

16. E0 value for Cr3+/Cr2+ is negative but that of Mn3+/Mn2+ is positive so Cr2+ can lose
electron to form Cr3+ while Mn3+ accepts electron to form Mn2+. In case of Cr d4 to d3 occurs
for Cr2+ to Cr3+. d3 is stable.

17. Oxidation state changes from +2 to +3 because in presence of ligands d-orbitals split up
into t2g and eg having the stable configuration t2g6 eg0.
18. Mn2+ has half-filled d-orbitals i.e 3d5 4s0 configuration.

19. Due to half-filled configuration i.e 3d5 4s0 configuration.

20. Because of small size and high electronegativity oxygen or fluorine can oxidise the
metal to its highest oxidation state.
2 Marks(21-30)

184

21.The E0 (M2+/M) values are not regular which can be explained from the irregular
variation of ionisation enthalpies ( i H 1 + i H 2) and also the sublimation enthalpies
which are relatively much less for manganese and vanadium.

22. Much larger third ionisation energy of Mn (where the required change is d5 to d4) is
mainly responsible for this. This also explains why the +3 state of Mn is of little importance.
23. In the formation of metallic bonds, no electrons from 3d-orbitals are involved in case of
zinc, while in all other metals of the 3d series, electrons from the d-orbitals are always
involved in the formation of metallic bonds.
24. Cu+ in aqueous solution undergoes disproportionation, i.e.,
2Cu+(aq) Cu2+(aq) + Cu(s)

The E0 value for this is favorable.

25. The 5f electrons are more effectively shielded from nuclear charge. In other words the
5f electrons themselves provide poor shielding from element to element in the series.
26. The stability of the compounds depends upon sum of ionization enthalpies:
IE1 + IE2< IE1 + IE2
in Ni

in Pt

Ni2+ is stable than Pt+2.

IE1 + IE2 + IE3 + IE4< IE1 + IE2 + IE3 + IE4

in Pt4+

in Ni4+

Pt4+ is stable, K2PtCl6 is well known compound.

27. It is due to charge transfer. In MnO4 an electron is momentarily transferred from O to

the metal, thus momentarily O2 is changed to O and reducing the oxidation state of the
metal from Mn (VII) to Mn (VI).
28.

O. N.

CrO Cr2O3
+2

+3

Higher the oxidation states higher the acidity. In lower oxidation state some of
valence e of the metal atom are not involved in bonding, can donate e
and behave as base. In higher oxidation state e are involved in bonding and

are not available, rather it can accept e and behave as an acid.

29. KMnO4 produce Cl2 KMnO4 in presence of dil. HCl acts as oxidising agent, Oxygen
produced is used up partly for oxidation of HCl :

185

2 KMnO4 + 3 H2SO4 K2SO4 + 2 MnSO4 + 3 H2O + 5 (O)

2 KMnO4 + 4 HCl 2 KCl + 2 MnCl2 + 2 H2O + 6 (O)
2 HCl + (O) H2O + Cl2

30. K2Cr2O7 is not much soluble in cold water. However, it is obtained in pure state and is
not Hygroscopic in nature.

3 marks questions(31-40)

31.(a) It is due to much more () Hydration H of Cu2+ (aq) than Cu+, which is more
(b)

than compensates for the II ionization enthalpy of Cu.

22Ti = 3 d 4 s
TiIII = 3 d
TiII = 3 d

TiIV = 3d

most stable configuration.

TiIV is more stable than TiIII and TiII.

32.As the distance between the nucleus and 5 f orbitals (actinoides) is more than the

distance between the nucleus and 4 f (lanthanoids) hence the hold of the nucleus on
valence electrons decrease in actinoids. For this reason the actinoids exhibit more
number of oxidation states in general.

Common O. N. exhibited are + 3 (similar to Canthanoids) besides + 3 state, also show

+ 4, maximum oxidation state in middle of series i. e. Pu and Np. have anoidation
state upto + 7.

33. (a) CrO3 + H2O H2CrO4 i. e. CrO3 is formed by less of one H2O molecule from
chromic acid :

H2O

H2CrO4 CrO3
(b)

O
Cr
O

O
O

186

34.Cr2+ is reducing as its configuration changes from d 4 to d3, the d3 has half-filled t2g
level. n the other hand, the change from Mn2+ to Mn3+ results in the half filled (dS)
configuration which has extra stability.
Cr2+ = 3 d4 4 s0

Mn3+ = 3 d4 4 s0

Mn2+ = 3 d5 4 s0
Cr3+ = 3 d3 4 s0
Cr3+ = 3 d3 4 s0
have half-filled
35. (a)

t2g level.

d5

half-filled extra
stable.

In MnO4, O. N. is + 7, but it is not possible to lose 7 electrons because very

high energy is required to remove 7 electrons. Therefore it forms covalent

(b)

bonds.

Tb = 65

E. C. is 4 f9 6 s2

Tb4+ = 4 f7 6 s0

half-filled f-orbital stable.

after losing 4 e it attains half-filled orbital.

36. (a) The ability of oxygen to form multiple bonds to metals, explain its superiority to
(b)

show higher oxidation state with metal.

Positive E value (+ O 34 Volt) accounts for its inability to liberate H2 from

acids. The high energy to transform Cu (s) to Cu2+ (aq) is not balanced by its
Hydration enthalpy.

Note : For (b) Consult Fig. 8.4 in NCERT

37.The metal is CO

CO + 2 HCl COCl2 + H2

187

blue solution
COCl2 in solution is [CO (H2O)6]2+

blue
pink
38.The following points justify that the given statement is true:(i) Ionization enthalpies of heavier transition elements are higher than the elements of 3d
series. Consequently, heavier transition elements are less reactive in comparison to 3delements.
(ii) Melting points of heavier transition elements are higher than 3d-elements.
(iii) Higher oxidation states of heavier transition elements are stable whereas lower
oxidation states are stable in 3d-elements.
39. In the 3d-transition series as we move from Sc (21) to Mn (25) the number of unpaired
electrons increases and hence paramagnetic character increases. After Mn, the pairing of
electrons in the d-orbital starts and the number of unpaired electrons decreases and hence,
paramagnetic character decreases.
40.The electronic configuration of Mn2+ is [Ar] 3d5, i.e. all five d-orbitals are singly
occupied. Thus this is stable electronic configuration and further loss of electron requires
high energy .on other hand side the electronic configuration of Fe2+is [Ar] 3d6, i.e. Loss of
one electron requires low energy.
5 MARK QUESTIONS(41-45)

41.(i) K2Cr2O7 + 4 NH4Cl + 3 H2SO4 K2SO4 +2 Cr2O2Cl2 + 2 (NH4)2SO4 + 3 H2O

(ii)

(iii)

(A)

(B) Sublime

Chromyl Chloride red gas(C)

CrO2Cl2 + 4 NaOH Na2CrO4 + 2 NaCl +2 H2O

(D) Yellow Soln.

Na2CrO4 + (CH3COO)2 Pb PbCrO4 + 2 CH3COONa

Yellow p. pt. (E)

42. (a) vacant (n-2) f subshell in Ce(IV).

(b) extra stability of Fe3+ than Mn3+ ion
(c) Due to lanthanoid contraction
(d)they both will be reacting.
(e) unpaired d electrons and d-d transitions.
43. a) Due to absence of unpaired electron in d orbtal
b) Correct splitting of d orbitals in octahesral feild into t2g and eg c) Due to presence
of single electron
d)
lathanoid
Actinoid
(i) Shows common
It shows common
oxidation state of +3+4+5
oxidation state +3
(ii) 4 f arefielled
5f are filled
44.(1) A= Na2CrO4
; B= k2Cr2 O7
4FeCr2O4 + 8 NaCrO4 +7O2 -----8 Na2CrO4 + 2 Fe2O3+8 CO2

188

2Na2CrO4 + 2 H+ -----------Na2Cr2O7 + 2Na+ +H2O

.
(2) vacant (n-2) f subshell in Ce(IV).
(3) extra stability of Fe3+ than Mn3+ ion

45. 1(a). Because of same size

(b). Because Zn+2 ion does not have unpaired electrons while Cu+2 have one unpaired
electron
.Because of many unpaired electrons they have many metallic binds
(d) In these oxoanions the oxygen atoms are directly bonded to the transition metal.
Since oxygen is highly electronegative, the oxoanions bring out the highest oxidation state
of the metal.
(e) Zn2+ ion has all its orbitals completely filled whereas in Cu2+ ion there is one half-filled
3d-orbital. It therefore has a tendency to form coloured salts whereas Zn 2+ has no such
tendency. 1
COORDINATION COMPOUNDS

1 mark questions

1. Explain coordination entity with example.

Ans: it constitute a central metal atom or ions bonded to a fixed number of
molecules or ions ( ligands) .eg. [Co(NH3)3Cl3].
2. What do you understand by coordination compounds?
Ans: coordination compounds are the compounds which contains complex ions.
These compounds contain a central metal atom or cation which is attached with a
fixed number of anions or molecules called ligands through coordinate bonds. eg.
[Co(NH3)3Cl3]
3. What is coordination number?
Ans: the coordination number of a metal ion in a complex may be defined as the
total number of ligand donor atoms to which the metal ion is directly bonded. Eg. In
the complex ion [Co(NH3)6]3+ has 6 coordination number.
4. Name the different types of isomerisms in coordination compounds.
Ans: structural isomerism and stereoisomerism.
5. Draw the structure of xenon difluoride.
Ans: structure :trigonalbipyramidal
Shape: linear
6. What is spectrochemical series?
Ans: the series in which ligands are arranged in the order of increasing field
strength is called spectrochemical series. The order is :

189

I-<Br-<SCN-<Cl-<S2-<F-<OH-<C2O42-<H2O<NCS-<EDTA4-<NH3<en<CN-<CO
7. What do you understand by denticity of a ligand?
Ans: the number of coordinating groups present in ligand is called denticity of
ligand. Eg.Bidentate ligand ethane-1,2-diamine has 2 donor nitrogen atoms which
can link to central metal atom.
8. Why is CO a stronger ligand than Cl-?
Ans: because CO has bonds.
9. Why are low spin tetrahedral complexes not formed?
Ans : because for tetrahedral complexes, the crystal field stabilisation energy is
lower than pairing energy.
10. Square planar complexes with coordination number 4 exhibit geometrical
isomerism whereas tetrahedral complexes do not. Why?
Ans: tetrahedral complexes do not show geometrical isomerism because the relative
positions of the ligands attached to the central metal atom are same with respect to
each other.
11. What are crystal fields?
Ans: the ligands has around them negatively charged field because of which they are
called crystal fields.
12. What is meant by chelate effect? Give an example .
Ans: when a didentate or polydentate ligand contains donor atoms positioned in
such a way that when they coordinate with the central metal atom, a 5 or 6
membered ring is formed , the effect is called chelate effect. Eg. [PtCl 2(en)]
13. What do you understand by ambidentate ligand?
Ans: a ligand which contains two donor atoms but only one of them forms a
coordinate bond at a time with central metal atom or ion is called an ambidentate
ligand. Eg.nitrito-N and nitrito-O.
14. What is the difference between homoleptic and heteroleptic complexes?
Ans: in homoleptic complexes the central metal atom is bound to only one kind of
donor groups whereas in heteroleptic complexes the central metal atom is bound to
more than one type of donor atoms.
15. Give one limitation for crystal field theory.
Ans: i) as the ligands are considered as point charges, the anionic ligands should
exert greater splitting effect. However the anionic ligands are found at the low end
of the spectrochemical series.
ii) it does not take into account the covalent character of metal ligand bond. ( any
one )
16. How many ions are produced from the complex: [Co(NH 3)6]Cl2
Ans: 3 ions
17. The oxidation number of cobalt in K[Co(CO)4]

190

Ans: -1
18. Which compound is used to estimate the hardness of water volumetrically?
Ans: EDTA
19. Magnetic moment of [MnCl4]2- is 5.92B.M explain with reason.
Ans: the magnetic moment of 5.9 B.M. corresponds to the presence of 5 unpaired
electrons in the d- orbitals of Mn2+ ion. As a result the hybridisation involved is sp 3
rather than dsp2. Thus tetrahedral structure of [MnCl4]2- complex will show 5.92
B.M magnetic moment value.
20. How many donor atoms are present in EDTA ligand?
Ans: 6
2 marks questions
1. Give the electronic configuration of the following complexes on the basis of
crystal field splitting theory.
i)
[CoF6]3ii)
[Fe(CN)6]4Ans: i) Co3+ (d6) t2g4eg2
iii)
Fe2+ d6t2g6eg0
2. Explain the following with examples:
i)
Linkage isomerism
ii)
Outer orbital complex
Ans: i) this type of isomerism arises due to the presence of ambidentate
ligand in a coordination compound. Eg. [Co(NH 3)5NO2]Cl2 and
[Co(NH3)5ONO]Cl2
iii)
When ns, np and nd orbitals are involved in hybridisation , outer orbital
complex is formed. Eg. [CoF6]2- in which cobalt is sp3d2 hybridised.
3. i)Low spin octahedral complexes of nickel are not found . Explain why?
ii)the complexes are known for transition elements only.explain.

Ans: i) nickel in its atomic or ionic state cannot afford 2 vacant 3d orbitals and
hence d2sp3 hybridisation is not possible.
ii) transition metals have vacant d orbitals in their atoms or ions into which the
electron pairs can be donated by ligands containing electrons.eg. benzene,
ethylene etc. thus d-p bonding is possible.
4. How would you account for the following:
i)
[Ti(H2O)6]3+ is coloured while [Sc(H2O)6]3+ is colourless.
ii)
[Ni(CO)4] possess tetrahedral geometry whereas [Ni(CN)4]2- is square
planar.

191

Ans: i) due to the presence of 1 electron in 3d subshell in [Ti(H2O)6]3+ complex

d-d transition takes place by the absorption of visible light. Hence the complex
appears coloured. On the other hand, [Sc(H2O)6]3+ does not possess any
unpaired electron .Hence d-d transition is not possible (which is responsible for
colour) in this complex is not possible, therefore it is colourless.
ii) Ni in [Ni(CO)4] is sp3 hybridised. Hence it is tetrahedral. Whereas for
[Ni(CN)4]2- is dsp2 hybridised hence it has square planar geometry.

5. State reasons for each of the following:

i)
All the PCl bonds in PCl5 molecule are not equivalent.
ii)
S has greater tendency for catenation than O.
Ans: i) in P Cl5 the 2 axial bonds are longer than 3 equatorial bonds. This is due
to the fact that the axial bond pairs suffers more repulsion as compared to
equatorial bond pairs.

ii) The property of catenation depends upon the bond strength of the element.
As SS bond is much stronger (213kJ / mole) than OO bond (138 kJ/mole), S
has greater tendency for catenation than O.

6. Give the stereochemistry and the magnetic behaviour of the following

complexes:
i)
[Co(NH3)5Cl]Cl2
ii)
K2[Ni(CN)4]
Ans: i) d2sp3 hybridisation, structure and shape = octahedral
Magnetic behaviour- diamagnetic
ii) dsp2 hybridisation, structure and shape = square planar
magnetic behaviour- diamagnetic

7. Draw the structures of isomers if any and write the names of the following
complexes:
i)
[Cr(NH3)4Cl2]+
ii)
[Co(en)3]3+
Ans: i) tetraamminedichloridochromium(III) ion
ii) tris(ethane-1,2-diammine)cobalt(III)ion

8. State reasons for each of the following:

i)
The NO bond in NO2- is shorter than the NO bond in NO3ii)
SF6 is kinetically an inert substance.

192

Ans: i) this is because the NO bone in NO2- is an average of a single bond and
a double bond whereas NO bond in NO3- is an average of 2 single bonds and
a double bond.
iii)
In SF6 the S atom is sterically protected by 6 fluorine atoms and does not
allow water molecules to attack the S atom. Further F atoms does not
contain d orbitals to accept the electrons denoted by water molecules.
Due to these reasons , SF6 is kinetically an inert substance.
9. Hydrated copper sulphate is blue in colour whereas anhydrous copper sulphate
is colourless. Why?
Ans: because water molecules act as ligands which splits the d orbital of the Cu 2+
metal ion. This result in d-d transition in which t2g6eg3 excited to t2g5eg4 and this
impart blue colour to the crystal. Whereas when we talk about anhydrous
copper sulphate it does not contain any ligand which could split the d orbital to
have CFSE effect.
10. Calculate the magnetic moment of the metal ions present in the following
complexes:
i)
[Cu(NH3)4]SO4
ii)
[Ni(CN)4]2Ans: i)electronicconfig. t2g6eg3, n=1, s= n(n+2) = 1.732 B.M
ii) electronicconfig. t2g6eg2 , n=2, s= n(n+2)=2.828 B.M

3 marks questions

1. (a) What is a ligand? Give an example of a bidentate ligand.

(b) explain as to how the 2 complexes of nickel,[Ni(CN) 4]2- and Ni(CO)4 have
different structures but donot differ in their magnetic behaviour.( Ni=28)
Ans: (a) the ion , atom or molecule bound to the central atom or ion in the
coordination entity is called ligand. A ligand should have lone pair of electrons in
their valence orbital which can be donated to central metal atom or ion.
Eg.Bidentate ligandethylenediammine
(b)dsp2, square planar, diamagnetic (n=0)

Sp3 hybridisation , tetrahedral geometry, diamagnetic (n=0)

2. Nomenclate the following complexes:
i) [Co(NH3)5(CO3)]Cl

193

ii)[COCl2(en)2]Cl

iii) Fe4[Fe(CN) 6]

Ans: i) pentaamminecarbonatocobalt(III)chloride

ii) dichloridobis(ethane-1,2-diamine)cobalt(III)chloride

iii)iron(III)hexacyanidoferrate(II)

3. (a)why do compounds with similar geometry have different magnetic moment?

(b)what is the relationship between the observed colour and wavelength of light absorbed
by the complex?
Ans: (a) it is due to the presence of weak and strong ligands in complexes, if CFSE is high
the complex will show low value of magnetic moment and if it is low the value of magnetic
moment is high. Eg. [CoF6]3- and [Co(NH3)6]3+ , the former is paramagnetic and the latter is
diamagnetic.

(b) higher the CFS lower will be the wavelength of absorbed light. Colour of the complex
is obtained from the wavelength of the leftover light.
4. Explain the following terms giving a suitable example.
(a) ambident ligand

(b) denticity of a ligand

(c) crystal field splitting in an octahedral field

Ans (a) Aligand which contains two donor atoms but only one of them forms a coordinate
bond at a time with central metal atom or ion is called an ambidentate ligand. Eg.nitrito-N
and nitrito-O.
(b)The number of coordinating groups present in ligand is called denticity of ligand.
Eg.Bidentateligand ethane-1,2-diamine has 2 donor nitrogen atoms which can link to
central metal atom.
(c) the splitting of the degenerated d orbital into 3 orbitals of lower energy t2g and 2
orbitals of higher energy eg due to presence of a ligand in a octahedral crystal field is
known as crystal field splitting in an octahedral complex.

5. (a) Copper sulphate pentahydrate is blue in colour while anhydrous copper sulphate is
colourless. Why?

194

(b) Sulphur has greater tendency for catenation than oxygen.Why?

Ans : (a)because water molecules act as ligands which splits the d orbital of the Cu 2+ metal
ion. This result in d-d transition in which t2g6eg3 excited to t2g5eg4 and this impart blue
colour to the crystal. Whereas when we talk about anhydrous copper sulphate it does not
contain any ligand which could split the d orbital to have CFSE effect.
(b)The property of catenation depends upon the bond strength of the element. As SS
bond is much stronger (213kJ / mole) than OO bond (138 kJ/mole), S has greater
tendency for catenation than O.
6. draw structures of geometrical isomers of the following complexes:
(a) [Fe(NH3)2(CN)4]-

(b)[CrCl2(ox)2]3- (c)[Co(en)3]Cl3

7. write the state of hybridisation, the shape and the magnetic behaviour of the following
complexes:
(i) [Co(en)3]Cl3

(II) K2[Ni(CN)4]
(III)[Fe(CN)6]3-

8. how would you account for the following:

(i) [Ti(H2O)6]3+is coloured while [Sc(H2O)6]3+ is colourless .

(II) [ Fe(CN)6]3- is weakly paramagnetic while [ Fe(CN)6]4- is diamagnetic.

(III) Ni(CO)4 possess tetrahedral geometry while [Ni (CN)4]2- is square planar.

Ansi) due to the presence of 1 electron in 3d subshell in [Ti(H 2O)6]3+ complex d-d transition
takes place by the absorption of visible light. Hence the complex appears coloured. On the
other hand, [Sc(H2O)6]3+ does not possess any unpaired electron .Hence d-d transition is
not possible (which is responsible for colour) in this complex is not possible, therefore it is
colourless.
(ii) paramagnetism is attributed to the presence o f unpaired electrons. Greater the
number of unpaired electron greater is the paramagnetism. Due to the presence of one
electron in the 3d subshell in [ Fe(CN)6]3- it is weakly paramagnetic. On the other hand [
Fe(CN)6]4- is diamagnetic because all electrons are paired.

iii) Ni in [Ni(CO)4] is sp3 hybridised. Hence it is tetrahedral. Whereas for [Ni(CN) 4]2- is
dsp2 hybridised hence it has square planar geometry.

195

9. Explain the following ::

(i)
low spin octahedral complexes of Ni are not known.
(ii)
The pi complexes are known for the transition elements only.
(iii) CO is a stronger ligand than NH3 for many metals

Ans. i) nickel in its atomic or ionic state cannot afford 2 vacant 3d orbitals and hence d2sp3
hybridisation is not possible.

ii) transition metals have vacant d orbitals in their atoms or ions into which the electron
pairs can be donated by ligands containing electrons.eg. benzene, ethylene etc. thus d-p
bonding is possible.
(iii) because in case of CO back bonding takes place in which the central atom uses its filled
d orbitals with empty anti bonding *molecular orbital of CO.
10. What is meant by stability of a coordination compounds in solutions? State the
factors which govern the stability of complexes.
Ans : the stability of a complex in solution refers to the degree of association
between the two species involved in the state of equilibrium. The magnitude of the
equilibrium constant for the association expresses the stability .
M +4L
ML4
4
K = [ML4]/[M][L]
Factors on which stability of complex depends (i) charge on central metal ion (ii)
nature of the metal ion (iii) basic nature of the ligand (iv) presence of the chelate
ring (v) effect of multidentate cyclic ligand .

5 marks questions

1. Draw the structures of the following molecules:

(a) [Fe(NH3)2(CN)4]-

(b)[CrCl2(ox)2]3- (c)[Co(en)3]Cl3(d) [Co(en)3]Cl3(e)[Fe(CN)6]3-

2. What is crystal field theory for octahedral complexes? Also write the limitations of
this theory.
Ans :
3. Write the state of hybridisation the shape and the magnetic behaviour of the
following complex entities:
(i)
[Cr(NH3)4Cl2]Cl
(ii)
[Co(en)3]Cl3
(iii) K2[NiCl4]
(iv) [Fe(H2O)6]2+
(v)
[NiCl4]2-

196

4. Using valence bond theory explain the following questions in relation to

[Co(NH3)6]3+.
(i)
Nomenclature
(ii)
Type of hybridisation
(iii) Inner or outer orbital complex
(iv) Magnetic behaviour
(v)
Spin only magnetic moment

5. Compare the following complexes with respect to structural shape of units,

magnetic behaviour and hybrid orbitals involved in units:
[Co(NH3)6]3+, [Cr(NH3)6]3+,[ Ni(CO)4]

ONE MARK QUESTIONS:

Q.1Write the formula forTetraamineaquachloridocobalt(III) chloride

Q.2 Write the IUPAC name of [Co (NH3)4 Br2]2 [Zn Cl4]

Q.3 Which of these cannot act as ligand and why: NH3, H2O, CO, CH4. Give reason?

Q.4 How many EDTA (lethylendiamine tetra acetic acid) molecules are required to make an
octahedral complex with a Ca2+ ion.
Q.5 Why tetrahedral complexes do not exhibit geometrical isomerism ?

Q.6 What is the hybridisation of central metal ion and shape of Wilkinsons catalyst ?

Q.7 Specify the oxidation numbers of the metals in the following coordination entities:
(i) [Co(H2O)(CN)(en)2]2+ and

(ii) [CoBr2(en)2]+

Q.8 Draw the structure of optical isomers of [Co(en)3]3+.

Q.9 Name the types of isomerism exhibited by [Co(NH 3)5(NO2)](NO3)2

Q.10 Write the formula of Amminebromidochloridonitrito-N-platinate(II) ion

Q.11 which one is more stable complex among(i) [Fe(H 2O)6]3+ (ii) [Fe(NH3)6]3+(iii) [Fe(C2O4)3]3
Q.12 How many ions are produced from the complex Co(NH3)6Cl2 in solution?
Q.13 What do you meant by degenerate d-orbitals?

Q.14 Out of the following two coordination entities which is chiral (optically active)? (a)
cis-[CrCl2 (ox)2]3- (b) trans-[CrCl2 (ox)2]3-

Q.15 The spin only magnetic moment of [MnBr4]2- is 5.9 BM. Predict the geometry of the complex
ion?
Q.16 What is the oxidation state of Ni in [Ni(CO) 4].

Q.17 What is the magnetic behavior of [Ni(CN)4]2- .

Q.18 Name the metal ion present in vitamin B12.

197

Q.19 Name the isomerism shown by complex K[Cr(H2O)2(C2O4)2]

Q.20 Name the compound used for inhibiting the growth of tumours. (cancer treatment)
TWO MARK QUESTIONS:

Q.1Write the IUPAC names of the following coordination compounds:

(i) [Pt(NH3)2Cl(NO2 )]

(ii) K3 [Cr(C2O4)3 ]

Q.2 A cationic complex has two isomers A & B. Each has one Co 3+, five NH3, one Br and one
SO42-. A gives a white precipitate with BaCl2 solution while B gives a yellow
precipitate with AgNO3 solution.
(a)
(a)

What are the possible structures of the complexes A and B?

Write the name of structural isomerism shown by A and B.

Q.3 FeSO4 solution mixed with (NH4)2SO4 solution in 1 : 1 molar ratio gives the test of Fe 2+
ion but CuSO4 solution mixed with aqueous ammonia in 1 : 4 molar ratio does not
give the test of Cu2+ ion. Explain why ?
Q.4 What is meant by ambidentate ligands? Give two examples.

Q.5 [Co(NH3)6]3+ is diamagnetic whereas [Co(F6)]3- is paramagnetic. Give reasons.

Q.6 [Cr(NH3)6]3+ is paramagnetic while [Ni(CN)4]2 is diamagnetic. Explain why?

Q.7 Draw figure to show the splitting of d orbitals in an octahedral crystal field. How is the
magnitude of 0 affected by
(i) Nature of ligand.

(ii) Oxidation State of metal ion.

Q.8 Metal carbonyl are much more stable than normal complexes, why?

Q.9 Give evidence that [Co(NH3)5Cl]SO4 and [Co(NH3)5SO4]Cl are ionization isomers.

Q.10 Write the formulas for the following coordination compounds and name the isomerism
shown by them:
i. potassium tetracyanonickelate(II)

ii. tris(ethane1,2diamine) chromium(III) chloride

THREE MARK QUESTIONS:

Q.1 How many geometrical isomers are possible in the following coordination entities?
(i) [Cr(C2O4)3]3 (ii) [Co(NH3)3Cl3]

Q.2 (a) Write the IUPAC name of [Ti(H2O)6]+3.

(b) [Ti(H2O)6]+3 is coloured why?

198

(c) A Complex having scandium in +3 oxidation-state was found colorless why?

Q.3 (a) Write IUPAC name of [Co(en)3]3+

(b) [NiCl4]2- is paramagnetic while [Ni(CO)]4 is diamagnetic though both are

tetrahedral. Why?
(c) Explain why K3[Fe(CN)6] is more stable than K4[Fe(CN)6].

Q.4 (a) What is the hybridization state of nickel in [Ni(CN) 4]2

(b) Draw the structure of [Ni(CN)4]2

(c) A solution of [Ni(H2O)6]2+ is green but a solution of [Ni(CN)4]2 is colourless.

Explain.

Q.5 Explain [Co(NH3)6]3+ is an inner orbital complex whereas [Ni(NH 3)6]2+ is an outer
orbital complex.
Q.6 For the complexes (i) [Ni(CN)4]2 (ii) [Ni(Cl)4]2 (iii) [Ni(CO)4] Identify:
(a) The oxidation No. of nickel

(b) The hybrid orbitals and the shape of the complexes

Q.7 Specify the (i) oxidation numbers (ii) coordination numbers and (iii) IUPAC name of the
following coordination entities:
(a) [Co(H2O)(CN)(en)2]2+
(b) [PtCl4]2

Q.8 Discuss the nature of bonding in the following coordination entities on the basis of valence
bond theory:
(a) [Fe(CN)6]4
(b) [FeF6]3

Q.9 Dimethyl glyoxime is added to alcoholic solution of NiCl 2. When ammonium hydroxide
is slowly added to it, a rosy red precipitate of a complex appears.
(a) Give the str. of the complex showing hydrogen bond.

(b) Give oxidation state and hybridization of central metal ion.

(c) Identify whether it is paramagnetic or diamagnetic.

Q.10 Draw all the isomers (geometrical and optical) of:

(a) [CoCl2(en)2]+

(b) [Co(NH3)Cl(en)2]2+

FIVE MARK QUESTIONS:

Q.1 For the complex [Fe(en)2Cl2]Cl identify :

(a) the oxidation No. of Iron.

(2009)

199

(b) the hybrid orbitals and the shape of the complex.

(c) the magnetic behavior of the complex.
(d) No. of geometrical isomers.

(e) whether there is an optical isomer also

(f) name of the complex.

Q.2 State a reason for each of the following situations

(a) Co2+ ion is easily oxidized to Co3+ in the presence of strong ligand.

(2010,12)

(c) The molecular shape of [Ni(CO)4 ] is not the same as that of [Ni(CN)4]2.

(2012)

(b) CO is a stronger complexing reagent than NH3 .

(2009,12)

(d) Ni does not form low spin octahedral complexes.

(2009,10)

(e) The complexes are known for the transition metals only.
(2009,10)

Q.3 Write down the IUPAC name for each of the following complexes and indicate the
oxidation state, electronicconfiguration and coordination number. Also give
stereochemistry and magnetic moment of the complex:
(i)K[Cr(H2O)2(C2O4)2].3H2O
(ii) [Co(NH3)5Cl]Cl2
(iii)CrCl3(py)3

Q.4 (i) Write the IUPAC name and type of isomerism shown by following complex compounds
a) [Co(NH3)5(NO2)](NO3)2
b) [Pt(NH3)(H2O)Cl2]

(ii) Write all the geometrical isomers of [Pt(NH3)(Br)(Cl)(py)] and how many of these will
exhibit optical isomers?

Q.5 (i) If to an aqueous solution of CuSO4 in two tubes, we add ammonia solution in one tube and
HCl(aq) to the other tube, how the colour of the solutions will change? Explain with the help of
reaction.
(ii) Write the IUPAC name of complex compounds formed during the process
(Answers)
UNIT- 09

200

Answers(one mark questions)

Ans.1 [Co(NH3)4(H2O)Cl]Cl2

Coordination Compounds

Ans.2 Tetraamminedibromocobalt (III) tetrachlorozincate (II)

Ans.3 CH4 cant act as a ligand due to absence of lone pair of electron.

Ans.4 EDTA is a hexadentate ligand therefore only one EDTA molecule is required.

Ans.5 Because relative position of ligands attached to central atom are same with
respect to one another

Ans.6 Wilkinsons catalyst is (PH3P)3RhCl. In this Rh has dsp hybridisation and square
planar shape.
Ans.7 (i) +3
Ans.8

(ii) +3

Ans 9. It can show linkage isomerism.

[Co(NH3)5(NO2)](NO3)2 and [Co(NH3)5(ONO)](NO3)2

It can also show ionization isomerism.

[Co(NH3)5(NO2)](NO3)2 and [Co(NH3)5(NO3)](NO3)(NO2)

Ans 10.[Pt(NH3)Br Cl (NO2)]-

Ans 11. [Fe(C2O4)3]3 (due to chelation)

Ans 12. The given complex can be written as [Co(NH 3)6]Cl2.

Thus, [Co(NH3)6]+ along with two Cl ions are produced.

Ans.13 d-orbitals having same energy are called as degenerate d- orbitas.

Ans. 14 cis-[CrCl2 (ox)2]3Ans. 15 Tetrahedral (sp3)
Ans 16 Zero (0)

201

Ans 17. Diamagnetic

Ans 18. Cobalt (Co3+)

Ans 19. Both geometrical (cis-, trans-) isomers for K[Cr(H2O)2(C2O4)2]can exist. Also, optical
isomers for cis-isomer exist.
Ans 20.compounds of platinum (for example, cis-platin)
Answers(two mark questions)
Ans. 1

Ans. 2

Ans. 3

(i) [Pt(NH3)2Cl(NO2 )]

(ii) K3 [Cr(C2 O4 )3 ]
(a)

(b)

Diaminechloridonitro(o)platinum(II)

Potassium trioxalatochromate(III)

[CO (NH3)5Br]SO4and [CO (NH3)5SO4]Br

Ionisation Isomerism

When FeSO4 and (NH4)2SO4 solution are mixed in 1 : 1 molar ratio, a double salt is
formed. It has the formula FeSO4 (NH4)2SO4 .6 H2O. In aqueous solution, the salt
dissociates in to its constituent ions.

When CuSO4 and NH3 are mixed in the molar ratio of 1 : 4 in solution, a complex
[Cu (NH3)4] SO4 is formed, which does not dissociates into constituent ions.

Ans. 4

Ligands that can attach themselves to the central metal atom through two different atoms
are called ambidentate ligands.
For example:
(a)

(The donor atom is N)

(b)

(The donor atom is oxygen)

202

(The donor atom is S)

Ans 5.

(The donor atom is N)

In [Co(NH3)6]3+, cobalt ion is in + 3 oxidation state and has the electronic configuration
3d6. It undergoes dsp hybridisation. Each hybrid orbital receives 1 pair of electrons
from ammonia. Since all electrons are paired it is diamagnetic.
In [CoF6]3+, cobalt ion is in + 3 oxidation state and has the electronic configuration
It undergoes sp d hybridisation. Each hybrid orbital receives a pair of electrons
from F-. THe 3d electrons of Co remain unpaired making it paramagnetic.
3d6.

Ans 6.

Cr is in the +3 oxidation state i.e., d3 configuration. Also, NH3 is a weak field ligand that does
not cause the pairing of the electrons in the 3d orbital.
Cr3+

Therefore, it undergoes d2sp3 hybridization and the electrons in the 3d orbitals remain
unpaired. Hence, it is paramagnetic in nature.
In [Ni(CN)4]2, Ni exists in the +2 oxidation state i.e., d8 configuration.
Ni2+:

CN is a strong field ligand. It causes the pairing of the 3d orbital electrons. Then, Ni2+
undergoes dsp2 hybridization.
Ans 7

As there are no unpaired electrons, it is diamagnetic.

The splitting of the d orbitals in an octahedral field takes palce in such a way that
,
experience a rise in energy and form the eglevel, while dxy, dyzanddzx experience a fall in
energy and form the t2g level.

203

(a)
(b)
Ans 8.

Stronger the ligand, more is the splitting.

Higher the oxidation state, greater is the magnitude of 0.

The metal-carbon bonds in metal carbonyls have both and characters. A bond is
formed when the carbonyl carbon donates a lone pair of electrons to the vacant orbital of
the metal. A bond is formed by the donation of a pair of electrons from the filled metal d
orbital into the vacant anti-bonding * orbital (also known as back bonding of the carbonyl
group). The bond strengthens the bond and vice-versa. Thus, a synergic effect is created
due to this metal-ligand bonding. This synergic effect strengthens the bond between CO and
the metal.

Ans 9.

When ionization isomers are dissolved in water, they ionize to give different ions. These
ions then react differently with different reagents to give different products.
[Co(NH3)5Cl]SO4 + Ba2+
[Co(NH3)5Cl]SO4 + Ag+

[Co(NH3)5SO4]Cl + Ag+

[Co(NH3)5SO4]Cl + Ba2+
Ans 10
i.

K2[Ni(CN)4]

BaSO4 white precipitate

No Reaction

AgCl white precipitate

No Reaction

No Isomerism shown by it

204

ii.

[Cr(en)3]Cl3

Answers(three mark questions)

Optical isomerism

Ans 1. (a) For [Cr (C2O4)3]3, no geometric isomer is possible as it is a bidentate ligand.

(b) [Co(NH3)3Cl3]

Two geometrical isomers are possible.

Ans 2. (a) hexaaquotitanium(III) ion

(b) Due to presence of single electron in d orbitals so that d-d transition is possible.
(c) Due to absence of unpaired electron in d orbital

Ans. 3 (a) Tris-(1,2-ethanediamine) cobalt (III) ion

(b) Though both [NiCl4]2 and [Ni(CO)4] are tetrahedral, their magnetic characters are
different. This is due to a difference in the nature of ligands. Cl is a weak field ligand and it does
not cause the pairing of unpaired 3d electrons. Hence, [NiCl4]2 is paramagnetic.
In Ni(CO)4, Ni is in the zero oxidation state i.e., it has a configuration of 3d8 4s2.
But CO is a strong field ligand. Therefore, it causes the pairing of unpaired 3d electrons.
Also, it causes the 4s electrons to shift to the 3d orbital, thereby giving rise to sp3
hybridization. Since no unpaired electrons are present in this case, [Ni(CO) 4] is diamagnetic
(c) It is because the stability of complex depends upon the charge density (i. e.
charge/radius ratio) on central ion. More is the charge density greater is the stability.
Ans 4. (a) dsp2hybridisation

205

(b) Square planer structure

(c) In [Ni(H2O)6]2+, H2O is a weak field ligand. Therefore, there are unpaired electrons in Ni 2+. In
this complex, the d electrons from the lower energy level can be excited to the higher energy
level i.e., the possibility of dd transition is present. Hence, Ni(H 2O)6]2+ is coloured.
In [Ni(CN)4]2, the electrons are all paired as CN- is a strong field ligand. Therefore, d-d
transition is not possible in [Ni(CN)4]2. Hence, it is colourless
Ans. 5

[Co(NH3)6]3+

[Ni(NH3)6]2+

Electronic configuration of cobalt = d6

Electronic configuration of nickel = d8

Oxidation state of cobalt = +3

Oxidation state of Ni = +2

If NH3 causes the pairing, then only one 3d

NH3 being a strong field ligand causes the
orbital is empty. Thus, it cannot undergo d2sp3
pairing. Therefore, Ni can undergo d2sp3
hybridization. Therefore, it undergoes sp3d2
hybridization.
hybridization.

Hence, it is an inner orbital complex.

Ans. 6

complex

Oxidation no. of Ni

hybrid orbitals

shape

(ii) [Ni(Cl)4]2

+2

sp3

Tetrahedral

(i) [Ni(CN)4]2

Ans. 7

Hence, it forms an outer orbital complex

(iii) [Ni(CO)4]

(a) [Co(H2O)(CN)(en)2]2+

+2

Zero (0)

dsp2
sp3

Square planer
Tetrahedral

206

oxidation numbers = +3;

coordination number = 6
IUPAC name =
(b) [PtCl4]2

aquacynobis-(ethane 1,2diamine) cobalt (III) ion

oxidation numbers = +2;

coordination number = 4
IUPAC name =
Ans. 8

(a) [Fe(CN)6]4

tetachloridoplatinate(II) ion

In the above coordination complex, iron exists in the +2 oxidation state.

Fe2+ : Electronic configuration is 3d6
Orbitals of Fe2+ ion:

As CN is a strong field ligand, it causes the pairing of the unpaired 3d electrons.

Since there are six ligands around the central metal ion, the most feasible hybridization is d2sp3.
d2sp3hybridized orbitals of Fe2+ are:

6 electron pairs from CN ions occupy the six hybrid d2sp3orbitals.

Then,

Hence, the geometry of the complex is octahedral and the complex is diamagnetic
(as there are no unpaired electrons).
(b) [FeF6]3

In this complex, the oxidation state of Fe is +3.

Orbitals of Fe+3ion:

207

There are 6 F ions. Thus, it will undergo d2sp3 or sp3d2 hybridization. As F is a weak field ligand,
it does not cause the pairing of the electrons in the 3d orbital. Hence, the most feasible
hybridization is sp3d2.
sp3d2 hybridized orbitals of Fe are:

Hence, the geometry of the complex is found to be octahedral.

Ans. 9 (a)

(b)
(c)

Ans. 10

O. S. = + 2

bybridisation = dsp

diamagnetic as no unpaired electron.

(a) [CoCl2(en)2]+

In total, three isomers are possible.

(b) [Co(NH3)Cl(en)2]2+

208

Trans-isomers are optically inactive.

Cis-isomers are optically active
Answers(five mark questions)

Ans. 1

(a) the oxidation No. of Iron = +3

(b) the hybrid orbitals = d2sp3 and the shape of the complex = octahedral
(c) the magnetic behavior of the complex = Paramagnetic
(d) No. of geometrical isomers = Two (cis and trans)
(e) cis structure can show an optical isomer also

(f) bis-(ethane 1,2diamine)dichloridoplatinum (III) chloride

Ans. 2

(a) Co2+ ion is easily oxidized to Co3+ because Co3+ contains t2g6,eg0 (stable) electronic
configuration in the presence of strong ligand while Co 2+ has t2g6,eg1 (unstable) electronic
configuration.
(b) CO is a stronger complexing reagent than NH 3 due to its capacity to form a synergic
(back-bonding or d p bonding).

(c) The molecular shape of [Ni(CO)4] is not the same as that of [Ni(CN)4]2- due to availability
of vacant d orbital for the hybridization. [Ni(CO) 4] is tetrahedral in the structure due to
sp3 hybridization while [Ni(CN)4]2- is square planer in the structure due to dsp 2
hybridization

(d) Because of non-availability of inner vacant d-orbital for pairing the electrons.
(e) due to availability of vacant d- orbitals to form a bond with a ligand.

209

Ans. 3

(i) Potassium diaquadioxalatochromate (III) trihydrate.

Oxidation state of chromium = 3

Electronic configuration: 3d3: t2g3

Coordination number = 6
Shape: octahedral
Stereochemistry:

Magnetic moment,
4BM
(ii) [Co(NH3)5Cl]Cl2

IUPAC name: Pentaamminechloridocobalt(III) chloride

Oxidation state of Co = +3
Coordination number = 6

210

Shape: octahedral.

Electronic configuration: d6: t2g6.

Stereochemistry:

Magnetic Moment = 0
(iii)CrCl3(py)3

IUPAC name: Trichloridotripyridinechromium (III)

Oxidation state of chromium = +3

Electronic configuration for d3 = t2g3

Coordination number = 6
Shape: octahedral.
Stereochemistry:

Both isomers are optically active. Therefore, a total of 4 isomers exist.

Magnetic moment,
Ans. 4
(i)

4BM

(a) [Co(NH3)5(NO2)](NO3)2
IUPAC Name: pentaamminenitrocobalt(III) nitrate

211

It can show two types of isomerism

linkage isomerism.
[Co(NH3)5(NO2)](NO3)2 and [Co(NH3)5(ONO)](NO3)2
ionization isomerism.

[Co(NH3)5(NO2)](NO3)2 and [Co(NH3)5(NO3)](NO3)(NO2)

(b)
[Pt(NH3)(H2O)Cl2]
IUPAC Name :ammineaquochloridoplatinum(II)

Geometrical (cis-, trans-) isomers of [Pt(NH3)(H2O)Cl2]can exist.

(ii)

[Pt(NH3)(Br)(Cl)(py)

From the above isomers, none will exhibit optical isomers. Tetrahedral complexes rarely show
optical isomerization. They do so only in the presence of unsymmetrical chelating agents.
Ans. 5 (i) In first case, colour will change from blue to deep blue.
[Cu (H2O)4]2+ + 4 NH3 [Cu (NH3)4]2+ + 4 H2O
deep blue

While in second case, its colour will change to yellow.

[Cu (H2O)4]2+ + 4 Cl- [CuCl4]2+ + 4 H2O
Yellow

(ii) (a) [Cu (NH3)]4]2+ = tetraamminecopper(II)ion

(b) [CuCl4]2+= tetrachloridocopper(II) ion

CHAPTER 9

Prepared By : Silchar Region

COORDINATION COMPOUNDS

212

1 mark questions

21. Explain coordination entity with example.

Ans: it constitute a central metal atom or ions bonded to a fixed number of
molecules or ions ( ligands) .eg. [Co(NH3)3Cl3].
22. What do you understand by coordination compounds?
Ans: coordination compounds are the compounds which contains complex ions.
These compounds contain a central metal atom or cation which is attached with a
fixed number of anions or molecules called ligands through coordinate bonds. eg.
[Co(NH3)3Cl3]
23. What is coordination number?
Ans: the coordination number of a metal ion in a complex may be defined as the
total number of ligand donor atoms to which the metal ion is directly bonded. Eg. In
the complex ion [Co(NH3)6]3+ has 6 coordination number.
24. Name the different types of isomerisms in coordination compounds.
Ans: structural isomerism and stereoisomerism.
25. Draw the structure of xenon difluoride.
Ans: structure : trigonal bipyramidal
Shape: linear
26. What is spectrochemical series?
Ans: the series in which ligands are arranged in the order of increasing field
strength is called spectrochemical series. The order is :
I-<Br-<SCN-<Cl-<S2-<F-<OH-<C2O42-<H2O<NCS-<EDTA4-<NH3<en<CN-<CO
27. What do you understand by denticity of a ligand?
Ans: the number of coordinating groups present in ligand is called denticity of
ligand. Eg.Bidentateligand ethane-1,2-diamine has 2 donor nitrogen atoms which
can link to central metal atom.
28. Why is CO a stronger ligand than Cl-?
Ans: because CO has bonds.
29. Why are low spin tetrahedral complexes not formed?
Ans : because for tetrahedral complexes, the crystal field stabilisation energy is
lower than pairing energy.
30. Square planar complexes with coordination number 4 exhibit geometrical
isomerism whereas tetrahedral complexes do not. Why?
Ans: tetrahedral complexes do not show geometrical isomerism because the relative
positions of the ligands attached to the central metal atom are same with respect to
each other.

213

31. What are crystal fields?

Ans: the ligands has around them negatively charged field because of which they are
called crystal fields.
32. What is meant by chelate effect? Give an example .
Ans: when a didentate or polydentate ligand contains donor atoms positioned in
such a way that when they coordinate with the central metal atom, a 5 or 6
membered ring is formed , the effect is called chelate effect. Eg. [PtCl 2(en)]
33. What do you understand by ambidentate ligand?
Ans: a ligand which contains two donor atoms but only one of them forms a
coordinate bond at a time with central metal atom or ion is called an ambidentate
ligand. Eg.nitrito-N and nitrito-O.
34. What is the difference between homoleptic and heteroleptic complexes?
Ans: in homoleptic complexes the central metal atom is bound to only one kind of
donor groups whereas in heteroleptic complexes the central metal atom is bound to
more than one type of donor atoms.
35. Give one limitation for crystal field theory.
Ans: i) as the ligands are considered as point charges, the anionic ligands should
exert greater splitting effect. However the anionic ligands are found at the low end
of the spectrochemical series.
ii) it does not take into account the covalent character of metal ligand bond. ( any
one )
36. How many ions are produced from the complex: [Co(NH 3)6]Cl2
Ans: 3 ions
37. The oxidation number of cobalt in K[Co(CO)4]
Ans: -1
38. Which compound is used to estimate the hardness of water volumetrically?
Ans: EDTA
39. Magnetic moment of [MnCl4]2- is 5.92B.M explain with reason.
Ans: the magnetic moment of 5.9 B.M. corresponds to the presence of 5 unpaired
electrons in the d- orbitals of Mn2+ ion. As a result the hybridisation involved is sp 3
rather than dsp2. Thus tetrahedral structure of [MnCl4]2- complex will show 5.92
B.M magnetic moment value.
40. How many donor atoms are present in EDTA ligand?
Ans: 6
2 marks questions

214

11. Give the electronic configuration of the following complexes on the basis of
crystal field splitting theory.
iv)
[CoF6]3v)
[Fe(CN)6]4Ans: i) Co3+ (d6) t2g4eg2
vi)
Fe2+ d6t2g6eg0
12. Explain the following with examples:
iv)
Linkage isomerism
v)
Outer orbital complex
Ans: i) this type of isomerism arises due to the presence of ambidentate
ligand in a coordination compound. Eg. [Co(NH 3)5NO2]Cl2 and
[Co(NH3)5ONO]Cl2
vi)
When ns, np and nd orbitals are involved in hybridisation , outer orbital
complex is formed. Eg. [CoF6]2- in which cobalt is sp3d2 hybridised.
13. i)Low spin octahedral complexes of nickel are not found . Explain why?
ii)the complexes are known for transition elements only.explain.

Ans: i) nickel in its atomic or ionic state cannot afford 2 vacant 3d orbitals and
hence d2sp3 hybridisation is not possible.
ii) transition metals have vacant d orbitals in their atoms or ions into which the
electron pairs can be donated by ligands containing electrons.eg. benzene,
ethylene etc. thus d-p bonding is possible.
14. How would you account for the following:
iii)
[Ti(H2O)6]3+ is coloured while [Sc(H2O)6]3+ is colourless.
iv)
[Ni(CO)4] possess tetrahedral geometry whereas [Ni(CN)4]2- is square
planar.

Ans: i) due to the presence of 1 electron in 3d subshell in [Ti(H2O)6]3+ complex

d-d transition takes place by the absorption of visible light. Hence the complex
appears coloured. On the other hand, [Sc(H2O)6]3+ does not possess any
unpaired electron .Hence d-d transition is not possible (which is responsible for
colour) in this complex is not possible, therefore it is colourless.
ii) Ni in [Ni(CO)4] is sp3 hybridised. Hence it is tetrahedral. Whereas for
[Ni(CN)4]2- is dsp2 hybridised hence it has square planar geometry.

15. State reasons for each of the following:

iii)
All the PCl bonds in PCl5 molecule are not equivalent.
iv)
S has greater tendency for catenation than O.

215

Ans: i) in P Cl5 the 2 axial bonds are longer than 3 equatorial bonds. This is due
to the fact that the axial bond pairs suffers more repulsion as compared to
equatorial bond pairs.

ii) The property of catenation depends upon the bond strength of the element.
As SS bond is much stronger (213kJ / mole) than OO bond (138 kJ/mole), S
has greater tendency for catenation than O.

16. Give the stereochemistry and the magnetic behaviour of the following
complexes:
iii)
[Co(NH3)5Cl]Cl2
iv)
K2[Ni(CN)4]
Ans: i) d2sp3 hybridisation, structure and shape = octahedral
Magnetic behaviour- diamagnetic
ii) dsp2 hybridisation, structure and shape = square planar
magnetic behaviour- diamagnetic

17. Draw the structures of isomers if any and write the names of the following
complexes:
iii)
[Cr(NH3)4Cl2]+
iv)
[Co(en)3]3+
Ans: i) tetraamminedichloridochromium(III) ion
ii) tris(ethane-1,2-diammine)cobalt(III)ion

18. State reasons for each of the following:

iv)
The NO bond in NO2- is shorter than the NO bond in NO3v)
SF6 is kinetically an inert substance.
Ans: i) this is because the NO bone in NO2- is an average of a single bond and
a double bond whereas NO bond in NO3- is an average of 2 single bonds and
a double bond.
vi)
In SF6 the S atom is sterically protected by 6 fluorine atoms and does not
allow water molecules to attack the S atom. Further F atoms does not
contain d orbitals to accept the electrons denoted by water molecules.
Due to these reasons , SF6 is kinetically an inert substance.
19. Hydrated copper sulphate is blue in colour whereas anhydrous copper sulphate
is colourless. Why?
Ans: because water molecules act as ligands which splits the d orbital of the Cu 2+
metal ion. This result in d-d transition in which t2g6eg3 excited to t2g5eg4 and this

216

impart blue colour to the crystal. Whereas when we talk about anhydrous
copper sulphate it does not contain any ligand which could split the d orbital to
have CFSE effect.
20. Calculate the magnetic moment of the metal ions present in the following
complexes:
iii)
[Cu(NH3)4]SO4
iv)
[Ni(CN)4]2Ans: i)electronicconfig. t2g6eg3, n=1, s= n(n+2) = 1.732 B.M
ii) electronicconfig. t2g6eg2 , n=2, s= n(n+2)=2.828 B.M

3 marks questions

2. (a) What is a ligand? Give an example of a bidentate ligand.

(b) explain as to how the 2 complexes of nickel,[Ni(CN) 4]2- and Ni(CO)4 have
different structures but donot differ in their magnetic behaviour.( Ni=28)
Ans: (a) the ion , atom or molecule bound to the central atom or ion in the
coordination entity is called ligand. A ligand should have lone pair of electrons in
their valence orbital which can be donated to central metal atom or ion.
Eg.Bidentate ligandethylenediammine
(b)dsp2, square planar, diamagnetic (n=0)

Sp3 hybridisation , tetrahedral geometry, diamagnetic (n=0)

2. Nomenclate the following complexes:
i) [Co(NH3)5(CO3)]Cl
ii)[COCl2(en)2]Cl

iii) Fe4[Fe(CN) 6]

Ans: i) pentaamminecarbonatocobalt(III)chloride

ii) dichloridobis(ethane-1,2-diamine)cobalt(III)chloride

iii)iron(III)hexacyanidoferrate(II)

3. (a)why do compounds with similar geometry have different magnetic moment?

217

(b)what is the relationship between the observed colour and wavelength of light absorbed
by the complex?
Ans: (a) it is due to the presence of weak and strong ligands in complexes, if CFSE is high
the complex will show low value of magnetic moment and if it is low the value of magnetic
moment is high. Eg. [CoF6]3- and [Co(NH3)6]3+ , the former is paramagnetic and the latter is
diamagnetic.

(b) higher the CFS lower will be the wavelength of absorbed light. Colour of the complex
is obtained from the wavelength of the leftover light.
4. Explain the following terms giving a suitable example.
(a) ambident ligand

(b) denticity of a ligand

(c) crystal field splitting in an octahedral field

Ans (a) Aligand which contains two donor atoms but only one of them forms a coordinate
bond at a time with central metal atom or ion is called an ambidentate ligand. Eg.nitrito-N
and nitrito-O.
(b)The number of coordinating groups present in ligand is called denticity of ligand.
Eg.Bidentateligand ethane-1,2-diamine has 2 donor nitrogen atoms which can link to
central metal atom.
(c) the splitting of the degenerated d orbital into 3 orbitals of lower energy t 2g and 2
orbitals of higher energy eg due to presence of a ligand in a octahedral crystal field is
known as crystal field splitting in an octahedral complex.

5. (a) Copper sulphate pentahydrate is blue in colour while anhydrous copper sulphate is
colourless. Why?
(b) Sulphur has greater tendency for catenation than oxygen.Why?

Ans : (a)because water molecules act as ligands which splits the d orbital of the Cu 2+ metal
ion. This result in d-d transition in which t2g6eg3 excited to t2g5eg4 and this impart blue
colour to the crystal. Whereas when we talk about anhydrous copper sulphate it does not
contain any ligand which could split the d orbital to have CFSE effect.
(b)The property of catenation depends upon the bond strength of the element. As SS
bond is much stronger (213kJ / mole) than OO bond (138 kJ/mole), S has greater
tendency for catenation than O.

218

6. Draw structures of geometrical isomers of the following complexes:

(a) [Fe(NH3)2(CN)4]-

(b)[CrCl2(ox)2]3- (c)[Co(en)3]Cl3

7. write the state of hybridisation, the shape and the magnetic behaviour of the following
complexes:
(i) [Co(en)3]Cl3

(II) K2[Ni(CN)4]
(III)[Fe(CN)6]3-

8. how would you account for the following:

(i) [Ti(H2O)6]3+is coloured while [Sc(H2O)6]3+ is colourless .

(II) [ Fe(CN)6]3- is weakly paramagnetic while [ Fe(CN)6]4- is diamagnetic.

(III) Ni(CO)4 possess tetrahedral geometry while [Ni (CN)4]2- is square planar.

Ansi) due to the presence of 1 electron in 3d subshell in [Ti(H 2O)6]3+ complex d-d transition
takes place by the absorption of visible light. Hence the complex appears coloured. On the
other hand, [Sc(H2O)6]3+ does not possess any unpaired electron .Hence d-d transition is
not possible (which is responsible for colour) in this complex is not possible, therefore it is
colourless.
(ii) paramagnetism is attributed to the presence o f unpaired electrons. Greater the
number of unpaired electron greater is the paramagnetism. Due to the presence of one
electron in the 3d subshell in [ Fe(CN)6]3- it is weakly paramagnetic. On the other hand [
Fe(CN)6]4- is diamagnetic because all electrons are paired.

iii) Ni in [Ni(CO)4] is sp3 hybridised. Hence it is tetrahedral. Whereas for [Ni(CN) 4]2- is
dsp2 hybridised hence it has square planar geometry.
11. Explain the following ::
(iv) low spin octahedral complexes of Ni are not known.
(v)
The pi complexes are known for the transition elements only.
(vi) CO is a stronger ligand than NH3 for many metals

Ans. i) nickel in its atomic or ionic state cannot afford 2 vacant 3d orbitals and hence d2sp3
hybridisation is not possible.

219

ii) transition metals have vacant d orbitals in their atoms or ions into which the electron
pairs can be donated by ligands containing electrons.eg. benzene, ethylene etc. thus d-p
bonding is possible.
(iii) because in case of CO back bonding takes place in which the central atom uses its filled
d orbitals with empty anti bonding *molecular orbital of CO.
12. What is meant by stability of a coordination compounds in solutions? State the
factors which govern the stability of complexes.
Ans : the stability of a complex in solution refers to the degree of association
between the two species involved in the state of equilibrium. The magnitude of the
equilibrium constant for the association expresses the stability .
M +4L
ML4
4
K = [ML4]/[M][L]
Factors on which stability of complex depends (i) charge on central metal ion (ii)
nature of the metal ion (iii) basic nature of the ligand (iv) presence of the chelate
ring (v) effect of multidentate cyclic ligand .

5 marks questions

6. Draw the structures of the following molecules:

(a) [Fe(NH3)2(CN)4]-

(b)[CrCl2(ox)2]3- (c)[Co(en)3]Cl3(d) [Co(en)3]Cl3(e)[Fe(CN)6]3-

7. What is crystal field theory for octahedral complexes? Also write the limitations of
this theory.
Ans :
8. Write the state of hybridisation the shape and the magnetic behaviour of the
following complex entities:
(vi) [Cr(NH3)4Cl2]Cl
(vii) [Co(en)3]Cl3
(viii) K2[NiCl4]
(ix) [Fe(H2O)6]2+
(x)
[NiCl4]29. Using valence bond theory explain the following questions in relation to
[Co(NH3)6]3+.
(vi) Nomenclature
(vii) Type of hybridisation
(viii) Inner or outer orbital complex
(ix) Magnetic behaviour
(x)
Spin only magnetic moment

220

10. Compare the following complexes with respect to structural shape of units,
magnetic behaviour and hybrid orbitals involved in units:
[Co(NH3)6]3+, [Cr(NH3)6]3+,[ Ni(CO)4]

Halo alkanes and Haloarene

One Mark Questions:
1. Give IUPAC name of the following organic compound:
CH3-CH=C- CH-CH3
CH3 Br
2. Write the structural formulae of 4-Chloropent-2-ene.
Q3.Arrange the following halides in order of increasing SN 2 reactivity
CH3Cl,CH3Br,CH3CH2Cl, (CH3)2CHCl
Q4.What is the order of reactivity of different alkyl halides in nucleophilic substitution reaction?
Q5.An alkyl halide C4H9Cl is optically active. What is its structure?
Q7.Which type of solvents are generally used to carry out SN 1 reaction?
Q8.Identify the chiral and achiral molecules in following pair of compounds?
A:CH3CHCH2CH3

B :CH3CH2CH2CH2Br

Br
Q9.Give two uses of iodoform (CHI3)?
Q10.Write a chemical reaction in which iodide ion displaces diazonium group from a diazonium
salt?
Q11.How you will convert 2-Bromopropane to 1-bromopropane?
Q13.How you will convert aniline into cholobenzene?
Q14.Name the iodine containing hormone, the deficiency of which causes goiter?
Q15.Name the synthetic halogen compound which is used in treatment of malaria?

221

Q16.Which isomer of C4H9Br will have lowest boiling point?

Q17.Write the IUPAC name of DDT?
Q18.Why sulphuric acid is not used during reaction of alcohol with KI?
Q19.Out of CH3Br and CH3Cl which will have higher boiling point and why?
Q20.Which one of following has highest dipole moment?

i) CH2Cl2 (ii) CHCl3

(iii) CCl4

Two marks questions:

Q1.Define the following terms:

i) Ambidient nucleophile (ii) Chirality

Q2.Write short note on sandmeyer reaction?

Q3.Write the structures of main products:
(i).Chlorination of benzene in presence of UV light.
(ii).Propene is treated with HBr in presence of benzoyl peroxide.
Q4.Complete the following reactions:
(i).C6H5N2Cl +KI ----->

(ii) CH2=CH2 +Br2

-------->?

----- CCl4

Q5.Explain why haloarenes are much less reactive than haloalkanes towards nucleophilic
substitution reaction?
Q6.Write short note on:
(i).Wurtz reaction
(ii).Wurtz-Fittig reaction.
Q7.How you will convert:
(i).Ethyl chloride into ethyl alcohol.

222

(ii).Ethyl chloride to ethane

Q8.Alkyl halides are insoluble in water though they contain polar C-X bond?
Q9.Give one test to distinguish between:
(i).Chloroform and carbontetrachloride
(ii).Methanol and ethanol.
Q10.Write short note on :
(i).Finkelstein reaction
(ii).Swarts reaction

Three Marks Questions:

1.Explain why:
(a).Dipole moment of cholorobenzene is lower than cyclohexyl chloride.
(b).Grignard reagent should be prepared under anhydrous conditions?
(c).Chloroform is stored in dark Brown bottles?
Q2.What happens when:
(a).Ethyl chloride treated with alcoholic KOH
(b).Alcohol reacts with thionyl chloride?
Q3.How you will conert:
(a).Chlorobenzene into toluene
(b).Chlorobenzene to phenol
(c).Ethyl bromide to diethyl ether.
Q5.Give the chemical test to distinguish between following pair of compounds:

223

Ethyl chloride and ethyl bromide

Chlorobenzene and benyl chloride

Q6.Give reasons:
(i).Boiling point of alkyl bromide is higher than alkyl chloride.
(ii).Alkyl halides are better solvents than aryl halides.
(iii).Haloalkanesare used as solvent in industry are choloro compounds rather than bromo
compounds.
Q7.Answer the following:
(i).What effect should the following resonance of vinyl chloride has on its dipole moment.
CH2=CH-Cl -CH2CH=Cl+
(ii).Iodoform is obtained by the reactions of acetone with hypoiodite but not with iodide ion.
(iii).Vinyl chloride is hydrolysed more slowly than ethyl chloride.
Q8.Write the structure of major organic product in each of following reactions:
(i).CH3-CH2-CH2-Cl +NaI Acetone
(ii).CH3-CH2-CH2OH +SOCl2
(iii).CH3CH2CH=CH2 +HBr Peroxide
Q9.Give uses of following:

CCl4

DDT

Choloroform

Q10.Distinguish between SN1 and SN2 reactions?

224

Five Marks Question

1.What happens when:
(a).n-butyl chloride is treated with alcoholic KOH
(b).Bromonenzene is teated with Mg in presence of dry ether
(c).ethyl chloride is treated with aquous KOH
(d).Ethyl bromide is Na in presence of dry ether.
(e).Methyl chloride is treated with KCN

Q2.Primary alkyl halide A C4H9Br reacted with alcoholic KOH give compound B.Compound B is
reacted with HBr to give C which ia an isomer of A.When A was reacted with Na metal it give a
compound (D) C8H18 that was different than the compound when n-butyl bromide reacted with
sodium .Give the strural formulae for A and write the equations for all the reactions?
Q3.Write short note on:
(i).Fittig reaction
(ii).Friedal Craft Alkylation
(iii).Friedal Craft Acylation
(iv).Gatterman reaction
(v).Carbylaaminereation
Q4.Give reasons:
(i).Benzyl chloride undergoes SN1 reactions faster than cyclohexy methyl chloride.
(ii).p-Dichlorobenzene has higher melting point than ortho-dichlorobenzene.
(iii).Out of chlorobenzene and choloromethane ,which is more reactive towards nucleophilic
substitution reaction?
(iv). Thionyl chloride is preffered for preparing alkyl chlorides from alcohols.
(V).Iodide ion is a better nucleophile than bromide ion?

225

Answer key
Answer key
One Mark Question:

1.Ans:4-Bromo-3-methylpent-2-ene.
2.Ans:CH3-CH=CH-CH2-CH3
Cl
3.Ans:( CH3)2CHCl<CH3CH2Cl,CH3Cl<CH3Br
4.Ans.RI>RBr>RCl
5. Ans:

H
CH3- C*-CH2-CH3
Cl

7.Ans: Polar protic solvents.

8.Ans: A: CH3CHCH2CH3 is chiral and B is achiral.
Br
9.Ans: 1.As antiseptic

2.As photosensitizer in emulsion of AgBr to make photographic film.

10.Ans: C6H5-N+2Cl- +KI -----------> C6H5I +KCl +N2

11.Ans: Br
CH3-CH-CH3 ------ (Alc.KOH)----> CH3-CH=CH2----------HBr/Peroxide---->

CH3-CH2-CH2Br

13.Ans:C6H5NH2 + NaNO2 +HCl----->C6H5N2+Cl- -----CuCl/HCl-----> C6H5Cl +N2

14.Ans.Thyroxine
15.Ans:Chloroquine.
16.Ans:

CH3

CH3-C-Br :tert-Butyl bromide

CH3

226

17.Ans:2,2-bis(1,1-Dicholoro diphenyl)-1,1,1-tricholoroethane.
18.Ans:Because it first converts KI to HI and then oxidises it to I 2.
19.Ans:CH3Br.More the molecular mass, greater the vander waals force of attraction, more the
boiling point.
20.Ans:CH2Cl2

Two marks questions:

1.(i)Ans:The nucleophiles having two nucleophilic centres.For example Cyanide group.
-C N

:C=N-

ii).An object which is not superimposable on its mirror image is said to be chiral.The property of
being chiral is known as chirality.
2.Ans:NaNO2 +HCl 273-278K NaCl +HNO2

C6H5N2+Cl- +2H2O

C6H5 -NH2 +HNO2 +HCl -----273-278K------->

C6H5N2+Cl- + CuCl/HCl ---------->C6H5Cl+N2

3.Ans: i) C6H5 Cl+3Cl2------U.V.Light------> C6H6Cl6
ii).CH3-CH=CH2 +HBr -----Peroxide ---------->

CH3-CH2-CH2-Br

4.Ans : i) C6H5N2Cl +KI -------->C6H5I +KCl +N2(g)

(ii).CH2=CH2 +Br2 ------CCl4

--------->

CH2BrCH2Br

5.Ans:i.Due to resonace C-Cl bond aquires double bond charcter .

ii.In haloarenes Carbon bearing halogen is sp2 hybirdised.So C-X bond is shorter and stronger.

6.Ans.(i) RX +2Na +X-R ----Dry Ether----> R-R +2NaX

(ii).R-X +2Na + XC6H5 -------

Dry ether ---->

7.Ans (i).C2H5Cl +KOH (aq)------------>

C2H5OH +KCl

-C6H5

+ 2NaX.

227

(ii).C2H5Cl +2[H] ---- LiAlH4 ---->

C2H6 +HCl

8.Ans:Because haloalkanes cannot form hydrogen bond with water molecules and at the same
time they cannot break the hydrogen bonds present in water molecule.
9.Ans: (a). Chloroform when heated with aniline and alc.KOH offensive smell of isocyanide is
produced.
C6H5NH2 +CHCl3 +3KOH (alc.)----- heat---->C6H5NC +3KCl +3H2O
(b).By iodoform test
In case of methanol no yellow ppt.But in case of ethanol yellow ppt are formed.
CH3CH2OH +4NaOI ---- NaOH +I2 ------->
CH3OH +NaOI ---- NaOH+I2 ---->

CHI3+HCOONa +NaI+H2O

No yellow ppt

10.Ans.
(a). CH3-CH2-Cl +NaI -----Acetone ---->
(b). CH3-CH2-Cl +AgF --------->

CH3-CH2-I +NaCl

CH3-CH2-F +AgCl

Three Marks question:

1.Ans. (a).SP2 carbon of chlorobenzene is more electronegative than the SP 3 carbon of
cyclohexyl chloride.
(b).Grignard reagent are very reactive.These are readily reacts with water
RMgX + H2O ---->

RH +Mg(OH)X

(c).Because it reacts with oxygen in presence of sunlight to form phosgene gas.

CHCl3 + O2 ---Sunlight --->

COCl2 +HCl

2Ans.(a).C2H5Cl +KOH (alc) ---->CH2=CH2 +H2O +KCl

(b).R-OH +SOCl2 ----->R-Cl+HCl+SO2
3Ans.How you will conert:

228

(a).C6H5Cl +2Na+CH3Cl----- dry ether---->

(b).

C6H5CH3 +2NaCl

C6H5Cl + NaOH----623K----> C6H5ONa ------H2O/H+

--->C6H5OH

(c).C2H5Br+ NaOC2H5 ----> C2H5-O-C2H5 +NaBr

Ans5.Give the chemical test to distinguish between following pair of compounds:

i) C2H5Cl+KOH(aq) --->
KCl+AgNO3

C2H5OH +KCl
AgCl (White ppt)+KNO3 (soluble in NH4OH)

C2H5Br+KOH(aq) ----->
KBr+AgNO3

C2H5OH +KBr

AgBr (pale yellow ppt)+KNO3 ( partially soluble in NH4OH)

C6H5CH2Cl +KOH(aq)
KCl+AgNO 3
C6H5Cl+KOH(aq)

---->

C6H5CH2OH +KCl

AgCl (White ppt)+KNO3 (soluble in NH4OH)

No reaction

Ans6.Give reasons:
(i).Beacuse of higher magnitude of Vander Waals forces in alkyl bromide than alkyl halide.
(ii).Due to greater polarity of alkyl halides.
(iii).C-Cl bond is more polar than C-Br bond. So a better solvent than alkyl bromide.
Ans7.Answer the following:

CH2=CH-Cl-

CH2CH=Cl+

It will decrease the dipole moment of vinyl chloride relative to ethyl chloride.
(ii).To prepare Iodoform from acetone I+ is required. As I+ can only be supplied IO- not by I,therefore hypoiodite is used to convert acetone into iodoform.
(iii).Due to resonace there is double bond character between Carbon and chlorine.
Ans8.

229

(i).CH3-CH2-CH2-Cl +NaI Acetone

CH3-CH2-CH2-I +NaCl

(ii).CH3-CH2-CH2OH +SOCl2

CH3-CH2-CH2Cl +SO2 +HCl

(iii).CH3CH2CH=CH2 +HBr Peroxide

CH3-CH2-CH2-CH2Br

Ans.9.Give uses of following:

CCl4:Used as solvent.

DDT:Used as insecticide

Chloroform:Used as anesthesia in surgery.

Ans10.Distinguish between SN1 and SN2 reactions?

Five Marks Question

Ans1.What happens when:
(a).CH3-CH2-CH2-CH2-Cl +KOH (alc)
(b).C6H5Br +Mg

dry ether

C6H5MgBr

(c).C2H5Cl+KOH(aq)
(d).2C2H5Br+2Na

CH3-CH2-CH=CH2 +KCl +H2O

C2H5OH+KCl
dry ether

CH3-CH2-CH2-CH3 +2NaBr

(e).CH3Cl +KCN(alc)

CH3CN +HCl

Ans 2.A) CH3-CH(CH3)-CH2Br

1-Bromo-2-methylpropane.

B) CH3-C(CH3)=CH2

2-Methylprop-1-ene.

C) CH3-C(CH3)(Br)-CH3

2-Bromo-2-methylpropane

D) CH3-CH(CH3)-CH2-CH2-CH(CH3)-CH3 2,5-Dimethylhexane
Equations for reaction:
A alc.KOH

B+HBr

2A+2Na

D +2NaBr

230

3.Ans.
i).C6H5Cl +2Na +C6H5Cl

C6H5-C6H5 + 2Nacl

(ii).C6H6 +CH3Cl (Anhyd)AlCl3

C6H5CH3 +HCl

iii).C6H5Cl +CH3COCl Anhyd AlCl3

C6H5 COCH3

C6H5N2Cl

Cu/HCl

C6H5Cl +N2

CH3CH2NH2 +CHCl3 +KOH(alc.)

CH3CH2NC +3KCl+3H2O

A ns: 4.
(i).Because in case of benzyl chloride the carbocation is formed after the loss of Cl- stabilized by
resonance.
(ii).It is due to symmetry of p-Dichlorobenzene which fits in crystal lattice better than orthodichlorobenzene.
(iii).Chloromethane is more reactive being an alkyl halide
(iv). Thebyproducts of the reaction i.e.SO2 and HCl being gases escape into the atmosphere
leaving behind the alkyl chloride in almost pure state.
(V).Because of bigger size and lower electronegativity.

Prepared By Guwahati Region

1 MARK QUESTIONS(1-20)

1.What happens when tert-butyl alcohol is treated with Cu / at 573 K.?

3.Alkyl halides, though polar, are immiscible with water. Why?

4.Grignard reagents should be prepared under anhydrous conditions. Why?

6.Allyl Chloride is more reactive than n-propyl Chloride towards nucleophilic

substitution reactions. Explain.

2.Arrange the following halides in order of increasing SN reactivity :

CH3 Cl, CH3 Br, CH3CH2Cl, (CH3)2 CHCl

5.Which of the following two compounds would react faster by SN pathway: 1bromobutane (OR) 2-bromobutane.
7.Explain why is Chlorobenzene difficult to hydrolyse than ethyl chloride ?

231

8. RCl is hydrolysed to ROH slowly but the reaction is rapid if a catalytic amount
of KI is added to the reaction mixture.Why?
9. Why haloalkanes are more reactive than haloarenes.

10. Why do haloalkenes undergo nucleophillic substitution whereas haloarenes under go

electophillic substitution?

11.Why is Sulphuric acid not used during the reaction of alcohols with KI ?
12.p- dichlorobenzene has highest m.p. than those of ortho and m-isomers.?

13.Although chlorine is an electron- withdrawing group, yet it is ortho and para directing in
electrophillic aromatic substitution reactions.Why?
14.Explain why vinyl chloride is unreactive in nucleophillic substitution reaction?

15.Arrange the following compounds according to reactivity towards nucleophillic substitution

reaction with reagents mentioned :-

4- nitro chloro benzene, 2,4 di nitro chloro bemzene, 2,4,6, trinitrochlorobenzene

with CH3ONa

16.Arrange in order of boiling points.

17.Predict the reactivity in SN1

Bromobenzene, Bromoform, chloromethane,Dibromo-methane

1-chloropropane, Isopropyle chloride, 1-Chlorobutane.

C6H5CH2Br, C6H5CH (C6H5)Br, C6H5CH(CH3)Br, C6H5C(CH3)( C6H5)Br

18.Why is vinyl chloride less reactive than ethyl chloride?

19. Chloroform is stored in dark coloured & sealed bottle. Why?

2 MARK QUESTIONS(21-30)

20.The treatment of alkyl chlorides with aqueous KOH lead to the formation of alcohols but in
presence of alcoholic KOH alkenes are major products. Explain?

22.Haloalkanes react with KCN to form alkyl cyanides as major product while AgCN
form isocyanide as the chief product. Explain

21.p-Dichlorbenzene has higher melting point and lower solubility than those of o and
m- isomers. Discuss.
23. Explain why is Chlorobenzene difficult to hydrolyse than ethyl chloride ?
24.Which compound will react faster in SN 2 reaction with OH---?

CH3Br and CH3I (SN2)

(CH3)3C-Cl or CH3Cl (SN2)

25.How the following conversions can be carried out?

232

Propene to propan-1-ol
1-Bromopropane to 2-bromopropane

26.The treatment of alkyl chlorides with aq KOH leads to the formation of alcohols but in
presence of alcoholic KOH, alkenes are the major products. Explain.

27.Tert-butyl chloride reacts with aq. NaOH by SN mechanism while n-butyl chloride
reacts by SN mechanism. Why ?
28.Why alkyl halides are generally not prepared in laboratory by free radical
halogenation of alkanes ?

3MARK QUESTIONS
29. Why preparation of aryl iodide by electrophilic substitution requires presence of an
30.

oxidising agent? Why can aryl flouride not be prepared by this method?

Why aryl halides are extremely less reactive towards nucleophilic substitution?

31. Complete the reaction :

(a)
CH3OCH3 + PCl5
(b)
(c)

C2H5OCH3 + HCl
(C2H5)2 O + HCl

32 Distinguish between the following pair of organic compounds

i) CCl4 and CHCI3

ii) Chlorobenzene and Benzyl chloride

33. How are the following conversions carried out?

(i) Benzyl chloride Benzyl alcohol.
Cu /HCl

(ii) Ethyl magnesium chloride Propan-1-ol.

(iii) C6H5N2Cl
34. Write the formula of main product formed in the following chemical reactions.
Na

(CH3)2 CH-C1
Dry ether

233

CH3Br + AgF

CH3CH2Br + Nal

Dry acetone

5MARKS QUESTIONS(41-45)
35.a) Give the IUPAC name of

CH3 CH3
CH3

CH2 C

Br Br

CH2 CH 2

OH

b)Complete the following reactions:

(a) C6H5ONa + C2H5Cl -------->

(b) CH3CH2CH2OH + SOCl2 ------->

(c ) Preparation of haloalkane with Alkane and halogen using U.V light is least

Preferred method.Explain?
36.a).p-dichlorobenzene has higher melting point and lower solubility than o- and misomer. Explain?
b) Which will have a higher boiling point?
1 - Chloro penthane or - 2 methyl -2- chlorobutane
Give reasons?
c) Chloroform is not used as anesthetic nowadays. Why?

37.(a) p - nitro chlorobenzene undergoes nucleophilic substitution faster than

chlorobenzene. Explain giving the resonating structures as well.
(b)Allyl chloride is more reactive than n - propyl chloride towards nucleophilic
substitution reaction. Explain why?

234

(c) Give IUPAC name of the following organic compound

C6H5CH2Cl

38.a) Why do alcohols have higher boiling points than the halo alkanes of the same
molecular mass?
b) Convert the following:
i) Benzene to aniline.

ii) Benzene to diphenyl

iii) Benzene to p-Chloro toluene.

ANSWERS

1 MARK ANSWERS(1-20)

1.Dehydration reaction will take place. Isobutene will be formed.

CH3
|

CH3 C OH
|

CH3

CU

573 K
H2O

2.(CH3)2 CHCl < CH3CH2Cl < CH3Cl < CH3Br.

CH2
||

CH3 C
|

CH3

(Hint : As the size of the alkyl group increases SN reactivity decreases.)

3. Alkyl halides cannot form H-bonds with water molecules and hence are insoluble in
water.

4. Because Grignard reagents have a very strong affinity for H + ions. In presence of water,
they abstract H+ ions from water and form alkanes. To prevent this, they should be
prepared under anhydrous conditions.

5. The reactivity in SN reaction depends upon the extent of steric hindrance.

ibromobutane is a 1 alkyl halide and 2-bromobutane is a 2 alkyl halide. Since there will be

235

some steric hindrance in 2 alkyl halide than in 1 alkylhalide, therefore 1-bromobutane

will react faster than 2-bromobutane in SN reaction.

6. Allyl Chloride readily undergoes ionization to produce resonance stabilized allyl

carbocation. Since carbocations are reactive species they readily combine
with OH ions to form allyl alcohol.

7. The lone pair of electrons of Chlorine is Chlorbenzene participates into resonance with

the benzene ring.As a result C Cl bond acquires a partial double bond character.

Therefore, this C Cl bond is stronger than C Cl bond in ethyl chloride which is a

pure single bond. As such the Chlorobenzene is difficult to hydrolyse than ethyl
chloride.

8. Iodide ion is a powerful nucleophile and hence reacts rapidly with RCl to form RI.
KI K+ + I; R Cl + I R I + Cl

9.In haloarenes, there is partial double bond character b/w carbon and halogen due to
resonance effect which makes him less reactive.
10. Due to more electro negative nature of halide atom in haloalkanes carbon atom
becomes slightly positive and is easily attacked by nucleophillic reagents.
While in haloarenes due to resonance, carbon atom becomes slightly negative and attacked
by electrophillic reagents.
11.It is because HI formed will get oxidized to I2 by concentrated Sulphuric acid which is an
oxidizing agent.

12. p- dichlorobenzene is symmetrical, fits into crystal lattice more readily and has higher
melting point.
13. Ans. Chlorobenzene is resonance hybrid, there is ve charge at 0 and para positions,
electrophillic substitution reaction will take place at 0 and para position due to +R effect.
+R effect is dominating over I effect. .
14. Vinyl chloride is unreactive in nucleophillic substitution reaction because of double
bond character between C=CL bond which is difficult to break.
15. 2,4,6, trinitrochlorobenzene > 2,4 dinitrochlorobemzene > 4- nitrochlorobenzene
16. Ans. (a) chloromethane < Bromobenzene < Dibromo-methane < , Bromoform
(b) , Isopropyle chloride <1-chloropropane <1-Chlorobutane
30 > 20> 10 (SN1)
17. C6H5C(CH3)(C6H5)Br > C6H5(C6H5)Br > C6H5CH(CH3)Br > C6H5CH2Br
(30)
(20)
(20)
(10)

236

18.Due to the sp2 hybridization and resonance in vinyl chloride.

19.Because it undergoes oxidation and converting to poisonous gas phosgene.

2 mark questions(21-30)

20. In aqueous KOH,OH- is nucleophile which replaces another nucleophile.

R-X +KOH-----> R-OH +KX
Where as in alcoholic KOH
C2H5OH +KOH ---->C2H5O- + K+
CH3CH2-Cl + alcoholic KOH-------- CH2 =CH2 + C2H5OH
(C2H5O-)
21.The p-isomer being more symmetrical fits closely in the crystal lattice and thus has

stronger intermolecular forces of attraction than those of o- and m- isomers. Since

during melting or dissolution, the crystal lattice breaks, therefore a larger amount of

energy is needed to melt or dissolve the p- isomer than the corresponding o- and
meta isomers.

22. KCN is a ionic compound and provides cyanide ions in solution. Although both carbon

and nitrogen atoms are in a position to donate electron pairs, the attack takes place

mainly through Carbon atom and not through nitrogen atom since C C bond is
more stable than C N bond. However AgCN is mainly covalent in nature and
nitrogen is free to donate electron pair forming isocyanide as the main product.

23.The lone pair of electrons of Chlorine is Chlorbenzene participates into resonance with
the benzene ring. As a result C Cl bond acquires a partial double bond character.

Therefore, this C Cl bond is stronger than C Cl bond in ethyl chloride which is a

pure single bond. As such the Chlorobenzene is difficult to hydrolyse than ethyl
chloride.

24.a) CH3I will react faster than CH3Br

. 25.a)

b) CH3Cl will react faster than 3 0 halide

237

b)

26.In aq. solution, KOH is almost completely ionised to give OH ions which being a strong
nucleophile brings about a substitution reaction to form alcohols. Further in aq.
solution, OH ions are highly solvated (hydrated).

This solution reduces the basic character of OH ions which fail to abstract a
hydrogen from the b-carbon of the alkyl halide to form an alkene.

However an alcoholic solution of KOH contains alkoxide (RO ) ions which being a

much stronger base than OH ions preferentially abstracts a hydrogen from the bcarbon of the alkyl halide to form alkene.

27.Tert-butyl chloride reacts via SN mechanism because the heterolytic cleavage of C Cl

bond in tert-butyl chloride gives 3 carbocation which is highly stable and favourable

for SN mechanism. Moreover, tert-butyl chloride (3) bring a bulky molecule has

steric hindrance which will not allow SN mechanism to take place. Hence only SN 1
mechanism can occur in tert-butyl chloride. However n-butyl chloride (1) reacts via

238

SN because C of C Cl bond is less crowded and favourable for nucleophile to

attack from back side results in the formation of transition state. It has less steric
hindrance which is a favourable factor for SN mechanism.

28.It is because :
(i)

It gives a mixture of isomeric monohalogenated products whose boiling

(ii)

Polyhalogenation may also take place, thereby making the mixture more

points are so close that they cannot be separated easily.

complex and hence difficult to separate.

3 MARK QUESTIONS

29.Reactions with I2 are reversible in nature and require presence of oxidising agent
(HNO3, etc.) to oxidise HI formed during iodination and promote forward reaction.
Fluoro compounds cannot be prepared due to high reactivity of flourine.

30.(i) Resonance effect :

Due to resonance C Cl bond acquires partial double bond character.

(ii)

Difference in hybridisation of Carbon in C X bond :

in haloarene C-atom attached to halogen in sp hybrid while sp in

haloalkane.
break.
(iii)

(iv)
31.

(a)

C X bond length in sp hybrid is shorter and hence stronger and difficult to

Instability of phenyl cation

Possible repulsion of nucleophile to approach e rich arenes.

2 CH3Cl

239

(b)
(c)

CH3Cl + C2H5OH

C2H5Cl + C2H5OH

32. i)Carblamine reaction : chloroform gives offensive smell due to formation isocyanide
but CCl4 dont.
ii) Diazotisation test will be given by benzyl chloride.
33.i)Hydrolysis with water.
ii) Nucleophillic addition with HCHO followed by hydrolysis.
iii)

Cu /HCl

C6H5N2Cl C6H5Cl

34 (a) (CH3)2 CH-C1 (CH3)2 CH-CH(CH3)2

Dry ether

(b)

CH3Br + AgFCH3F

(c)

CH3CH2Br + Nal CH3CH2I

Dry acetone

5 MARK ANSWERS(41-45)
35. a)3,4-dibromo-3,4-dimethylhexan-1-ol.
b) (a) C6H5ONa + C2H5Cl

(b) CH3CH2CH2OH + SOCl2

C6H5-O-C2H5 + NaCl

CH3CH2CH2Cl + HCl + SO2

c) Due to formation of mixed halides primary, secondary tertiary.

36.a) The p-isomer being more symmetrical fits directly in the crystal lattice and thus has
stronger inter molecular forces of attraction than o- and m- isomers.During melting or
dissolution, the crystal lattice breaks. Therefore, a large amount of energy is needed to melt
or dissolve the p-isomer than the resultant o- and m- isomers.

240

b) 1-chloro pentane

Surface area and hence Van der Waals forces of attraction decreases on branching.
c)Due to the formation of poisonous gas during oxidation.

37(a) In this reaction a carbanion intermediate is formed. This is stabilized by Resonance

in
p-nitrochloro benzene Resonance Structure

(b) In allyl chloride, the carbocation formed is stabilised due to resonance

while the carbocation formed form n - propyl chloride i.e. is less stable, so allyl chloride is
more reactive towards nucleophilic substitution reaction.
(c) Chlorophenylmethane

38 a) Alcohols are capable of forming intermolecular H-bonds .

b) i) C6H6 + Cl2 ----------- C6H5Cl + NH3 ---------------C6H5NH2 + HCl

FeCl3

Cu2O,

ii) C6H6 + Cl2 -----------C6H5Cl + 2Na + C6H5Cl ------------ C6H5-C6H5 + 2NaCl

FeCl3

Dry ether

iii)C6H6 + CH3Cl ------------ C6H5CH3 + Cl2 ------------------ C6H4CH3Cl + HCl

AlCl3

FeCl3

ALCOHOLS, PHENOLS AND ETHERS.

Q.1 Give the IUPAC name of the following.
CH3-C (CH3) =CH-CH2OH
Ans:-3-Methyl But-2-en 1-ol
Q.2 Phenols are much more acidic than alcohols. Why
Ans:-Phenoxide ion is more resonance stabilised than alkoxide ion.
Q3 Give the IUPAC name of the following compound:

.
Solution :
2 Bromo-3-methyl-but-2-enol.
Q.4 What happen when phenol is treated with excess of bromine(aq).
Ans It gives 2,4,6-tribromo phenol.
Q.5 Write chemical equation Williamson synthesis.
Ans- R-X+R- O- Na --------- R-O-R + NaCl
Q.6 Mention one uses of methanol.

241
Ans (i) As a denaturant for ethanol
Q.7 The boiling point of ethanol is higher than that methoxy methane.
Ans-Ethanol has inter molecular hydrogen bonding, methoxymehane does not have H-bonding.
Q.8 Name a substance that can be used as an antiseptic as well as a disinfectant.
Ans:
Phenol can be used as an antiseptic as well as a disinfectant. 0.1% Soln of phenol is used as an antiseptic
& 1% Soln of phenol is used as a disinfectant.
Q.9 Write the IUPAC name.
(CH3)3 C-OH
Ans- 2-methylpropan-2-ol
Q.10 What is Nucleophiles.
Ans- The species which has high electrons density.
Q.11 Which catalyst are used in Friedel craft reaction?
Ans- Anh.AlCl3.
Q.12 Write a test to distinguish between primary, secondary and alcohols?
Ans Lucas test.
Q13 Write the IUPAC name of CH3OH?
Ans- Methanol.
Q.14 Write the IUPAC name of CH3-O-CH3?
Ans- Methoxy methane.
Q.15.Write the IUPAC name of CH3 CH2-O-CH3?
Ans- Methoxy ethane.

Short answers questions (2marks)

Q.1 Phenols are as a smaller dipole moment than methanol.
Ans:- Due to electron with drawning nature of ph-group-O bond is less polar.in case of methanol methyl
group is electron releasing group So C-O bond is more polar.
Q.2 Explain why Phenol do not undergo substitution of OH group like alcohol.
Ans-C-O bond in phenol has some double bond characters due to resonance an hence cannot be easily
replaced by Nu. In contrast the C-O bond in alcohol is pure single bond an hence can be easily released
by Nu.
Q.3 Give a test to distinguish between phenol and Benzyl alcohol.
Ans- Phenols give violet colour with ferric chloride while benzyl alcohol does not give this coloure.
Q.4 Give a test to distinguish ethanol and phenol.
Ans- phenol turns blue litmus red,but Ethanol donot have effect on litmus paper.
Q.5Write theWilliamson synthesis reaction
Ans:- R-X +R-ONa----------R-O-R +NaX
3marks questions
Q1. Write the reaction of phenol with Zn.
Ans: ph-OH +Zn-----------------------C6H6 +ZnO
Q2.(i) Explain the mechanism of Addition of Grignards reagent to the carbonyl group of a compound
forming an adduct followed by hydrolysis.

242
(ii) Explain the mechanism of Acid catalysed dehydration of an alcohol forming an alkene.
(iii)Explain the mechanism of Acid catalysed hydration of an alkene forming an alcohol.
Ans:
(i) Grignards reagent is an alkyl magnesium halide. The alkyl group has a partial negative charge,
whereas the magnesium group has a partial positive charge. The alkyl group attacks the carbon of the
carbonyl group to form an addition compound.

Grignards reagent acts as a nucleophilic agent & attacks electrophilic carbon atoms to yield a carbon
carbon bond. The addition to the nucleophile is an irreversible process due to the high pka value of the
alkyl group.

(ii) When heated with concentrated sulphuric acid, phosphoric acid or boric acid, alcohols undergo
dehydration to form alkenes. The mechanism of this reaction involves the protonation of alcohol,
followed by loss of a water molecule & a proton.

(a)

(b)

(c)
During the dehydration of alcohol, the intermediate carbocation may undergo re-arrangement, resulting
in the formation of a stable carbocation.
(iii) Some reactive alkenes like 2 methyl propene undergo direct hydration in the presence of mineral
acids which act as catalysts. The addition of water to the double bond takes place in accordance with
Markonikoffs rule.

243

Q.4(i) The bp. of ethanol is higher than that of methoxy methane.

(ii) Phenol is more acidic than ethanol.
(iii) O & p nitrophenol are more acidic than phenol.
Ans:-(i) Due to presence of a hydrogen attached to oxygen atom. As a result ethanol exists as associated
molecules & hence it has higher bp. than methoxy methane which does not form hydrogen bond.
(ii) Because the phenoxide ion left after the release proton is stabilized by resonance but ethoxide.
Moreover ethoxide ion is destabilized by +1 effect of ethyl group.
(iii) Due to I-effect or R-effect of NO2 gp. The resulting phenolate ion is more destabilized by +1 effect of
ethyl gp.
Q.5How are the following conversions carried out?
(i) Benzyl chloride to benzyl alcohol,
(ii) Methyl magnesium bromide to 2-methylpropan-2-ol
Ans:

5marks questions
Q.1 (a) An Organic compound A with molecular formula C8H8O gives positive DNP and iodoform
test. It does not reduces Tollens or Fehling reagent and does not decolourisesBr 2/H2O also.On oxidation
with chromic acid gives a carboxylic acid (B) with molecular formula C7H6O2.Determine the structure of
A and B.

244
AnsA = Acetophenone B = Benzoic acid
(b) Complete the following reactions by identifying A ,B and C:

A +H2(g )------ Pd/BaSO4-------------- (CH3)2 CHCHO

(CH3)3C-CO-CH3 + NaOI ---------- B + C

Ans- (i) A= (CH3)2 CHCOCl

B= (CH3)3C-CO-Na + C = CHI3 Iodoform
Q.2 An Organic compound A with molecular formula C3H6 on treatment with aq.H2SO4 gives B
which on treatment with HCI/Zncl2 gives C. Thecompound C on treatment with ethanolic KOH gives
back the compound A .Identify the compound A, B and C .
Ans: A=Propene, B=Propan-2-ol ,C=2-Chloropropane.
Aq.H2SO4

ethanolickoH

HCI/ZnCl2

CH3-CH=CH2--------->CH3-CH(OH)-CH3------------------>CH3-CH(Cl)-CH3--------- >CH3-CH=CH2
Hydration propan-2-ol

Prepared by: Kolkata Region

Alcohols And Phenols

Q1. What is absolute alcohol ?

1 MARKS QUESTIONS

Ans: 100% C2H5OH is known as absolute alcohol.

Q2. What is rectified spirit ?

Ans:95% C2H5OH is known as rectified spirit.

Q3.Lower alcohols are soluble in water but higher alcohols are not soluble . Why?
Ans: Due to large Hydrocarbon part which hydrophobic.
Q4. Why ether is insoluble in water ?

245

Ans: Due to absence of HB.

Q5. How is alcohol made unfit for drinking purposes ?

Ans: By adding CH3OH

Q6. Phenol is an acid but does not react with NaHCO3. Why?
Ans: Since Phenol feebly weak in nature.

Q7.Diethylether does not react with Na.Why ?

Ans: Due to absence of acidic Hydrogen (Active).

Q8.Propanol has higher B.P. than that of n-Butane. Why?

Ans : In propanol there is HBonding but in n-Butane there is no HBonding.

Q9. Mixture of o- &p-Nitrophenol is separated by Steam volatile . Why ?

Ans: Due to intramolecular HB in O-Nitrophenol which is steam volatile.

Q10. Out of o- &p-Nitrophenol which one is more volatile ?
Ans:O-Nitrophenol due to intramolecular HB.
Q11. IUPAC Name of Dimethylether is
Ans: Methoxymethane

Q12.IUPAC Name of Isobutyl alcohol is

Ans: 2-Methylpropanol
Q13.What is anisol ?

Ans: Methyl phenyl ether

Q14. Give an example of 3o alcohol.

Ans: 2-methylpropane-2-ol
Q15.What is phenetol ?

Ans :Ethylphenyl ether(C6H5-O-C2H5)

Q16.Dimethyl ether is more volatile than ethanol . Why?

246

Ans: Due to absence of HB.

Q17.Which product will obtain by dehydration of ethanol ?

Ans: Ethene.

Q18. Out of But-2-en-1-ol and 2-Butanol which one shows Cis&Trans isomerism ?
Ans:But-2-en-1-ol will show Cis&Trans isomerism .

ALDEHYDES,KETONES AND CARBOXYLIC ACIDS

SECTION-A (One mark Questions)
1. Name one distinguishing test between aldehydes and ketones?
Ans. Aldehydes and ketones can be distinguished by Tollens test. Aldehydes give a silver mirror on
reacting with Tollens reagent whereas ketones will not react.
2. Give reason why Formaldehyde does not undergo aldol condensation?
Ans. Formaldehyde does not have any -hydrogen and therefore it cannot show aldol condensation.
3. Carboxylic acids have higher boiling points than alcohols of same no. of carbon atoms?
Ans. Carboxylic acids have more extensive association of molecules through intermolecular hydrogen
bonding than alcohols.
4. Write IUPAC name .of CH3COCH2COCH3.
Ans.Pentane-2,4-dione.
5. What product is obtained when Ethyl benzene is oxidized with alkaline KMnO4?
Ans. Benzoic acid is formed.
6Give chemical test to distinguish between acetaldehyde and benzaldehyde.
Ans. Acetaldehyde will respond to Iodoform test whereas benzaldehyde does not.
7. Write one chemical to distinguish between Formic acid and Acetic acid.

247
Ans.Formic acid gives silver mirror when treated with Tollen,s reagent whereas acetic acid does not.
8. Give two important uses of formalin.
Ans.Used as a preservative.
Used for the preparation of Bakelite.
9. How is formalin and trioxane related to methanal?
Ans. Formalin is 40%aqeous solution of methanol whereas trioxane is trimer of methanal.
10. Complete the following reaction and give the name of the major product.
HCHO+ CH3MgX ----------------------------- ?
Ans. HCHO +CH3MgX ---------CH3CH2OH + Mg(OH)X
CH3CH2OH- Ethanol
11. Draw the structural formula of Hex-2-en4-yn-oic acid.
Ans. CH3-CC-CH=CHCOOH
12. Arrange the following in the increasing order of acidic character.
HCOOH, ClCH2COOH, CF3COOH, Cl3CCOOH
Ans. CF3COOH>CCl3COOH>ClCH2COOH>HCOOH
13. Complete the reaction:RCONH2+4NaOH+Br2 --------
Ans.RCONH2+4NaOH+Br2------- RNH2+ 2NaBr+ Na2CO3+2H2O.
14. Give one chemical test to distinguish between Phenol and benzoic acid.
Ans. On treatment with neutral FeCl3 solution Phenol gives a violet color whereas Benzoic acid does not.
15. Most of the aromatic acids are solids while acetic acids and others of this series are liquids. Why?
Ans. Aromatic acids have higher molecular weights. Therefore more Vander Waals force of attraction as
compared to aliphatic acids and hence they are solids.

248

SECTION B (2 Mark Questions.)

1. Would you expect benzaldehyde to be more or less reactive in nucleophilic addition reaction
than Propanal? Explain your answer.
Ans. The carbon atom of the carbonyl group of benzaldehyde is less electrophilic than carbon
atom of the carbonyl group present in propanal. The polarity of the carbonyl group is reduced in
benzaldehyde due to resonance and hence is less reactive.
2. Describe the Trans esterification reaction giving an example.
Ans. When an ester reacts with alcohol to form another ester and another alcohol, the process is
called trans-esterification.
CH3COOC2H5 +CH3OH ---------- CH3COOC2H5 + C2H5OH
3. Explain Hell- Volhard Zelinsky reaction with an example.
Ans. Carboxylic acids having an a hydrogen atom are halogenated at the position on treatment
with chlorine or bromine in the presence of small amount of red phosphorous to give - halo
carboxylic acids
(i)X2/P (Red)
RCH2COOH --------------RCH(X) COOH.
(ii) H2O/H+
4. Give simple chemical tests to distinguish between:(i)
(ii)

Pentan-2-one and Pentane-3-one

Ethanal and propanal
Ans. (i) Pentan-2-one gives Iodoform test on treatment with I2/NaOHwhere as Pentane -3-one
does not.
(ii)Ethanal gives Iodoform test whereas Propanal does not.

5. Although Phenoxide ion has more number of resonating structures than Carboxylate ion, Carboxylic
acids are more acidic than Phenol .Why?
Ans. In carboxylate ion (-)ve charge is delocalized over two oxygen atoms whereas in phenoxide ion ()ve charge is delocalized over one oxygen atom .Therefore carboxylate ion is more stable than
phenoxide ion .That is why Carboxylic acids are more acidic than Phenol.
6. Why is there a large difference in the boiling points of but anal and butan-1-ol?
Ans:-Butan-1-ol has higher boiling point due to intermolecular hydrogen bonding

249
7. Name the electrophile produced in the reaction of benzene with benzoyl chloride in the presence of
anhydrous AlCl3. Name the reaction also.

Ans:
reaction.

benzoyliumcation or

. Friedel Crafts acylation

8. Arrange the following in decreasing order of their acidic strength and give reason for your answer.
CH3CH2OH, CH3COOH, ClCH2COOH, FCH2COOH, C6H5CH2COOH
Ans: FCH2COOH > ClCH2COOH > C6H5CH2COOH > CH3COOH >CH3CH2OH
Due to +ve and Ve inductive effects
9. Write the names associated with the following reactions:(i)

(ii)

Ans:- (i) Rosemond Reduction

(ii)Stephens Reaction
10.

Ans:

SECTION- C (THREE MARKS QUESTIONS)

1. What happens when :- (i) an aqueous solution of Sodium acetate is electrolysed
(ii) Calcium acetate is dry distilled
(iii)
Sodium benzoate is heated with Sodalime
Ans. (i) 2CH3COONa +2H2O --------- C2H6 +2CO2+2NaOH+H2.
(ii)CH3COO)2Ca ----------------CH3COCH3+CaCO3

250
(iii)C6H5COONa +NaOH (CaO) ---------C6H6 +Na2CO3
2. Write IUPAC names of the following Compounds:(i)CH3CO(CH2)4CH3 (ii) Ph-CH=CH-CHO (iii)OHC
Ans. (i) Heptane -2-one (ii) 3-Phenylprop-2-en-1-al.(iii) Cyclopentane carbaldehyde.
3. Complete the following equations:(i) CH3CONH2
(ii) 2CH3CHO

P2O5-/heat

--

dil .NaOH

(iii)C6H5COOH HNO3/H2SO4

?
P2O5-/heat

Ans. (i) CH3CONH2

(ii) 2CH3CHO
(iii)C6H5COOH

--

dil .NaOH

HNO3/H2SO4

CH3CN + H2O
CH3CH(OH)CH2CHO
m-O2N-C6H4-COOH

4.Explain the following:(i)Gatterman-Koch reaction

(ii) Clemensen reduction
(iii)Wolf-KIshner Reduction
Ans(i) When benzene or its derivative is treated with carbon monoxide and hydrogen chloride in the
presence of anhydrous aluminium chloride or cuprous chloride, it gives benzaldehyde or substituted
benzaldehyde. This reaction is known as Gatterman-Koch reaction.

(ii)The carbonyl group of aldehydes and ketones is reduced to CH2 group on treatment with zinc
amalgam and concentrated hydrochloric acid called Clemensen Reduction.

251

(ii)The carbonyl group of aldehydes and ketones is reduced to CH2 group on treatment with hydrazine
followed by heating with sodium or potassium hydroxide in high boiling solvent such as ethylene glycol
called Wolff-Kishner reduction

5. Predict the products of the following reactions

Ans:

(6).An alkene A (Mol. formula C5H10) on ozonolysis gives a mixture of two compounds B and C.
Compound B gives positive Fehlings test and also forms iodoform on treatment with I2 and NaOH.

252
Compound C does not give Fehlings test but forms iodoform. Identify the compounds A, B and C. Write
the reaction for ozonolysis and formation of iodoform from B and C
Ans:

SECTION- D (FIVE MARKS QUESTIONS)

1. An organic compound (A) with molecular formula C8H8O forms an orange-red precipitate with 2,4DNP reagent and gives yellow precipitate on heating with iodine in the presence of sodium hydroxide. It
neither reduces Tollens or Fehlings reagent, nor does it decolourise bromine water or Baeyers reagent.
On drastic oxidation with chromic acid, it gives a carboxylic acid (B) having molecular formula C 7H6O2.
Identify the compounds (A) and (B) and explain the reactions involved.
Ans :- (A) forms 2,4-DNP derivative. Therefore, it is an aldehyde or a ketone. Since it does not reduce
Tollens or Fehling reagent, (A) must be a ketone. (A) Responds to iodoform test. Therefore, it should be
a methyl ketone. The molecular formula of (A) indicates high degree of unsaturation, yet it does not
decolourise bromine water or Baeyers reagent. This indicates
The presence of unsaturation due to an aromatic ring. Compound (B), being an oxidation product of a
ketone should be a carboxylic acid. The molecular formula of (B) indicates that it should be benzoic acid
and compound (A) should, therefore, be a mono substituted aromatic methyl ketone. The molecular
formula of (A) indicates that it should be phenyl methyl ketone (acetophenone).
Reactions are as follows:

253

Ans:-

Write chemical reactions to affect the following transformations:

(i) Butan-1-ol to butanoic acid
(ii) Benzyl alcohol to phenyl ethanoic acid
(iii) 3-Nitrobromobenzene to 3-nitrobenzoic acid
(iv) 4-Methylacetophenone to benzene-1,4-dicarboxylic acid
(v) Cyclohexene to hexane-1,6-dioic acid

254

3. An organic compound contains 69.77% carbon, 11.63% hydrogen and rest oxygen. The molecular
mass of the compound is 86. It does not reduce Tollens reagent but forms an addition compound with
sodium hydrogen sulphite and give positive iodoform test. On vigorous oxidation it gives ethanoic and
propanoic acid. Write the possible structure of the compound.
Element
%
At. Wt.
Relative no. of Divide by least
atoms
C
69.77
12
5.81
5.81/1.16=5
H
11.63
1
11.63
11.63/1.16=10
O
18.60
16
1.16
1.16/1.16=1
Empirical formula is C5H10O
Empirical formula mass = 86
N=86/86=1
Molecular formula is C5H10O
Since hydrogen atoms are double than carbon atoms, therefore, it is likely to be aldehyde or ketone. It
does not reduce Tollens reagent so it is a ketone. It reacts with NaHSO 3 and gives Iodoform test
.Therefore it is Methyl ketone. On vigorous oxidation it gives ethanoic acid and propanoicacid.
The compound is Pentane-2-one.CH3COCH2CH2CH3
4. An organic compound (A) molecular formula C8H16O2 was hydrolysed with dil. H2SO4 to give a
carboxylic acid (B) and alcohol (C). Oxidation of (C) with chromic acid produced (B).(C) on
dehydration gives but-1-ene. Write equations for the reactions involved.

255
Ans. CH3CH2CH2COOCH2CH2CH2CH3+ H2O Dil H2SO4

CH3CH2CH2COOH+ CH3CH2CH2CH2OH

(A)
CH3CH2CH2CH2OH CrO3-

(B)

(C)

CH3CH2CH2COOH

(C)
CH3CH2CH2CH2OHConc H2SO4

CH3CH2CH=CH2

(C)
5.What is meant by the following terms:(a) Cyanohydrin

(b) Semicarbazone

(c)Hemiacetal

(d)Ketal

(d) 2,4 DNP derivative

Ans: (a).(a) When CN and OH groups are attached to the same carbon atom it is called cyanohydrin.
e.g. CH3CH(OH)(CN).

(b) When aldehyde or ketone react with semicarbazide the product formed is semicarbazone. E.g. H3CCH=N- NHCONH2

(c) When aldehyde reacts with one mole of alcohol in presence HCl gas Hemiacetal is formed. E.g. H 3CCH(OH)-OCH3

256

(d) When ketones react with two moles of alcohol /; Ethylene glycol in presence of HCl gas Ketal is
formed. e.g.

(e)When aldehyde or ketone reacts with 2,4-DNP orange precipitate is formed.e.g.

AMINES

Q.1Give the IUPAC name of H2N CH2 CH2 CH = CH2.

Soln: 4-amino-but-1-ene
Q.2 Write structure of methyl amine?
Ans- CH3-NH2
Q.3 Write the structure of methyl isocyanides?
Ans-CH3NC
Q.4 Name the tests for Primary amine.
Ans- Carbylamines test
Q.5 Primary amines have higher b.p than tertiary amines.

257
Ans- Due to inter molecular hydrogen bonding.
Q.6 Why is alkyl amine more basic than ammonia?
Ans Due to +I effect of alkyl group.
Q.7 why do amine react as nucleophile.
Ans-due to lone pair of electron on nitrogen.
Q.8 Why are aqueous solution of amine basic in nature?

Ans- Because of high electron density on nitrogen it gains H+ from water.

Q.9 Name one test to distinguish between ethyl cyanide and ethyl isocyanides.
Ans- ethyl cyanide on hydrolysis with acids form propionic acid, whereas ethyl isocyanides with
dilute HCl forms ethylamine and formic acid.
Q10.Identify A and B
NaNO2/HCL

CuBr

C6H5NH2----------------------A------------------------B
Q11.Name the reaction in which amide directly converted into amines.
Ans: Hofmanns bromamide reaction.
Q12.Complete the following:
RNH2 + CHCI3+ 3KOH------------------ ?
Q13. .Complete the following:
RCONH2 + Br2 + 4 NaOH------------------ ?
Q14.Write the formula of hinsbergs reagent.
Ans: Benzoyl chloride.
Q15.What is meant by diazotization?
Ans: Conversion of primary aromatic amines into diazonium salts.

2marks questions

258

Q.1 In an increasing order of basic strength:

C6H5NH2, C6H5 N (CH3)2, (C2H5)2 NH & CH3NH2
Ans: Basic strength:

Aliphatic amines are stronger bases than aromatic amines due to the presence of lone pair of e- on
nitrogen atom. In case of aromatic amines the lone pair gets delocalised by resonance. Diethyl amine
has greater + I effect. Hence, e- density over the nitrogen atom is more in this case. Similarly N, N
dimethyl aniline has greater + I effect than aniline.
Q.2 In a decreasing order of basic strength:
Aniline, p-nitro aniline& p-toluidine
Ans-

Methyl (CH3) is an e- donating group. It increases the e- density on the ring. Therefore, the lone pair on
nitrogen is available for donation. Hence, it is most basic. On the other hand nitro (NO2) is an ewithdrawing group. It decreases the e- density of the ring. Therefore, the lone pair is more delocalized in
this case & is less available for donation. Thus, it will be least basic among the three.
Q.3 In an increasing order of pKb values:
C2H5NH2, C6H5 NHCH3, (C2H5)2 NH & C6H5NH2

Ans-

259
Stronger the base is lesser is the pKb value. (C2H5)2NH is the strongest base due to two e- releasing group
followed by C2H5NH2 which has only one e- releasing group. C6H5NHCH3 is the next stronger base
because of the presence of one e- releasing alkyl group & e- delocalising phenyl group. C6H5NH2 is the
least basic wherein the e- get delocalised by resonance.
Q.4.Write a chemical reaction in which the iodide ion replaces the diazonium group in a diazonium
salt.
Ans-:

Q.5Why is an alkyl amine more basic than ammonia?

Ans:
An alkyl amine is more basic than ammonia because of inductive effect (+I effect). Alkyl group or R has
an e--releasing effect, which increases e- density over nitrogen atom. This increases its basicity.

3marks questions
Q.1Describe the Hofmanns bromamide reaction
Ans: Hofmanns bromamide reaction: It involves the reaction of bromine with an acid amide in the
presence of an alkali. It results in the formation of a primary amine with one carbon less than the parent
compound. Here, the alkyl group migrates from carbonyl, with the elimination of CO 2. For example:

Q.2Describe the Gatterman reaction

Ans- Gatterman reaction: This is a modification of Sandmayers reaction in which benzene diazonium
chloride is treated with copper powder & halogen acid to form aryl halides.

Q.3Describe the coupling reaction

Ans

260
Coupling reaction: It is the reaction of diazonium salts with phenols & aromatic amines to
form azo compounds of the general formula Ar N = N Ar. The coupling of phenol takes place in a
mildly alkaline medium.

Q.4pKb for aniline is more than that for methylamine.

Ans:
In aniline, the lone pair of e- on the N atom is delocalised over the benzene ring. As a result, the edensity on the nitrogen atom decreases. In contrast, in CH3NH2, the +I effect of CH3increases the edensity on the N atom. Therefore, aniline is a weaker base than methylamine. Hence, its pKb value is
higher than that of methylamine.
Q.5 Methylamine Soln in water reacts with ferric chloride Soln to give a precipitate of ferric hydroxide.
Ans- Being more basic than water, methylamine accepts a proton from water-liberating OH ions.

These OH ions combine with Fe3+ ions present in H2O to form a brown precipitate of hydrated ferric
oxide.

5marks questions
Q1.An aromatic compound A on treatment with aqueous ammonia and heating forms compound B
which on heating with Br2 and KOH forms a compound C of molecular formula C 6H7N. Write the
structures and IUPAC names of compounds A, B and C.
Ans:-((A) Benzoic acid (B) Benz amide (c) Aniline

Q2.Complete the following reactions:

261
(i)C6H5NH2 +CHCI3 +alc.KOH---------
(II)C6H5N2Cl +H3PO2 +H2O----------------
(III)C6H5NH2 +H2SO4 (CONC) ---------------
(IV)C6H5N2Cl +C2H5OH------------------------
(V)C6H5NO2 + Fe/HCI----------------------------
Ans:-

(i)C6H5NH2 +CHCI3 +alc.KOH-------------C6H5NC +3KCl +3H2O

(II)C6H5N2Cl +H3PO2 +H2O----------------C6H6 +H3PO3 +N2 +HCl
(III)C6H5NH2 +H2SO4 (CONC) -----------------------NH2-Ph-SO3H +H20
(IV)C6H5N2Cl +C2H5OH------------------------------C6H6 +N2+CH3CHO +HCI
(V)C6H5NO2 + Fe/HCI-------------------------------C6H5NH2

Biomolecules

Section A (One Mark Question)

1. Name the sugar present in milk.
A: Lactose,
2. How many monosaccharide units are present in it?
A: two monosaccharide units are present.
3.What are such oligosaccharides called?
A: Such oligosaccharides are called disaccharides
4. How do you explain the presence of all the six carbon atoms in glucose in a
Straight chain?
A: On prolonged heating with HI, glucose gives n-hexane.
3. Name the linkage connecting monosaccharide units in polysaccharides.
A: Glycosidic linkage.
4. Under what conditions glucose is converted to gluconic and saccharic acid?
A: Glucose is converted to gluconic acid by bromine water and to saccharic acid by conc. HNO 3.
5. Which sugar is called invert sugar?
A: Sucrose.

262
6. During curdling of milk, what happens to sugar present in it?
A: It converts into Lactic acid.
7. . Monosaccharide contain carbonyl group hence are classified, as aldose or ketose. The
number of carbon atoms present in the monosaccharide molecule are also considered for
classification. In which class of monosaccharide will you place fructose?
A: Fructose is a ketohexose.
8. The letters D or L before the name of a stereoisomer of a compound indicate the
correlation of configuration of that particular stereoisomer. This refers to their relation with
one of the isomers of glyceraldehyde. Predict whether the following compound has D or L
configuration.

A: L configuration
9. What are constituents of Starch?
A: Amylose and Amylopectin
10. What D N A & R N A Stand for?
A: Deoxy ribonucleic acid and Ribonucleic acid.
11. What are Zwitter ions?
A: A Zwitter ion is a dipolar ion formed by neutralization of acidic and basic centers present within
the molecule.
12. .What is non reducing sugar? Give example.
A: The groups like CHO, - C= O, which are not freely available in the molecule do not answer
tollens or Fehlings test are called non reducing sugar. E.g. maltose and lactose
13. Define mutarotation? Give example.
A: The anomers of glucose i.e. alpha and beta are having specific rotation of + 1110and + 19.20
respectively. The mixtures of these two have a rotation of +52.4 0. this is called a mutarotation.
14. Amino acids are amphoteric in behavior? Explain.
A: they form zwitter ion (dipolar ion) and behave as neutral molecule at pH 7(isoelectric point).

SECTION B (2 Mark Questions.)

1. Define native state and denaturation of protein.

What happens when?
a. Protein is cooled to zero degree C?

263
b. Protein is heated to 800 C
A: protein in the native state has definite configuration and biological activity. The higher
structure of protein is affected without disturbing the primary structure is called denaturation.
a. no change
b. the coagulation of the protein takes place.
2. Which forces are responsible for stability of alpha Helix of protein? Why it is called 3.6 13 helix?
A: H-bonding. It has 3.6 amino acids in one single turn, and a 13 member ring is formed by H
bonding.
3. What are essential amino acids? Give example and what happens when it is polymerized?
A: amino acids required by the body and cannot be synthesized in our body are called essential amino
acids. e.g. Lysine. When it is polymerized polypeptide chains are formed.
4. Glucose and sucrose are soluble in water but Cyclohexane and benzene are not soluble. Why?
A : Glucose and sucrose form H bonding with water
5.(i) Write the sequence of base on mRNA molecule synthesized on the following strand of DNA:
TATCTACCTGGA
A: AUAGAUGGACCU
(ii)Name a powerful antioxidant which is a water soluble vitamin.
A: Vitamin C
SECTION- C (THREE MARKS QUESTIONS)
1. (i)Protein found in a biological system with a unique three-dimensional structureand biological
activity is called a native protein. When a protein in its native form,is subjected to a physical
change like change in temperature or a chemical changelike, change in pH, denaturation of
protein takes place. Explain the cause.
(ii) Structures of glycine and alanine are given below. Show the peptide linkage in glycylalanine.

Ans: A(i) Due to physical or chemical change, hydrogen bonds in proteins are disturbed, globules unfold
and helix gets uncoiled therefore protein loses its biological activity. This is called denaturation of
proteins.
(ii)

264

2. (i) What are the expected products of hydrolysis of lactose?

(ii) How do you explain the absence of aldehyde group in the
pentaacetate of D-glucose?
A(i)It is composed of -D-galactose and -D-glucose. The linkage is between C1 of galactose and C4 of
glucose.
(ii) The pentaacetate of glucose does not react with hydroxylamine indicating the absence of free CHO
group.
3. (i) What products would be formed when a nucleotide from DNA containing thymine is
hydrolysed?
(ii)How will you distinguish 1 and 2 hydroxyl groups present in glucose?
A(i)Complete hydrolysis of DNA yields a pentose sugar, phosphoric
acid and thymine
(ii)On oxidation with nitric acid, glucose as well as gluconic acid both yield a dicarboxylic acid, saccharic
acid. This indicates the presence of a primary alcoholic (OH) group in glucose.
4. Write the reactions of D-glucose which cant be explained by its open-chain structure. How can
cyclic structure of glucose explain these reactions?
Ans: The following reactions and facts could not be explained by this structure.
1. Despite having the aldehyde group, glucose does not give Schiffs test and it does not form
the hydrogensulphite addition product with NaHSO3.
2. The pentaacetate of glucose does not react with hydroxylamine indicating the absence of free
CHO group.
3. Glucose is found to exist in two different crystalline forms which are named as and . The form of glucose (m.p. 419 K) is obtained by crystallisation from concentrated solution of glucose
at 303 K while the -form (m.p. 423 K) is obtained by crystallisation from hot and saturated
aqueous solution at 371 K.
5. Write the evidences for the following on the basis open chain structure of Glucose.(I) all the six
carbon atoms are linked in a straight chain.
(ii)the presence of a carbonyl group (>C = O) in glucose.
(iii)five OH groups are attached to different carbon atoms.
Ans: (i)

(ii)

265

(iii)

6.Explain the terms primary structure of proteins.

Ans:- Primary structure of proteins: Proteins may have one or more polypeptide chains. Each
polypeptide in a protein has amino acids linked with each other in a
specific sequence and it is this sequence of amino acids that is said to be the primary structure of that
protein. Any change in this primary structure i.e., the sequence of amino acids creates a different
protein.
7. Explain the terms secondary structure of proteins. What is the
difference between -helix and -pleated sheet structure of proteins?
Ans: Secondary structure of proteins: The secondarystructure of protein refers to the shape in which a
long polypeptide chain can exist. They are found to exist in
two different types of structures viz. -helix and -pleated sheet structure. These structures arise due to
the regular folding of the backbone of the polypeptide
chain due to hydrogen bonding between-CO- and NH groups of the peptide bond. -Helix is one of
the most common ways in which a polypeptide chain forms all possible hydrogen bonds by twisting into
a right handed screw (helix) with the NH group of each amino acid residue hydrogen bonded to the C O
of an adjacent turn of the helix.
In -structure all peptide chains are stretched out to nearly maximum extension and then laid side by
side which are held together by intermolecular hydrogen
bonds. The structure resembles the pleated folds of drapery and therefore is known as -pleated sheet.
8. Explain tertiary structure of Protein.
Ans: Tertiary structure of proteins: The tertiary structure of proteins represents overall folding of the
polypeptide chains i.e., further folding of the secondary structure. It gives rise to two major molecular
shapes viz. fibrous and globular. The main forces which stabilise the 2 and 3 structures of proteins are
hydrogen bonds, disulphide linkages, van der Waals and electrostatic forces of attraction.
9. What are structural difference between Cellulose and Starch ?
Ans:-Starch is a polymer of -glucose and consists of two components Amylose and Amylopectin.
Amylose is water soluble component which constitutes about 15-20% of starch. Chemically amylose is a
long unbranched chain with 200-1000 -D-(+)-glucose units held by C1 C4 glycosidic linkage.

266

Cellulose is a straight chain polysaccharide composed only of -D-glucose units which are joined by
glycosidic linkage between C1 of one glucose unit and C4 of the next glucose unit.

BIOMOLECULES

Q1. What is invert sugar ?

Ans: Mixture of glucose & Fructose
Q2. Which disaccharide is present in milk ?
Ans: Lactose
Q3. Which Polysaccharide is present in Rice ?
Ans: Starch
Q4. Write hydrolysis product of Lactose.
Ans: Glucose &Galactose
Q5. Name the carbohydrate which is not digested in human body ?
Ans; Cellulose
Q6. Which Functional groups are present in glucose ?
Ans : -OH & CHO

267

Q7. What are the constituents of Maltose ?

Ans: 2 Units of -D-glucose
Q8.What are the constituents of Starch ?
Ans: Amylose & Amylopectin
Q9. Which Polysaccharide is stored in the Liver of Animals ?
Ans: Glycogen
Q10.Name two Carbohydrades which act as byfuels?
Ans: Starch & Glycogen
Q11. Write the water soluble vitamins .
Ans: Vitamin B & Vitamin C
Q12. Give an example of Fibrous Protein .
ANS: Keratin
Q13.Give two examples of essential amino acids .
Ans: Valine&Lycine
Q14. Name the Enzymes present in the saliva of Human.
Ansd: Amylase
Q15. What is Glycogen ?
Ans: Polysaccharide
Q16. What type of bonding occurs in globular Proteins ?
Ans: Van der Waals interaction , Dipolar interaction , HB.
Q17 Which bio-molecules act as catalyst ?
Ans: Enzyme
Q18.Name the enzyme which breaks proteins into peptides ?
Ans: Pepsin & Trypsin
Q19.Name the purines present in DNA >
Ans: Adenine and Guanine
Q20 Name the base that is found in RNA only .
Ans: Uracil

Polymer

(one mark questions Q1 to Q20)

Q1.Give the name and structure of reagent used for initiating a free radical chain reaction .
Ans: Name- benzoylperoxide ,C6H5-CO-O-O-CO-H5C6
Q2.Classify them as addition and condensation polymers:Nylon-66,Buna-s,polythene,terylene
Ans: Additionpolymer:Polythene and Buna-s, Condensationpolymer:Nylon-66,terylene
Q3.Give name and structure of monomer present in natural rubber.
Ans:Name:Isoprene(2-Methyl1,3-Butadiene),Structure:CH2=C(CH3)CH=CH2
Q4.What is biodegradeable polymers? Give one example

268
Ans:polymers which can be degraded naturally. PHBV
Q5.What is polymers?
Ans:Polymers are high molecular mass substances consisting of large no of repeating structural units.
Q6.How are the polymer classified on the basis of structure:
Ans:a) Linear Polymer b)Branched chain polymers c)Cross linked polymers
Q7Writes the names of monomer of the following (-CO-(CH2)5-NH-)n
Ans: Caprolactum
Q8.Arrange the following polymers in increasing order of their intermolecular forces:
Nylon6,Neoprene,polyvinyl chloride.
Ans: Neoprene<Polyvinyl chloride<Nylon-6
Q9.Is (-NH-CHR-Co-)n is a homopolymer or copolymer?
Ans: Copolymer
Q10.What is vulcanized rubber?
Ans:process of heating a mixture of natural rubber with sulphur is called vulcanized rubber.
Q11.Write the monomer of Bakelite.
Ans: Phenol - formaldehyde
Q12.Mention two uses of Bakelite.
Ans: It is used for making combs,electrical switches and handle of various utensils
Q13Explain the term copolymer and give two examples.
Ans: Polymer which are made up of two different monomer unit are called copolymers: eg.Buna-N,Buna-S
Q14.Mention one use of melamine?
Ans: It is used in the manufacture of unbreakable crockery.
Q15.How can natural rubber be made tougher?
Ans: By the process of vulcanization with sulphur.
Q16.What is natural rubber?
Ans: It is a cis 1,4-polyisoprene.

269
Q17.How do you explain functionality of monomer?
AnS:No of bonding sites in monomers.
Q18.What are natural polymers?
Ans:Those polymers which are obtained mostly from plants and animals are called natural polymers eg
Natural rubber,cellulose
Q19.What is synthetic polymers?
Ans:Those polymer which are obtained from chemical compound are called synthetic polymer
Q20.What is monomer of Nylon-2-Nylon-6?
Ans: Glycine,6-Aminocaproic acid.

(Two marks questions on polymer)

Q1.Explain the difference between Buna-N and Buna-s.
Ans: Buna-N is a polymer of 1,3-Butadiene and acrylonitrile and buna-s is a polymer of 1,3-Butadiene
and styrene.
Q2.Distinguish between homopolymer and copolymer?
Ans:Homopolymer is made up of only one type of monomer unit eg. PVC. Where as co-polymer is made
up of two different monomer units eg Buna-s.
Q3.What are polyamides and polyesters?Give one example of each.
Ans: Polymers having amide linkage in the chain are called polyamides e.g Nylon-6.
Polymers having ester linkage in the chain are called polyesters e.g. Terylene.
Q4 Dicuss the main purpose of vulcanization.
Ans: Natural rubberbecome soft at high temperature,Brittle at low temperature.And show higher water
absorption capacity. It is nonresistant to attack by oxidizing agent .In order to improve these properties
a process of vulcanization is carried out.
Q5.In which classes, the polymers are classified on the basis of molecular forces?
Ans: Elastomer, fibre ,thermoplastics and thermosetting polymers.
Q6. Write names of monomers of the following polymers.
a)(-CF2-CF2-)n b)(CH2-CH(cl)-)n.

270
Ans: a)Tetrafluoroethene b)Vinyl chloride .
Q7.what are monomeric repeating units of nylon-6 and nylon-6,6 ?
Ans ;Caprolactam , Hexamethylenediamine and Adipic acid
Q.8 Arrange the following polymers in increasing order of their intermolecular forces.
a) nylon-6 ,6 ,Buna-S , Polythene
b) Neoprene, Nylon-6, PVC
Ans.a) BUNA-S< Polythene <Nylon-6,6
b)Neoprene < PVC < nylon-6
Q9.Classify the following as Addition and condensation polymers: Bakelite, melamine, PVC,Buna-S,BunaN,Nylon-6,6
Ans:Additionpolymers:Buna-N,Buna-S,PVC
Condensation polymer:Nylon-6,6,Bakelite melamine,
Q10.How is novolac converted into bakelite?
Ans: Novolac on heating with formaldehyde undergoes crosslinking to form an infusible solid mass
called Bakelite.
Q11.Differentiate between Addition and condensation polymers.
Ans:Addition polymer: 1)It takes place in unsaturated monomers.
2)Loss of small molecule like water and ammonia does not take place.
Condensation polymer: 1)It takes place in monomers having multi functional groups .2)Loss of small
molecules like water and ammonia takes place.
Q12.Differentiate between thermoplastic and thermosetting polymer.
Ans:.
Those polymers which are remoulded into our desire shape on heating and cooling are called
thermoplastic.eg.PVC,Teflon
Those polymers which are not remoulded into our desire shape on heating and cooling are called
thermoplastic.eg.Bakelite,Melamine.
Q13.How is Dacron obtained?

271
Ans:Dacron is obtained by the condensation of ethylene glycol and terephthalic acid.
Q14. Give the synthesis of a)Neoprene b)Teflon.
Ans:(a)n CH2=C

(cl)-CH=CH2 -------(CH2-C(cl)=CH-CH2)n

(b) n(CF2=CF2)--------------(-CF2-CF2)n
Q15.What do you mean by nylon-6,6?
Ans: Nylon6,6 is a condensation polymer and is made up of two different monomer units
ie,hexamethylenediamine and adipic acid.

(Three marks questions on polymer)

Q1.How does the presence of double bond in rubber molecule influence their structure and reactivity?
Ans: The natural rubber is a linear1,4-polyisoprene.Double bonds are located between C-2 and C-3 of
isoprene units.This configuration about double bond do not allow the chains to come closer for effective
attraction due to weak intermolecular forces of attraction.That is why natural rubber has a coiled
structure and shows elasticity.
Q2.Arrange the following polymers in increasing order of their inter molecular forces.
a)PVC, Naturalrubber, Terylene,
b)Nylon-6,6,Neoprene,PVC
c)Nylon6,Buna-N,Teflon
Ans:a)Natural rubber<PVC<Terylene
b)Neoprene<PVC<Nylon6,6
c)Buna-N<Teflon<nylon6
Q3.Write the names of monomers used f0r getting the following polymers.
a)PVC
b)Teflon
c)bakelite
d)Neoprene
e)Polyacrylonitrile
f)Buna-S
Ans:a) Vinyl chloride b)Tetrafluoroethene c)Phenol and formaldehyde
a) 2-chloro 1,3-butadiene,e)Acrylonitrile,f)1,3 Butadiene and styrene
Q4.Classify the following as addition and condensation
polymer:PHBV,Dacron,Teflon,neoprene,PVC,Bakelite
Ans: Addition polymer:Teflon,PVC,Neoprene
Condensation polymer:PHBV,Bakelite,Dacron
Q5.Discuss and classify the polymers on the basis of inter molecular forces.
Ans1)Elastomer: Weakest intermolecular forces eg.Buna-N,Buna-S
2.Fibre; Strong intermolecular force like hydrogen bond eg Nylon-66
3. Thermoplastic;No cross linkage eg PVC

272
4. Thermosetting Polymer; numerous cross linkage egBakelite

1 MARK QUESTIONS
Q1. Write the monomers of Bakelite.
Ans: Phenol & Formaldehyde
Q2. Give the chemical name of Tefflon.
Ans: PTFE
Q3. What is the main constituent of Babalgum ?
Ans: Butadiene &Sytrene
Q4.Name a synthetic polymer which is an amide ?
Ans: Nylon-66
Q5. Name a polymer used to make cups for hot drinks?
Ans: Urea formaldehyde resin
Q6.Name one thermosetting & one thermoplastic polymer>
Ans: PVC & Bakelite
Q7 Name a synthetic polymer which is an ester.
Ans: Terrylene
Q8. Give an example of Step Growth Polymer .
Ans: Terrylene
Q9. Write the monomers of Neoprene
Ans: Chloroprene
Q10 Write monmers of Nylon-66
Ans; Hexamethylenediamine&Adipic acid
Q11. Write the Full form of PMMA.
Ans: PolyMethylMethAcrylate
Q12. What is the volcanisation ?
Ans: Heating of natural rubber with sulphur .
Q13.What is PHBV?
Ans: Poly--hydroxybutyrate-Co--hydroxyvalerate
Q14. Give an example of Bio-degradable polymer ?
Ans: PHBV
Q15. What do you hy Buna-S ?
Ans: Butadiene & Styrene
Q16.Arrange the following Polymers in increasing order of intermolecular force.
Nylon-66,Buna-S,Polythene
Ans:Buna-S<Polythene<Nylon-66
Q17.Name a polymer used in non-stick utensils.
Ans: Tefflon
Q18. What do you understand for 6&6 in Nylon -66 ?
Ans: Both 6 shows number of carbon atoms in monomers.
Q19.What do you mean by Bu- , na& N in Buna-N.
Ans: Bu-Butadiene ,na-Sodium (Na) and N- Acrylonitrile
Q20. Write the monomers of Melamin Formaldehyde Resin.
Ans: Melamin& Formaldehyde

273

CHEMISTRY IN EVERYDAY LIFE

Q1.Name two types of chemical messengers.
Ans: Neurotransmitters & Hormones
Q2. Name the antibiotic used in typhoid fever.
Ans: Chloramphenicol
Q3.Name a Broad spectrum Antibiotic.
Ans;Chloramphenicol
Q4. Name the Medicine which can act as analgesic as well as antipyretic .,
Ans: Aspirin
Q5. Name the constituents of Dettol.
Ans; Chlroxylenol&terpineol
Q6. Why is Ethanal added to Soap ?
Ans: To make it transparent
Q7. Name an ant acid which prevent the formation of acid in the stomach.
Ans : Ranitidine
Q8. Why is glycerol is added to shaving soap?
Ans: To prevent rapid drying.
Q9. Give an example of bacteriocidal antibiotic.
Ans: Penicillin
Q10.Name a drug used in mental depression .
Ans: Equanil
Q11. Name a few artificial sweatners
Ans: Saccharin & Aspartame
Q12. What type drugh is phenacetine?
Ans: Antibiotic
Q13.What are pathogens?
Ans; Disease causing organisms.
Q14.Name two Narcotics which are used as analgesics >
Ans: Morphine & Codeine
Q15. What is Chemotherapy?
Ans: Use of chemical for treatment of disease .
Q16. Mention a few drug targets .
Ans: Carbohydratyes, Lipids , Proteins & Nucleic Acids .
Q17. Define a Tanquilizer.
Ans: Drug which act on CNS to help in reducing anxiety.
Q18.Define Soap .
Ans: Soap is a Sodium or Potassium salt of Fatty Acids
Q19.Why are detergents preferred over soaps ?
Ans: Unlike soaps detergents can be used even in hard water.
Q20.What is a Bacteriostatic drug ?
Ans: A drug which inhibit the growth of disease causing organisms.

274
Chapter 16. Chemistry in everyday life
Section A (One Mark Question)
1.
Name a drug which is an analgesic and antipyretic?
A: aspirin
2.
Elucidate the structural differences between biodegradable and non- bio degradable detergent?
A: Biodegradable detergents have straight chains Eg:sodium dodecyl benzene
sulphonate.Nonbiodegradable detergents have branched chains Eg:sodium(1,3,5,7tetramethyloctyl)benzene sulphonate.
3.
Why are ranitidine and cimetidine better antacids than sodium bicarbonate?
A:Sodium bicarbonate if taken in excess makes the stomach alkaline and thus more HCl is
released which causes ulcers. Whereas ranitidine prevent the interaction of histamineinthe stomach
wall and thus lesser release of HCl.
4.
Though saccharin is 550 times sweeter than sugar it is used as a sweetening agent by diabetic
patient. Why?
A:as it is eliminated in urine and provide less calorie.
5.
Distinguish between drugs and medicine.
A:Drugs have addictive action but medicine is not addictive in nature.
6.
If water contains (CaHCO3)2,out of soap and detergent which one will you choose for cleaning
clothes.?
A:Calcium ion forms scum, hence detergents are preferred.
7.
Why cationic detergent has limited use?
A:they are quarternary ammonium salts of amines with acetates, chlorides, bromides. As they
have germicidal properties and are expensive so are of limited use.
8.
While antacids and antiallergic drugs interfere with the function of histamine. Why do not
interfere with the function of each other?Explain.
A:As they work on different receptors .eg release of histamine causes allergy and also
causes
acidity due to release of HCl.But antihistamine removes allergy while antacids remove
acidic.
9. Aspirin helps in prevention of heart attack.
A:Due to its anti-blood clotting action.
9. Give One example of drugs used as antiseptics and disinfectants.?
A: 0.2% solution of phenol is an antiseptic while its one % solution disinfectant.

275

BASIC CONCEPTS IN CHEMISTRY

CARD-1
Q1. (a) Match the following
Column-A
1. Micro
2. Mega
3. Deca
4. Giga
5. Pico

Column-B
a. 106
b. 109
c. 10-12
d. 10
e. 10-6

(b) Match the following

Column-A
1. Molarity
2 Molality
3. Mole fraction
4. Normality

Column-B
a. gram equivalent per liter
b. Moles per liter
c. Moles per Kg
d. No unit

CARD-2
Q2. Fill in the blanks :
a) No. of significant figure in 0.0025 is -----------b) The rounded up value of 20.058 up to 4 significant figure is ----------c) Sum of mole fraction of all the components present in solution -----------d) Unit of molarity is ----------e) Out of molarity and molality,-------------- changes with temperature.
f)

Mass of one mole of a substance in gram is called.

g) One mole of any gas at S T P occupies

h) Simplest whole number ratio of various atoms present in one molecule of a compound is called
.
i)

Number of atoms present in 5 u of He is

j)

Number of mole of CO2 present in 4.4g of CO2 is .

CARD-3
1.
2.
3.
4.

In 3 moles of ethane, calculate the No. of moles of carbon atoms

What is the mass of one amu in gram?
What is the SI unit of pressure?
What is the empirical formula of Benzene?

276
5. What is the equivalent mass of sulphuric acid?
6. One gram of Hydrogen reacts with 9 gram of Oxygen to form water. Which one is the
7.
8.
9.
10.

limiting reagent?
What is the mass of one molecule of CO2?
What is the mass of one atom of Sodium?
What is the relation between molar mass and vapor density?
10 volumes of Hydrogen gas react with 5 volume of Oxygen gas, how many volumes of
water vapor will be produced?

CARD-4
1. A solution is prepared by adding 2 g. of a substance to 18 g of water. Calculate the mass
percentage of the solute.
2. Calculate molarity of NaOH in the solution prepared by dissolving its 4 g in enough water to
form 250 ml of the solution.
3. Calculate the number of mole, molecule and atoms present in 62 g of Phosphorous. (P4)
4. The density of 3 M solution of NaCl is 1.25 g mL1. Calculate molality of the solution.
5. Calculate the amount of carbon dioxide that could be produced when
a. 1 mole of carbon is burnt in air
b. 1 mole of carbon is burnt in 16 g of dioxygen
c. 2 moles of carbon are burnt in 16 g of dioxygen.
6. How are 0.50 moles Na2CO3 and 0.50 M Na 2CO3 different?
7. Find the amount of oxalic acid required to prepare 100 ml of M/20 oxalic acid solution?
CARD-5
State whether TRUE OR, FALSE :
1. An element contains particles of only one type which may be atoms or molecules.(T/F)
2. 1 mol of any substance is equal to 6.022 10 23 number of the respective particles or
entities.(T/F)
3. The no. of moles of any solute present in one liter of solution is called molality.(T/F)
4. Molarity is a better term to express the concentration of a solution .(T/F)
5.1(M) aqueous solution of a solute is more concentrated than 1(m) of the same solute.(T/F)

277

unit-2 : ATOMIC STRUCTURE_ (CLASS-XI SC )

ATOMIC STRUCTURE CARD-1
1# Two drawbacks of Rutherford Model are ------------------------ and -----------------------------------2# Two drawbacks of Bohr Model are -------------------------------- and ---------------------------------3# Give an example of (i) Isotone : ----------- and ----(ii) Isotope : ---------------------- and ----------------------(iii) Isobar : ----------------- and ------------------(iv) Isoelectronic species: ---------------------- and ---------4# How many electrons are present in (i) Ca++ : -----------(ii) Fe3+ :---------------------- (iii) N3 : ----------------5# Arrange the electromagnetic radiations in terms of
increasing energy ? ----------------------------------------------6# Who discovered radioactivity ?----------------------------7# The isotopes of an element have the ----------------------(same , different) place in the periodic table .
8# What is the value of angular momentum for an
electron in the 5th orbit according to Bohrs Orbit . --------------------9# Name three isotopes of hydrogen : ---------------10# Name the atom which does not contain even a
single neutron ?

ATOMIC STRUCTURE CARD-2

1# What is the lowest energy state of an atom called ?
------2# In which series , the spectral line falls when an
electron in hydrogen atom jumps from fourth energy
level to the first energy level ?
3# Which is /are deflected towards negative plate ?
( Electron , proton , x-ray , Alpha particles)
4# Whose e/m value remains and independent of
nature of gas and electrode taken in the discharge tube
? ( electron, proton)
5# Two nuclides X and Y are isotonic with each other
with mass number 70 and 72 respectively . If the
atomic number of X is 34 , what is the atomic number
of Y ? -----------------6# Who proposed plum pudding model ? ------------------7# The relationship between wavelength and
frequency of an electromagnetic radiation is: -----------------------------8# Write the expression of de-Broglie wave length ? -------9# Write the mathematical expression of Heisenbergs
Uncertainty principle ? -------------------------------------------10# Name three fundamental particles of atom? ------------------------ , ----------------------------- and -------------------------

DRILLING SHEETS- ATOMIC STRUCTURE_ EK NAZAR ME !!!(CLASS-XI Sc )

ATOMIC STRUCTURE CARD-3
1# Which has higher de-Broglie wave length -------------( Electron , Hydrogen
atom)
2# Which has higher Wavelength ? ( Red light , Blue
light )
3# Which has higher Work function ? ( Cs , Na , Li)
4# Isobars have the same number of ( Protyons ,
Electrons , nucleons , neutrons )
5# Write four properties of cathode rays ?
6# How many number of electrons and neutrons are
present in tritium ? ----------------------------7# Sun light is ----------------- ( Monochromatic or
Polychromatic)

ATOMIC STRUCTURE CARD-4

1# The ionization energy of Hydrogen atom is --------- eV/atom
2# The Einstein equation for photoelectric effect is ------3# The value of Rydberg Constant(RH) is ----------------- J
4# Phosphorent material is ------------------------------------5# The value of Plank Constant is , h = ---------Jsecond .
6# In 92 U235 , the number of neutrons and nucleons
present respectively are -------------and ---------------7# Charge on 1 mole electron is ------------- coulombs .

278
8# Whose work function is least in the following
elements . ( K , Na , Cs , Li , Ag )
9#------------------------------- series of lines of
hydrogen spectra appear in the visible region of
electromagnetic spectrum .
10# An electron can move only in those orbits for
which its angular momentum is ---------------------------------------------11# Which of the following are iso-electronic species
?
(Na+ , K+ , Mg++ , Ca++ , S2 , Ar )------------------------------

8# The mass of one electron is ---------------------- kg

9# 1 ev =
------------------kJ/mol
10# The Mass of (i) 1 mole of electron is ------------(ii) 1 mole of neutron is -------------11# Name the two scientist who developed quantum
mechanics independently in 1926 .---------- and --------12# Differentiate between
(i) Monochomatic and plychromatic light
(ii) Emission and absorption spectra

DRILLING SHEETS- ATOMIC STRUCTURE_ EK NAZAR ME !!!(CLASS-XI Sc )

ATOMIC STRUCTURE CARD-5
1# What is the shape of p-Orbital ?----------------------2# An atom of an element has its K and L-Shells
completely filled with electrons . The Atomic number
of element is --------------3# The maximum number of electron present in Mshell is -------4# The maximum number of electron present in f -sub
-shell is ---5# ------------------ number of radial nodes are present
in 4s-orbital
6# The orbitals having same energy are called ---------- orbitals .
7# The number of sub-shells that are associated with
n = 4 are --8# How many electrons will be present in the subshells having ms value of 1/2 for n =4 ? ------------------------9# How many electrons in an atom may have the
following quantum numbers ? (a) n=4 , ms = + 1/2 :---- (b) n =3 , l =0 :
10# Which quantum number specifies the shape of an
orbital in an atom ? -----------------------------------------

ATOMIC STRUCTURE CARD-6

1# The electronic configuration of a certain atom is
1s22s22p63s23p64s1 . Find out the atomic number of the
atom ? ----------------------2# The ground state configuration of Cu is --------------------------------------------- and Cl is -----------------------------------------3# An element has 2K , *L and 9M electrons . Find out
the
(i) atomic number :------------------(ii) No.of p-electrons -------------(iii) no.of protons: --------------------(iv) Total no. of d-electrons :------------(v) No of electrons occupied speherically symmetrical
orbital :
(vi) No. of electrons whose azimuthal Q.N. is one : ---------------4# ------------- number of angular nodes are present in
4f-obitals .
5# Differentiate between orbit and orbital

DRILLING SHEETS- ATOMIC STRUCTURE_ EK NAZAR ME !!!(CLASS-XI Sc )

ATOMIC STRUCTURE CARD-7
1# Whose theory or principle rules out existence of
definite paths or trajectories of electrons and other
similar particles .-------------

ATOMIC STRUCTURE CARD-8

1# The total number of orbitals associated with the
principal quantum number n= 3 are --------------------------------------------1# The energy of 2s orbital of Lithium is --------------------------

279
2# The two phenomena , ------------------- and ---------------- can be explained by the wave nature of the
electromagnetic radiation
3# Write the four quantum numbers of unpaired
electron in Cu-atom in its ground state .------------------------------------------------4# What values of magnetic q.no.(m) are permitted
for an electron having angular quantum number value l
= 3 ?-------------5# What value of Azimuthal q.n(l) are permitted for
an electron having principal quantum number value n=
4? ----------6# Which sub-shells are not possible (1p , 2s, 2p , 3d ,
2d , 3f ,5g , 4f , 6h , 2f , 1d )
7# The number or orbitals present in a given shell is --------------------- [ ( 4l +2) , ( 2l +1) , n2 , 2n2 )
8# ------- number of valence electrons are present in
phosphrous
9# The maximum number of emission lines observed
when the excited electron of a H-atom in n= 6 drops to
the ground state are
10# Which has higher energy in multi-electron atom .
( 3d , 4s)
11# Differentiate between particle and wave character

( smaller , greater) than that of 2s orbital of

Sodium .
1# Which is more paramagnetic and why? ( Zn2+ ,
Fe2+, Fe3+, Cr3+
2# Which orbital electrons has most imperfect
screening ?
(s,p,d,f)
3# Which shell would be first to have g sub-shell ? -------------4# How many quantum numbers specify an (i)
electron .------------------------------ (ii) orbital---------------------- ? Name them .
5# The radius of the first stationary state , called the
Bohr Radius , is ----------------------------- pm.
6# The visible spectrum ranges from --------- nm to ------nm .
7# The physical meaning of 2 is -------------8# When n = infinity , the energy of electron is --------- J/atom
9# The lowest value of n that allows g orbitals
to exist is 10# Among the following pairs of orbitals which
orbital will experience the larger effective nuclear
charge ?
(i) 2s and 3s (ii) 4d and 4f (iii) 3d and 3p (iv) 2s
and 2p

DRILLING SHEETS- ATOMIC STRUCTURE_ EK NAZAR ME !!!(CLASS-XI Sc )

ATOMIC STRUCTURE CARD-9
1# rn = 52.9 --------------------- pm
87# The number of d-electrons remained in Fe2+ ion
is
( At.No. of Fe =26)
2# ---------quantum no. gives information about the
spatial orientation of the orbital with respect to
standard set of co-ordinate axis .
3# For hydrogen atom , which has more energy . ( 4s ,
3d)
4# Half filled and fully filled degenerate set of orbitals
acquire extra stability due to --------------------------------------and ----------5# An orbital contains maximum ------------- electrons
. This is the consequence of --------------------------------- rule / principle .
6# ------------------ orbitals are spherically symmetric
and ------------------------ orbitals are dumbbell shape .

ATOMIC STRUCTURE CARD-10

1 # +2 oxidation state of which one is quite stable
and why ?
( Mn , Fe , Cr)
2# Which Rule explains the three unpaired electrons
present in nitrogen atom ? --------------------------------------3# What is the difference between L and l value
for an electron present in one of the 4d-orbital ?-----------------------------4# For a given shell (n) , the shielding effect is(
arrange in decreasing order of subshells ) ---------------------------------------5# Which electron is more tightly bound and why ? (
2s , 2p)
6# --------------------------------------- defined as the
number of wavelengths per unit length .
7# The angular momentum (L) of d-electron is ------------------

280
7# ---------quantum number tells about size of orbital
and energy of electron .
8# ------------ quantum number tells about shape of
orbitals .
9# ---------------------------series of lines of hydrogen
spectra appear in the ultra violet region of
electromagnetic spectrum
10# The aufbau in German means ----------------

8# Atoms of different elements which possess the

same number of neutrons are called -------------------------9# The de-Broglie wavelength of a tennis ball of mass
60 g moving with a velocity of 10 m/s is approx-----------m
10# The value of angular momentum for an electron
in 5th orbit according to Bohrs Theory is ----------------------------------11# Differentiate between Proton and Photon .

Define The Following / Discuss briefly of or State the following :

/:- ( provide examples if possible)

Atomic Number
Wavenumber

Spectrum
Frequency

Isotopes
Photoelectric Effect

Isobars
Quantum numbers

Wavelength
de Broglies
duality
Aufbau principle

Shielding effect

Isotones
Black body
radiation
Heisenberg
Uncertainty
Principle
Similarities and
differences of a 1S
and 2S orbital.
Isomer of hydrogen

Paulis exclusion
Principle

Significance of four
quantum numbers

Atomic spectra or
line spectra

Emission and
absorption spectrum

Hunds Rule of
Maximum
multiplicity
Work Function

Achievements of
Bohrs theory

Planks quantum
theory

Radial and Angular

nodes

Degenerate orbitals

Isodiapheres and
Isosters

Shape of orbitals

Iso- electronic
species
Energy of electrons
in multi- and single
electron system

Shortcomings of
Bohrs Model and
Rutherfords Model

Characteraistics of
Electromagnetic
Radiations

Bohrs Bury
Scheme

Effective nuclear
charge
Cause of spectrum

Card 1
1. Rutherfords Model:
a. According to classical mechanics his atom was not stable
b. It could not explain the spectrum of Hydrogen atom
2. Bohrs model
a. Could not explain the finer splitting of lines in the Hydrogen spectrum
b. When you cannot locate an electron or tell its momentum then speaking of a definite
trajectory for the electron is meaningless.
3.
a. Isotones: Ca40 & K39
c. Isobars: Ca40 & K40
35
37
b. Isotopes: Cl & Cl
d. Cl- & Ar
4.
a. Ca2+= 18
b. Fe3+= 23
c. N3- = 10
5. IR < Visible< UV
6. Henry Becquerel
7. Same
8. nh/2
9.
a. H1 Protium
b. H2 Deuterium
c. H3 Tritium
10. H1

281

Card 2
1. Ground state
2. Lyman series
3. Proton & alpha Particles
4. Electron
6. Rutherford
8. = h/ mv
5. 36
7. = c/
9. m v . x h/4
10. electrons, protons and neutrons

Card 3
1. 2.18
2. E =h - ho
3. ------------------ J

4.
5.
6.
7.

ZnS
6.6X 10-34J/s
143, 235
96350 Coulombs

8. 9.1 X 10-31kg
9. 1 ev = kJ/mol

10.

a.
b.

5.48 X10-7kg
3.97*10-2 kg

Card 4
1.
2.
3.
4.

Dumb bell
10
18
14

5.
6.
7.
8.

3
Degenerate
4- s, p, d, f
16

9. 16, 2
10. Azimuthal/ orbital

Card 5
1. 19
2. Cu: [Ar] 3d10, 4s1 ; Cl: [Ne] 3s2 3p5
3.
a. 19
c. 19
b. 12
d. 0
4. 3

e. 7
f. 12

282

PERIODIC CLASSIFICATION
A BRUSH UP THROUGH CONCEPTS
By A .K. PANDA , PGT ( CHEM.)
CARD-1 : Periodic properties- A BRUSH UP

CARD-2 : Periodic properties- A BRUSH UP

1# Which has higher Second Ionisation Enthalpy and why ?

( Na , Mg)
2# Which has more first I.E and why ? ( Be , B )
3# Which has higher value of negative electron gain enthalpy
and Why ? ( F , Cl )
4# Which has more first I.E and why ? ( O ,N )
5# Which has largest radius and why ? ( Mg , Mg++ , Al , Al3+)
6# Which of the following has highest electronegativity ?
(F , He , Na ,Ca)
7# Which has larger ionic radius and why ? ( I , I+ , I )
8# Whose First I.E is more and why ? ( Al , Ga , In , Tl)
9# The most reactive element in the periodic table?(He, F, Cs , H )
10# Which has more I.E and why ? ( Na+ , Ne)

11# Which has higher negative gain enthalpy and why ? ( O, S)

12# Which is smaller in size and why ? ( Al , Ga )
13# Which among the following is the lowest electronegative element ?
( P,N,O,F )
14# Which radius of chlorine is more ?( Covalent ,Van der Waal)
15# Which has smaller radius and why ? ( Na , Na+)
16# Which one is metalloid ? ( Al , N , Sb , Ar )
17# The outermost electron of which one experiences larger screening
effect ? ( Ba , Ca )
18# Fluoride ion is isoelectronic with -------------- ( He , Ne , Ar , Xe )
19# Which one has no absolute value ?
( Electronegativity , electron gain enthalpy , Ionisation enthalpy )
20# The atomic radii of Zr is similar to ------------------ ( Nb , Hf , W )

CARD-3 : Periodic properties- A BRUSH UP

CARD-4 : Periodic properties- A BRUSH UP

21# Which one will show variable oxidation states ?

( Ba , Zn , Sc , Mn )
22# What is the covalency of nitrogen in N2O5 ? ( 3 , 4, 5 )
23# Which one forms compounds with fluorine ?( He Ne , Ar, Xe )
24# Which has higher third ionization enthalpy ? ( Fe , Mn , Sc )
25# Which two elements of the following belong to the same
period ? ( Al , Si , Ba and O )
26# Which of the following has largest size and Why ?
( Na , Na+ , N ,F)
27# Which of the following has highest electro-negativity ?
( a) F , He , Na ,Ca (b) O, Cl , N, Br
28# Which of the following groups consists entirely of metals ?
( 18 , 2 ,14 ,15 )
29# Which of the following has the highest boiling point ?
( Ne , Xe , Ar , Kr)
30# Which has higher second IE ? ( Al ,Mg)

31# Which one does not exists ( NCl5 , PCl5)

32# Which of the following has largest size and Why ? (Na+, Na , Cl ,Cl )
33# Which of the following has largest size and Why ?
( Na+ , Si4+ , Mg2+ , Al3+ )
34# Which has positive first electron gain enthalpy ? ( O , He )
35# Which has more Melting Point ? (Li , Cs )
36# Which has least boiling point ? ( hydrogen , oxygen , helium , Ga)
37# Which of the following has largest size and Why ? ( C , F , Na , Cl)
38# Which among the following has the lowest electron affinity ?
( K ,B , C , F)
39# Which among the following has the lowest atomic volume ?
( Al ,B ,F ,O)
40# Which is not chalcogens ? ( O , Se , As , S )

CARD-5: Periodic properties- A BRUSH UP

CARD-6 : Periodic properties- A BRUSH UP

41# Which of the following has smallest size and Why ?

(a ) Na+ , Si4+ , Mg2+ , Al3+ (b) C, F ,Na , Cl
42# Which of the following is a p-block element in the periodic
table ? (a) Na ,Mg . Ni , N (b) Na , O ,Mg , Fe (c) K, Na , Cr , Ca
43# The IUPAC Name of the element having atomic number 119 is
--------------------44# What is the oxidation state and covalency of Al in
[Al Cl (H2O)5] is ------------ and ----------- respectively .
45# Lanthanoids starts from at . no. ---------------------- to ---------46# The elements of d- block covers group no ---------------- to --47# The elements of p- block covers group no----------- to-----48# The outer electronic configuration of element belongs to
gr-14 and period 6th is --------------------------49# ---------- number of gases ar present in the periodic table .
50# -------------- is the metal and ---------------- is the non-metal ,
exists in liquid state at room temperature .

FILL IN THE BLANKS

51 # Among halogens , the negative electron gain enthalpy is highest for --------------------- .
52# The element with highest value of first iisation enthalpy is -----------53# The ionization enthalpy of nitrogen is ---------------------(smaller , greater ) than that of oxygen .
54# The element of smallest size in 3rd period is -----------------------55# The d-block elements are known as ---------------------- metals .
56# Valence shell electronic configuration of elements of group 16 is ---57# Be shows diagonal relationship with -----------------------------.
58# The oxidation state of He , Ne , Ar is ---------------------------- .
59# Which has larger size among each pair ?
(a) ( Cl ,Ar ) (b) (Na , Ar ) (c) (Na , Cl ) (d) (Li , Cs)
60# The number of elements in the 5th period of the periodic table is -----61# The element with atomic number 35 belongs to -------------- block .
62# The most electronegative element of the periodic table is --------------

283

THERMODYNAMICS
I) FILL IN THE BLANKS

A - -- - - - in thermodynamics refers
to that part of universe in which observations
are carried out
The universe = ---------- + The surroundings
In an open system, there is exchange of ------------and -------between system and surroundings
In a ---------system there is no exchange of matter, but exchange of energy is possible
between system and the surroundings
In an -----------system, there is no exchange of energy or matter between the system and the
surroundings
. Variables like p, V, ----- are called state variables
a quantity which represents the total energy of the system is -------energy
. Adiabatic process is a process in which there is no transfer of --------between the
system and surroundings

ANSWERS
1)
2)
3)
4)

System
System
Heat and matter
Closed

5)
6)
7)
8)

Isolated
Temperature
Internal energy
Heat

II) MATCH THE FOLLOWING

1)Internal energy,mass,volume
2)Bomb calorimeter
3)H2O(s) H2O(l);
4)C p CV R

5)Density,Temperature,pressure
6)Hesss law
7)Spontaniety
8)Lattice enthalpy
G sys
= Hsys T S sys

Answers
1-I,2-a,3-e,4-b,5-c,6-g,7-h,8-f,9-d

a)Internal energy change

b)Mayers relation
c)Intensive property
d)Gibbs Helmholtz equation
e)Enthalpy of fusion
f)Born haber cycle
g)Measure of change in enthalpy
h)Entropy
i)Extensive property

284
III) TRUE OR FALSE
1) Density is an intensive property
2) Working of an electric motor is a spontaneous process
3) Hot tea in a thermos flask is an example of an isolated system
4) Universe is an example of an isolated system
5) Thermodynamically most stable form of carbon is diamond
6) Born-Haber cycle is used to measure lattice enthalpy
7) G represents entropy for a process
8) For a spontaneous process the S will be positive
Answers
1-T,2-F,3-T,4-T,5-F,6-T,7-F,8-T
IV) Cross word Puzzle

Thermodynamics cross word puzzle.htm

V) SELECT THE ODD ONE AMONG THE GROUP

1) MASS,VOLUME,ENTHALPY,PRESSURE
2) BOND ENTHALPY,LATTICE ENTHALPY,ENTHALPY OF ATOMISATION,ENTHALPY OF SOLUTION
3) REACTION ENTHALPY,FUSION ENTHALPY,ENTHALPY OF SUBLIMATION,BOND ENTHALPY
4) PRESSURE,VOLUME,TEMPERATURE,HEAT
Answers
1) pressure(others are extensive)
2) lattice enthalpy(uses Born Haber cycle)
3) bond enthalpy( measured as reactants-products)
4) heat( path function)
VI) DIAGRAM BASED QUESTIONS
What do the following represent?
1)

285

2)

3)

Answers
1) Bomb calorimeter
2) Exothermic reactions
3) Endothermic reactions
STATES OF MATTER
INTERMOLECULAR FORCES
(Van der Waals forces)

I) Fill with suitable examples in the corresponding column:

TYPES OF FORCES

EXAMPLE

286
1)Dispersion Force ( London Force)

2)Dipole - Dipole Force

a)Interaction between HCl molecule and CO2

molecule
b)Water molecule

3)DipoleInduced Dipole Force

c)Noble gas molecules

4)Hydrogen
bond

d) HCl-HCl

Answers
1-c,2-d,3-a,4-b
INTERMOLECULAR FORCES
(Van der Waals forces)

TRUE OR FALSE:
1. Repulsive intermolecularforces between two molecules areknown as van der Waals
forces.
2. Chemical properties of a substance do not change with the change of its physical
state.
3. Intermolecular forces are the forces of attraction and repulsion between
interacting particles (atoms and molecules).
4. Dipole-dipole forces act between the molecules possessing temporary dipole.
5. Permanent dipole of the polar molecule induces dipole on the electrically
neutral molecule by deforming its electronic cloud.
6. Induced dipole moment depends upon the dipole moment present in the
permanent dipole and the polarisability of the electrically neutral molecule.
7. Thermal energy is inversely proportional to the temperature of the substance. It is the
measure of average potentials energy of the particles of the matter and is thus
responsible for movement of particles.
8. Gases do not liquefy on compression only, although molecules come very close to
each other and intermolecular forces operate to the maximum.
9. Strength of the hydrogen bond is determined by the interaction repulsion between the
lone-pair electrons of the electronegative atom of one molecule and the hydrogen
atom of other molecule.
10. Gases mix evenly and completely in all proportions without any mechanical aid.
Answers
1-F,2-T,3-T,4-F,5-T,6-T,7-F,8-T.9-T,10-T

287
THE GAS LAWS
MATCH THE STATEMENT OF DIFFERENT GASEOUS LAW AND ITS MATHEMATYICAL
EXPRESSION:
The Gas Law
Statement of the Law
Mathematical Expression
1)Boyles Law
a) It states that at
i) P1/T1 = P2/T2
constant pressure
Volume of a fixed
mass of a gas is
directly proportional
to its absolute
temperature.
2)Gay Lussacs Law b) It states that equal
ii) V1/T1 = V2/T2
volumes of all gases
under the same
conditions of
temperature and
pressure contain equal
number of molecules
3)Avogadro Law
c)It states that at
iii) V/n = Constant, Where n
constant temperature, is the number of mole of the
the pressure of a fixed gas.
amount (i.e., number
of moles n) of gas
varies inversely with its
volume.
4)Charles Law
d)It states that at
iv) P1V1=P2V2
constant volume,
pressure of a fixed
amount of a gas varies
directly with the
temperature

Answers 1) 1-c-iv 2) 2-d-I 3) 3-b-iii 4) 4-a-ii

Fill in the blank with appropriate word given in the box.

1.A gas that follows Boyles law, Charles law and Avogadro law strictly is called
. (Ideal Gas/Real Gas)
2. The lowest hypothetical or imaginary temperature at which gases are supposed to
occupy zero is called Absolute zero. ( pressure/volume)

3. Each line of the Pressure vs. temperature (Kelvin) graph at constant molar volume is called
...
(isotherm/ isobar/ isochore)
4. Each line of the Volume vs. temperature (Kelvin) graph at constant pressure is called ...
(isotherm/ isobar/ isochore)

288
5. Each line of the Pressure vs. Volume graph at constant temperature is called ...
(isotherm/ isobar/ isochore)
6. Daltons Law of partial pressure states that the total pressure exerted by the
mixture of . is equal to the sum of the partial pressures of
individual gases. (Reacting gases/ non-reactive gases)
7. At a constant temperature, pressure is . proportional to the density of a
fixed mass of the gas.( inversely/directly)
8. Kelvin scale of temperature is also called ..of temperature and is
used in all scientific works.( Thermodynamic scale/ Thermometer)

9. Pressure exerted by .. water vapour is called aqueous tension.

(unsaturated/saturated).
10. Gases are generally collected over water and therefore are . (Dry/ moist)
THE GAS LAWS/ KINETIC MOLECULAR THEORY OF GASES/REAL GAS
MULTIPLE CHOICE TYPE

1. The temperature at which a real gas obeys ideal gas law over an appreciable range
of pressure is called
a) Critical temperature b) Boyle temperature c) Inversion Temperature d) None
2. Which one is correctly represent the unit of Universal Gas Constant?
a) bar L K -1 mol -1
b) L atm K -1 mol -1
c) J K -1 mol -1
d) All
3. Which one of the equation correctly represent van dar Waal equation for n mole of
a real gas
a) (P + a n/v2) ( V-nb) = nRT

b) ( P + a n 2/v2) ( V-nb) = nRT

c) (P + a n/v2) ( V-nb) = RT

d) (P + a n/v 2) ( V-b) = nRT

4.At which condition real gas behaves like ideal gas?

a) At higher T and higher P
b) At higher T and lower P
c) At lower T and higher P
d) At lower T and lower P
5. Kinetic energy of the gas molecules is
a) Directly proportional to T2
b) Inversely proportional to T
c) Directly proportional to T
d) None of these
6. The value of compressibility factor Z for ideal gas is
a) Equal to one b) Greater than one c) Less than one d) None of these
Answers

1) b, 2)-d,3)-b,4)-b,5)-c, 6)-a

289

UNIT- 7

EQUILIBRIUM
---Presented by Group-2

TOP 20 QUESTIONS:
1.
2.
3.
4.

State The Law of Chemical Equilibrium. Write its mathematical expression.

Write the difference between Homogeneous and Heterogeneous Equilibrium.
Derive the relation between Kp and Kc .
If the Reaction Quotient and Equilibrium Constant are same for a particular reaction,
then predict the direction of the net reaction?
5. What is the value of G for a reaction in equilibrium state?
6. State Le Chateliers Principle.
7. Write the change in temperature and pressure for the following reaction-

H2(g) + I2(g) 2HI(g)

8. Write the expression for the equilibrium constant, Kc for the following reactions:

2Cu(NO3)2 (s) 2CuO (s) + 4NO2 (g) + O2 (g)

9. What will be the conjugate bases for the following Brnsted acids: HF, H 2SO4 and
HCO3 ?
10. Write the conjugate acids for the following Brnsted bases: NH2, NH3 and HCOO.
11. Classify the following species into Lewis acids and Lewis bases and show how these
act as such: (a) HO (b)F (c) H+ (d) BCl3 .
12. Arrange the following pH values in increasing order of acidity :
pH= 3,9,5,7,1
13. How are Kw, Kb and Ka related with each other?
14. Give one example of tribasic acid?
15. Arrange the following in increasing order of acidity :
HBr , HF, HCl and HI
16. Addition of acetate ions to an acetic acid solution results in decreasing the
concentration of hydrogen ions, [H+]. What is the name of this effect?
17. Give one example of basic buffer.
18. Write the relation between Ksp and Solubility for Barium sulphate solution.
19. Describe the effect of : a) addition of H2 b) addition of CH3OH c) removal of CO
d) Removal of CH3OH on the equilibrium of the reaction:
2H2(g) + CO (g) CH3OH (g)
20. Predict if the solutions of the following salts are neutral, acidic or basic: NaCl, KBr,
NaCN, NH4NO3 , NaNO2 and KF.

MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS:

290

1. The mass of a gas dissolved in a given mass of a solvent at any temperature is

proportional to the pressure of the gas above the solvent this Law is known asa. Charles Law,
c. Henrys Law ,
b. Raoults Law ,
d. Boyles Law
2. Equilibrium is possible only in a ______ system at a given temperature.
a. Open
c. Isothermal
b. Closed
d. Isolated.
3. In dynamic equilibrium, the rate of forward reaction is_____the backward reaction.
a. Greater than
c. Equal to
b. less than
d. constant with.
4. Equilibrium constant for the reverse reaction is ________of the equilibrium constant for the
reaction in the forward direction.
a. Greater
c. Equal
b. Less
d. Inverse.
5. Equilibrium in a system having more than ______ phase is called heterogeneous equilibrium.
a. One
c. Three
b. Two
d. four
6. The value of equilibrium constant is_______ of initial concentrations of the reactants and
products.
a. Independent
b. Dependent.
7. No net reaction occurs when
a. Qc > Kc
b. Qc < Kc
c. Qc= Kc
8. When the reaction is spontaneous and proceeds in the forward direction, then G is -----a. +ve
b. ve
c. Zero.
9. Which of the following is acted as Lewis acid:
a. HO
b. F

c. NH3
d. BCl3

10. Which of the following is the example of polyprotic acid --a. HCl
c. HCOOH
b. HNO3
d. H3PO4

291
ANSWER OF MCQs
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

1. c. Henrys Law
2. b. Closed
3. c. Equal to
4. c. equal
5. a. One

a. Independent
c. Qc= Kc
b. ve
d. BCl3
d. H3PO4

REDOX REACTION
1.

Loss of electron is .(oxidation/reduction)

2.

H2S + Cl2 2HCl + S. The oxidizing agent is ( H2S/Cl2)

3.
4.

Which of the following has zero oxidation state in oxygen ..(O 2/H2O)

5.

N2H4 + 2H2O2 N2 + 4H2O. . Acts as a reductant.

6.

Which of the following is not a redox process

(i)

CaCO3 CaO + CO2

Among halogens . Is the best oxidant.

(ii) H2 +Cl2 2HCl

7.

Identify the element that exhibits only ve oxidation state .( I, F )

8.

Identify the element that exhibits only +ve oxidation state.( Cs, Cl)

9.
Ba)

Identify the element that exhibits both +ve and ve oxidation state.( F , Br,

10.

Identify the element that exhibits neither +ve nor ve oxidation state.( O , Ne)

11.

In cell notation the double bar represents ..

12.

The potential associated with each electrode is called as

13.

The cell in which chemical energy is converted into electrical energy is called ..

14.

In galvanic cell the electrons flow from to

15.

In galvanic cell the two electrolytic solutions are connected through ..

16.

In Daniel cell .. acts as cathode and ..acts as anode?

292

17.

Match the following

Types of reaction
Combination reaction
Displacement reaction
Decomposition reaction
Disproportionation reaction

18.

Example
2H2O 2H2 + O2
2H2O2 2H2O +O2
H2 + Cl2 2HCl
CuSO4 + Zn ZnSO4 + Cu

Zn + 2Ag+ Zn2+/ 2Ag

(i) .. acts as ve electrode?

(ii) Write the cell notation
19.

E0 K+/K = -2.93V and E0 Ag+/Ag = 0.80V. .. has higher reducing power?

20.

The standard reduction potential of Zn 2+, Mg2+, Na+ are -0.76V, -2.37V and-2.71V
respectively. Which of them is the strongest oxidizing agent?

21.
A metal A is placed higher than a Metal B in electrochemical series. Metal A be act
as
( stronger reducing agent/ stronger oxidizing agent)
22.
A metal with . Eo displace another metal with ..E0 value.( higher,
lower)
23.

Match the column

A
Oxidation state of underlined elements
KMnO4
NaH2PO4
H2S2O7
NaBH4

24.

B
Oxidation state
+6
+3
+7
+5

The reaction in which the same element is oxidized and reduced is called as.

25.
Which of the following does not show disproportionation reaction. (ClO-, ClO2-, ClO3-,
ClO4-)
26.
Which of the following species undergo disproportionation reaction ( H3PO4 , P4 ,
H3PO3)

293

27.
I2 is insoluble in ..but soluble in .. due to the formation of
.
28.

In KMnO4 titration . Act as an indicator.

29.

Write the cell reaction at anode and cathode for the following cell:Zn/Zn2+(1M) // Cd2+ /(1M)/Cd

30.

Balance the following reaction by ion-electron method.

(i) MnO4- + I- MnO2 + I2 (basic medium)
(ii) Cr2O7 2- + SO32- Cr3+ + SO42- (acidic)

ANSWERS

1. Oxidation

9. Br

2. Cl2

10. Ne

3. O2

11. Salt bridge

4. N2H4

12. Electrode potential

5. Fluorine

13. Electrochemical cell

6. (i)

14. Anode, Cathode

7. F

15. Salt bridge

8. Cs

16. Copper, Zinc

17.
Combination reaction
Displacement reaction
Decomposition reaction
Disproportionation reaction

18.
i.

Zinc

19. K+/K
20. Zn 2+

H2 + Cl2 2HCl
CuSO4 + Zn ZnSO4 + Cu
2H2O 2H2 + O2,2H2O2 2H2O +O2
2H2O2 2H2O +O2
ii.

Zn/Zn2+// Ag+ /Ag

294

21. Stronger Oxidising

22. Lower, higher
23.
A
Oxidation state of underlined elements
KMnO4
NaH2PO4
H2S2O7
NaBH4

B
Oxidation state
+7
+5
+6
+3

24. Disproportionation
25. ClO426. H3PO3
27. Water, KI, KI3
28. KMnO4 acts as self-indicator
29. Anode Zn Zn2+ +2e-

Cathode Cd2+ + 2e- Cd

30 (i) 2MnO4- + 6I- + 4H2O 3I2 + 2MnO2 + 8OH-

(ii) Cr2O72- + 3SO32- +8H+ 2Cr3+ + 3SO42-+ 4H2O

S-BLOCK ELEMENTS: A BRUSH UP THROUGH CONCEPTS

BY A .K. PANDA , PGT ( CHEM.)

CLASS-XI :- Concepts of S-Block elements -CARD-1

1 #Which is more soluble in water and why ? ( LiF , LiCl )
2# The most stable alkaline earth metal carbonate and why?
( MgCO3, CaCO3 , SrCO3 ,BaCO3)
3# Which one forms most hydrated salts ( Li , Na , K ,Cs)
4# Best for photoelectric cells ( Li , Na , K ,Cs)
5# Which one has least melting point ( Li , Na , K ,Rb, Cs)

CLASS-XI :- Concepts of S-Block elements -CARD-2

6# Thermal decomposition of which one / two will not release
brown gas .( LiNO3 , BeNO3 , NaNO3 , NH4NO3)

CLASS-XI :- Concepts of S-Block elements -CARD-6

26# Which among the following does not form halide bridge
structure ( LiCl , BeCl2 , AlCl3 )
27# Which is more soluble in water ( NaCl , MgCl2)
28# Which is not deliquescent
(MgCl2 CaCl2 , NaOH , Na2CO3 , LiCl )
29# --------------------- is used as cathode and ------------------ is
used as anode in Castner Kellner Cell
30# -------- is prepared commercially in Castner Kellner Ce

CLASS-XI :- Concepts of S-Block elements -CARD-7

31#---------------------- generally is prepared by Solvay Proces
32# Which has highest polarizing power(Na+, Li + , Rb+, K+, C

295
7# Which one cannot be prepared by Solvay Process .
(Na2CO3, K2CO3)
8# Which one will not form superoxide (Na , K ,Rb, Cs)
9# ------- is the strongest reducing agent and ---------------- is the weakest reducing agent among alkali metals.
10# Which is more covalent ( BaCl2 , MgCl2 , BeCl2)

33# Which has highest polarizability ( F , Cl , Br , I )

34# The three pair that show diagonal relationships are .
1------ &------- 2. --------&---------- 3 .----------- &----------35# --------------------- is used as coolant in fast breeder nuclea
reactor . ( Li , Na , K )

CLASS-XI :- Concepts of S-Block elements -CARD-3

11# Be is not readily attacked by acids because of ------------------12# The formula of dead burnt plaster is ---------------------------------- ---- and Soda ash is -----------------------------------13# The main constituents of bleaching powder are 1.----------------------------- 2.---------------------------- 3.-------------------14# ---------------- and ----------------------- do not give colour to the
flame ( Ba , Sr , Be , Ca , Mg)
15# ------- is decomposed at lower temperature .( Na2CO3, Li2CO3)

CLASS-XI :- Concepts of S-Block elements -CARD-8

CLASS-XI :- Concepts of S-Block elements -CARD-4

16# ---------- is the product at cathode and ---------- at anode when
aq. NaCl is electrolysed .( Na , H2 , Cl2 ,O2)
17# The alkali metals dissolves in liquid ammonia giving deep blue
solutions which are conducting in nature because -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------18# Which is more basic ( Be(OH)2 , Ba(OH)2 )
19# Which of the following forms nitride (Li , Na , K ,Cs)
20# The two halides which are used as Friedel Craft Catalyst
1.------------------------------ 2.-----------------------

CLASS-XI :- Concepts of S-Block elements -CARD-9

41# The flame coloration of Potassium is -----------------(Crimson red , Yellow , Blue , Violet , Red violet)
42# Which one does not form peroxide ( Na , K ,Li , Cs)
43# Which is more basic ( NaOH , Mg(OH)2 )
44# Which has low solubility in water due to low hydration
enthalpy ( LiF , CsI , LiCl)
45# The anomalous behavior of Li is due to
(i) -------------------------------- (ii) -------------------------

CLASS-XI :- Concepts of S-Block elements -CARD-5

21# Which is more soluble in water ( MgSO4 , CaSO4 )
22# ----------------------- is added in cement to slow down the process
of setting of the cement so that it sufficiently gets hardened .
23# Which one has highest mobilities in aq. Solutions
( Li +, Na+ , K+ ,Rb+, Cs+)
24# Which is more soluble in ethanol ( LiI , KI )
25# Which is sparingly soluble in water (Na2CO3, MgCO3)

CLASS-XI :- Concepts of S-Block elements -CARD-10

46# The similarities between Li and Mg is due to (i) ----------------------------- (ii) ---------------------------------------------------47# The characteristics color shown in the flame in case of
(i)Ca is ------------(ii) Sr--------------- (iii) Ba is ---------------48# --------------------- ions are most abundant ions within the
cell fluid ( Na+ , K+)
49# --------- ions participate in the oxidation of glucose to
produce ATP (( Na+ , K+)
50# ----------------- metal is used for making windows of X-ray
tubes . ( Mg , Be)

CLASS-XI :- Concepts of S-Block elements CARD-11

51# Which one is not used in photoelectric effect?( Cs
,Li , K)
52# Which one do not give colour to flame ? ( Li , Be ,
Ca)
53# What is prepared in Solvays Preparation

36# Which is/are paramagnetic ( Na2O2 , KO2 , O2)

37# ------------------------ is used in the manufacture of soft soap.
38# ------ is not an alkaline earth metal ( Be , Mg , Ca , Sr , Ba)
39# Which is not radioactive ( Ba , Ra , Fr )
40# Which has more density ( Na , K)

CLASS-XI :- Concepts of S-Block elements CARD-12

61# KO2 is --------------- ( Paramagnetic ,
diamagnetic)
62# Which is more soluble in water ? ( BeCO3 ,
CaCO3)
63# Which has higher Lattice Enthalpy ? ( LiF , LiCl)

296
( Sodium carbonate , Bleaching powder)
54# The oxidation state of K in potassium superoxide is
----------( +1 , +2 , +3)
55# Which has higher thermal stability ? ( Li2CO3 ,
Na2CO3)
56# Li shows diagonal relationship with ------ ( Be , B ,
Mg)
57# Which is more reactive ? (Na , K)
58# Which is more basic ? ( NaOH , Mg(OH)2 )
59# When sodium dissolves in liquid ammonia , it
gives ----------------------- colour ? ( Red ,deep blue)
60# Liquid -------------- metal is used as a coolant in
fast breeder reactor .

64# which one give hydrated salt ? ( Na. Li , Cs)

65# Which has least melting point ( Li , Cs)
66# Which is more soluble in water ? ( BeO . BeSO4)
67# Which is more soluble in ethanol ? ( LiI , KI)
68# Which is more soluble in water ? ( BaO , BaSO4)
69# The mobilities if which alkali ions in aq. solution
is more ?
( Li , Cs)
70# To slow down the process of setting of cement ,
what is used ? ( Plaster of Paris , Gypsum )

CLASS-XI :- Concepts of S-Block elements CARD-13

71# which constituent is present in 20-25% in Portland
Cement ? ( CaO , Al2O3 , SiO2 , MgO)
72# Which is more soluble in water ? ( Ba(OH)2 or
Be(OH)2 )
73# What is used in Fridel Craft Reaction ?
( LiAlH4 , Anh.AlCl3)
74# Which one does not form nitride ? ( K,Li ,Mg )
75# Which are not deliquescent ? ( LiCl , NaCl ,
MgCl2)
76# Which one does not form protective oxide film on
the surface of the metal ? ( Al , Be , Rb)
77# The slag obtained from Iron and steel industries are
----------( calcium silicate , calcium phosphate)
78# The formula of lime water is --(CaSiO3
,Ca(OCl)2,Ca(OH)2 )
79# What is calcium sulphate hemihydrate ? ( Gypsum
, POP)
80# Ba imparts which characteristic colour to the flame
?
( Brick red , Crimson , apple green , golden yellow)

CLASS-XI :- Concepts of S-Block elements CARD-14

81# Which is best reducing agent ( Cs , Li)
82# Which is more covalent ?
(a) ( LiCl , NaCl )
(b) ( LiCl , BeCl2)
83# Which one forms stable superoxide ? ( Na , K )
84# Nitrate of which metal does not liberate brown
colour gas on heating ? ( Na . Li , Ca )
85# -------- ions are most abundant within cell fluid (
K+ , Na+)
86# Which one is baking powder
( sodium carbonate , Sodium bicarbonate )
87# What is obtained at cathode in Castner Kellner
cell ?
( Na-Hg or Chlorine)
88# Which has more lattice enthalpy ? ( Li2O , BeO)
89# What is the water of crystallization in washing
soda ?
( 7,10 ,1)
90# Which is more soluble in water ? ( NaHCO3 ,
KHCO3)

297
The p-Block elements

The p-Block elements

CARD-1

The p-Block elements

CARD-6

1# Which is more stable and why ? ( BCl3 ,

TlCl3)
2# Which is poisonous and why ? ( CO , CO2)
3# Which one will get hydrolysed and why ? (
BCl3 , CCl4)
4# Which is polar molecule ? ( NF3 , BF3)
5# Which one is stable and exists? ([SiF6]2- and
[SiCl6]2- )

26# Which one forms dimmer ? (BCl3 , BH3)

27# Which is a Lewis Acid (B(OH)3 and H2SO4 )
28#Which one is having oxidizing character (
PbO2 , SnCl2)
29# Which one disproportionates ( GaCl , TlCl)
30# Which has more acidic character ? (BCl3 ,
BF3)

The p-Block elements

CARD-2

The p-Block elements

CARD-7

6# Whose BF bond length is higher ( BF3 ,

[BF4] )
7# Which one forms dimmer in anhydrous state
( BCl3 , AlCl3 )
8# Which has higher bond angle ? ( BF3 , [BH4]
)
9# Which is not a Bronsted acid
( H3BO3 , H3PO3 , HCl , H2SO4)
10# Which one is not possible ? ( [BF6]3- and
[AlF6]3- )

31# Which one has 3c-2e bond ? ( B2H6 , H3BO3)

32# Which has higher Calorific value ?
( water gas and producer gas )
33# Which one does not exist and why ? ( PbF4 ,
PbI4)
34#Which is more covalent character and why ?
( PbCl2 , PbCl4 )
35# Which is more ionic ? ( AlF3 , AlCl3)

The p-Block elements CARD-3

The p-Block elements CARD-8

11# Which one shows allotropy and why

?(Carbon,Silicon )
12# Which one is used as abrasive and why ?
( Graphite , fullerene , Diamond)
13# Which has larger size ? ( Ga , Al)
14# Which has trigonal pyramidal structure ?
( BCl3 , PCl3 , PCl5 (g) )
15# Which one shows amphoteric character ?(
B2O3 , Al2O3

The p-Block elements CARD-4

16# Which has Polymeric structure is solid state ?
( B(OH)3 and H2SO4 )
17# Which has network structure ? ( CO2 , SiO2 )
18# Which one will get hydrolysed and why ?
( CCl4 , SiCl4)
19# Which one is electron deficient species ?(
BCl3 , SiCl4 )
20# Which one is acidic oxide ( CO , CO2)

36# Which is more stable and why ? ( PbCl2 ,

PbCl4 )
37# Which has oxidizing nature ? ( TlCl , TlCl3)
38# Which has more IE1 and why ? ( Al , Ga)
39#Which one contains p d bond?( Nitrate ,
phosphate )
40# Which one is an oxidizing acid ? ( HNO3 ,
H3PO4)
The p-Block elements CARD-9
41# Which has more basic character ?
( Trisilyl amine , Trimethyl amine )
42# Which has more IE1 and why ? ( In , Tl )
43# Which one is used as piezoelectric materials .
( Quartz , silical gel , Orthoboric acid )
44# Which acid has the ability to dissolve glass ?
( HCl , HF , Conc . HNO3 )
45# Which one is used in the manufacture of
heat resistant glass ( Borax , Silicone , Zeolite )

298

The p-Block elements

CARD-5

The p-Block elements

CARD-10

21# Which one causes global warming ? ( CO ,

CO2 )
22# White fumes appear around the bottle of ------( Anhydrous AlCl3 , Hydrated AlCl3)
23# The catenation property of which one has
more and
why ? ( Carbon , silicon )
24# An aqueous solution of borax is -----------( neutral ,basic , amphoteric , acidic)
25# In borax bead test the blue colour bead is
formed due to formation of metaborate of which
metal ? ( Co , Cu )

46# Which is aromatic ? ( Diamond , fullerene)

47# Which is the purest form of carbon ?
(Diamond , fullerene)
48# Which one is used as a refrigerant for icecream and frozen food ? ( Solid CO2 , Solid CO)
49# Which one does not form passive oxide layer
?
( Be , Al , K )
50# Which has more I.E ( Sn , Pb)

51# Fullerene contains ------------------- sixmembered rings and ---------------------fivemembered rings

52# The basic structural unit of silicate is ---------------------53# The formula of Inorganic Benzene is -------------------54# The elements of Gr-14 used in
semiconductor are-------------------- and -------------------------55# The Shape of H3BO3 is -----------and H3PO3 is -------------

56# Boron is unable to form [BF6]3- because ----------------------57# --------------- and -------------------- are used as
reducing agent
58# Graphite conducts electricity because --------------------------59# Graphite is used as lubricants because -------------------------60# ---------------------- is biocompatible and used in
surgical and cosmetic implants

The p-Block elements

CARD-13

The p-Block elements

CARD-14

61# --------------- is used to convert alcohols directly

into gasoline
62# Hydrated zeolites are used as ------------------------------------63# The type of hybridization of boron in diborane is ------------64# Thermodynamically the most stable form of carbon
is -------65# It is the property of an element which exists in
different form through their different structural
arrangement . This phenomenon is known as ------------

66# The state of hybridization of carbon in

(a) Carbonate is ------------- ( b) diamond is -------------(c) graphite is ------------- (d) fullerene is -----------67# Boric acid is polymeric due to ---------------------------68# The hybridized state of ------------- is ----------69# In Diborane ---------------2c-2e bonds and ---------3c-2e bonds are present
70# SiCl4 is hydrolyzed due to presence of ---------------------

299

The p-Block elements

CARD-15

The p-Block elements

CARD-16

71#Write balanced equations for:

(i) BF3 + LiH
(ii) B2H6 + H2O
(iii) NaH + B2H6
(iv) H3BO3 + Heat
(v) Al + NaOH

72#Write balanced equations for:

(vi) B2H6 + NH3
(vii) CH3Cl + Si + Cu powder at 570K A
A + H2O B
(viii) NaBH4 + I2
(ix) BCl3 + H2O
(x) SiCl4 + H2O

The p-Block elements

CARD-17

The p-Block elements

CARD-18

73## What happens when

74# What happens when

( Also Explain the

following reactions)

( Also Explain the following

reactions)

(a) Borax is heated strongly

(b) Boric acid is added to water,
(c) Aluminium is treated with dilute NaOH,
(d) BF3 is reacted with ammonia ?
(e) Boric acid is heated .

(a) CO is heated with ZnO;

(b7) Hydrated alumina is treated with aqueous NaOH
solution.
(c) Methyl chloride reacts with silicon in the presence
of copper as a catalyst at a temperature 573K.
(d) Dimethyl chlorosilane is hydrolysed and followed
by condensation polymerization .
(e) Silicon dioxide is treated with
(i) Sodium hydroxide (ii) hydrogen fluoride

The p-Block elements

CARD-19

The p-Block elements

CARD-20

76# What do you understand by

(a) inert pair effect
(a) Formic acid and sucrose are treated with
(b) allotropy and
conc.H2SO4 individually at 373K.
(c) catenation
(b) (i) SiCl4 is hydrolysed . (ii) BCl3 is hydrolysed (d) Anomalous properties
(e) Multiple bond formation ability
.
(f) electron deficient molecules
(c) Steam is passed through the tin.
(d) Aqueous solution of borax is acidified .
(e) Boron trifluoride is treated with lithium
aluminium hydride in presence of diethyl ether.
(f) Sodium hydride is treated with diborane .

75# What happens when

reactions)

( Also Explain the following

300

ORGANIC CHEMISTRY SOME BASIC PRINCIPLES TECHNIQUES

CARD No:1
1. A reagent that brings an electron pair is called-----------------2. What is an electrophile?
3.How many number of sigma bonds are present in H2C=CCH=CHCH3
a) 10
b)
3
c)13
d) 9
4.
What type of hybridization of each carbon in CH3-CH=CH2
5.
Write the shape of the molecule CH3F
a) Trigonal planar
b) Linear
c)Tetrahedral d)octahedral
6.
Write the condensed and bond line formula for NC-CH (OH)-CN
7
A group or series of organic compound each containing a characteristic functional group form
8
Write the structural formula for 2, 3, 5-trimethy octane
9.
Write the IUPAC name of CH3 (Cl) CH2 and CH3CH2COOH
10.
Name the first organic compound synthesized in the laboratory from inorganic compound
NH4CNO

CARD No:2
1.The phenomenon of existence of two or more compounds possessing same molecular formula
but different properties is known as ------------2.
Write the possible isomers for C3H8O
3.
Categories the given molecules or ions as nucleophiles or electrophile
HS-,BF3,C2H5-,(CH3)3N
4.
In which C-C bond are CH3CH2CH2Br the inductive effect is expected to least?
5.
Which test is used to detect the presence of N, X, P--6.
Why is nitric acid added to sodium extract before adding AgNO3 for testing halogen?
7.
Will CCl4 give white ppt of AgCl on adding with AgNO3 why?
8.
Alkyl groups acts as electron donor when attached to a pi system, Justify.
9
In the Lassaignes test for N in an organic compound the Prussian blue colour is obtained
due to the formation of
a)Na4Fe3(CN)6 b) Fe4[Fe(CN)6]3
c)Fe2Fe(CN)6
d)none
10.
The best and latest technique for isolation purification and separation of an organic
compound
a)crystallization b) Distillation c) Sublimation d) Chromatography

CARD NO:3
1.The reaction CH3CH2I + KOH------- CH3CH2OH + KI is classified as
a) Electrophilic substitution
b) Nucleophilic substitution
c) Elimination
d) Addition

301
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7
8.

9.
10.

e use acetic acid but not sulphuric acid for acidification of Na extract for testing sulphur
by bead acetate test justify
Why is a solution of KOH used to absorb CO2 evolved during the estimation of carbon
present in an organic compound?
Write the state of hybridization of carbon in HCHO
According to Berzelius what type of force was responsible for the formation organic
compound?
Which unique property of carbon is responsible to form covalent bond with other
carbon atom?
What is the maximum valency of carbon in carbon compound?
Match the following
Compound
Isomerism
Glucose and fructose
Geometrical isomerism
Propanol and 2-propanol
Chain isomerism
Butane and isobutane
Position
Cis 2-Butene and trans 2-butene
Functional group isomerism
What is the full form of IUPAC?
Write the IUPAC names of the following
1) CH3CH(NH2)CH2CHO
2)CH3CH(C2H5)CH2CH(CH3)CH2CH3
3) CH2CH=CH2

Hydrocarbons
Card No-01

Write true /false

1. Hydrocarbons are made up of Carbon & Hydrogen
2 .C2H6 is formed by replacing one hydrogen of methane by carbon and the required no of
hydrogen to satisfy the tetravalency of carbon.
3. Alkaness are inert in normal condition so they called Paraffins
4. The properties of the compounds are different due to different structures are Functional
isomers.
5. Terminal carbons are always tertiary.
6. Alkanes are prepared by WURTZ Reaction in the Presence of moisture.
7. Due to very little different electronegativity between carbon Hydrogen, Alkanes are nonPolar.
8. First four members of alkanes exist in the gaseous

Card No-02
1. The term --------------- is self-explanatory which means compounds of carbon &hydrogen.
2. ---------------- is the full form of CNG.
3. ------------------ is the full form of LPG.

302
4. CnH2n+2 is the general formula of -----------.
5. CnH2n-2 is the general formula of -----------.
6 .Hybridization of carbon in alkane is-------.
7. ------------ is the first alkane which shows isomers.
8. The process of eliminating CO2 from the salt of carboxylic acid is known as ------------- .
9. The IUPAC name of CH2=CH-CC-CH3 is ---------------------------.
10.The Complete combustion of methane gives -------------------------- and --------------------

Card No-03

Write the product/products

WURTZ REACTION
(1) WURTZ -FITTIG REACTION
FITTIG REACTION

ALDEHYDE
(2)OZONOLYSIS
KETONES
SYMMETRICAL KETONES
UNSYMMETRICAL KETONES

ALKYLATION REACTION
(3) FREDEL CRAFT
ACYLATION REATION
MARKOVNIKOV RULE
(3) RECTION OF HYLIDES
ANTIMORKOVNIKOV RULE

303
Card No-04

1.
2.
3.
4.

Complete the following reactions

CH3Br +Na dryether
CH3COONa+NaOH sodalime
CH2=CH2 +H2 pd
CH3CH=CH2 HBr

Card No-05
1 How do you account for the formation of ethane during chlorination of methane ?
2. Write IUPAC names of the products obtained by the ozonolysis of the following compounds
(i) Pent-2-ene (ii) 3,4-Dimethylhept-3-ene (iii) 2-Ethylbut-1-ene (iv) 1-Phenylbut-1-ene
3. An alkene A contains three C C, eight C H bonds and one C C bond. A on
ozonolysis gives two moles of an aldehyde of molar mass 44 u. Write IUPAC name of A.
4.Why is benzene extra ordinarily stable though it contains three double bonds? and
What are the necessary conditions for any system to be aromatic?

5. Arrange benzene, n-hexane and ethyne in decreasing order of acidic behaviour. Also give
reason for this behaviour

Answer
Card NO-01 1.True 2.True 3.True 4.False

5. False

6. False

7. True

8. True

Card NO-02 1.Hydrocarbon 2.compressed natural gas 3.Liquified petroleum gas

3.Alkane 4. Alkene 5. Sp3 4. Butane 6. Decarboxylation 6. Pent-1

304

Lighting the lamp of knowledge

We pray to the ALMIGHTY

Wah! What a lovely colored dye

Working Enthusiastically

We know to tackle danger

A dedicated teacher at work

We are all set to take up Challenges

Chemistry is so colourful

Showing the difference between

macro and associated

All magic in this bottle

Converting imaginations to
perceptions

Our models need no explanation